Vol I - Feasibility Study Report - Compressed

CONSULTANCY SERVICES FOR FEASIBILITY STUDY DETAILED
DESIGN AND PREPARATION OF TENDER DOCUMENTS FOR

LESSOS/KEBEN DAM & IRRIGATION PROJECT
CONTRACT NO: NIB/T/055/2013-2014
FINAL FEASIBILITY STUDY REPORT
VOL I: MAIN REPORT

JANUARY 2015
Agricom, Integrated Partnership Consultants JV

Lessos/Keben Dam and Irrigation Development Project Final Feasibility Study Report
FINAL FEASIBILITY STUDY REPORT
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Chapter Description Page
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY I
PHOTO-PLATES II
1 INTRODUCTION 1-1
1.1 Authority of the Report 1-1
1.2 Report Structure 1-1
1.3 Project Background 1-2

1.3.1 Previous Studies 1-2
1.3.2 Current Study 1-3
1.4 Lessos/Keben Dam and Irrigation Project 1-4

1.4.1 Project area location and extents 1-4
1.4.2 Project area administration 1-4
1.4.3 Project area access 1-4
1.4.4 Project implementation approach 1-4
1.4.5 Irrigation Project implementation phases 1-4
1.5 Project Objective 1-8
1.6 Objective and Scope of the consultancy Services 1-8
1.7 Expected Outputs and Reporting 1-9
1.8 Progress 1-10
1.9 Project Organisation and Management 1-11

1.9.2 Consultancy Team 1-12
1.10 Acknowledgements 1-13
2 REVIEW OF THE AGRICULTURE SECTOR 2-1
2.1 Kenya‟s Agricultural Sector 2-1
2.2 Kenya‟s Agricultural Sub Sectors 2-2
2.3 Kenya‟s Vision 2030 priority areas 2-2
2.4 Irrigation and Drainage Sector 2-3
2.5 National Irrigation Board 2-4
2.6 Expanded Irrigation programme (EIP) 2-4
2.7 Review of the Nandi County Integrated Development Plan (CIDP) 2-5
Agricom, Intergrated Partnership Consultants JV i January 2015

2.8 Existing Agricultural institutions and their roles in the project area 2-6
3 PROJECT AREA CHARACTERISTICS 3-1
3.1 Location and Extents 3-1
3.2 Administration 3-1
3.3 Road Network 3-1
3.4 Potential Irrigation Areas 3-5
3.5 Delineated Irrigation Blocks 3-5
3.6 Topography and Drainage 3-8

3.6.1 Topography 3-8
3.6.2 Drainage pattern 3-10
3.7 Climate 3-10

3.7.1 Agro-Ecological Zones (AEZ) 3-10
3.7.2 Nearest Meteorological Stations 3-11
3.7.3 Climatic data analysis 3-11
3.7.4 Rainfall 3-12
3.7.5 Temperature 3-13
3.7.6 Evaporation 3-13
3.7.7 Relative Humidity 3-14
3.7.8 Wind 3-14
3.7.9 Sunshine 3-14
3.7.10 Solar radiation 3-14
3.8 Soils and suitability for irrigation 3-14

3.8.1 Semi-detailed soils map 3-14
3.8.2 Soil units characteristics and suitability for irrigation 3-16
3.8.3 Soil suitability map 3-19
3.9 Existing Land use 3-21

3.9.1 Main Land Use 3-21
3.9.2 Estimated areas under different land uses 3-23
3.10 Vegetation and Wildlife 3-24

3.10.1 Forest Vegetation 3-24
3.10.2 Vegetation in the project Areas 3-25
3.10.3 Wildlife 3-25
4 EXISTING SOCIO-ECONOMIC CONDITIONS 4-1
4.1 Irrigation Area Socio-Economic Conditions 4-1

4.1.1 Methodology 4-1
4.1.2 Findings of the Survey 4-3
4.1.3 Household Incomes and Expenditures 4-7
4.1.4 Housing, Energy, Water and Sanitation 4-10
4.1.5 Access to Health Services 4-16
4.1.6 Farm Labour 4-20
4.1.7 Land holding size 4-24
4.1.8 Transport and Communication 4-24
4.1.9 Level of literacy 4-28
4.1.10 Farming knowledge and skills 4-30
4.1.11 Past experience with Irrigation 4-33
4.1.12 Ownership of Assets 4-36
4.1.13 Existing Farmer„s Organizations 4-37
Agricom, Intergrated Partnership Consultants JV ii January 2015

4.1.14 Gender Issues 4-39

4.1.15 Attitudes to Change 4-43
4.1.16 Environmental Aspects 4-47
4.1.17 Food Security 4-50
4.2 Domestic Water Supply Area Socio-Economic Conditions 4-52

4.2.2 Brief Findings of the Survey 4-54
5 HYDROLOGY AND WATER RESOURCES STUDY 5-1
5.1 Introduction 5-1

5.1.1 Characteristics of the Kimondi river basin 5-1
5.1.2 Rainfall variation with altitude in the project Area 5-3
5.1.3 Geology and Hydro-geology: 5-4
5.1.4 Soils 5-5
5.1.5 Drainage 5-6
5.1.6 Water Source (water body) 5-6
5.1.7 Rainfall data Analysis 5-6
5.1.8 Runoff and Annual catchment Yield Analysis 5-12
5.1.9 Evapotranspiration 5-13
5.1.10 Net Evaporation from the Reservoir 5-13
5.2 Hydrology 5-14

5.2.1 River Gauging Stations 5-14
5.2.2 Evaluation of the existing data 5-14
5.2.3 Hydrological analysis 5-15
5.2.4 Base Flow 5-15
5.2.5 Basin Groundwater Recharge 5-16
5.2.6 Naturalized flow 5-16
5.2.7 Flow dependability (reliability analysis) 5-17
5.2.8 Monthly flow reliability analysis 5-18
5.2.9 The Drainage Area Ratio Method (basin area proportioning method) 5-18
5.2.10 Generated flow reliability at the Mogobich River basin and dam site 5-19
5.2.11 Monthly flow reliability analysis 5-19
5.2.12 Environmental flow 5-21
5.2.13 Flood Frequency analysis 5-21
5.2.14 Inflow Design Flood 5-21
5.2.15 Probable maximum flood (PMF) 5-24
5.3 Sedimentation 5-25
5.4 Water Rights (Water Demand) 5-25

5.4.1 Distribution of water Demand in the Mogobich River Basin 5-25
5.4.2 Water resources management Authority (WRMA) Compensation flow Rules5-26
5.4.3 Compensation flow 5-26
5.4.4 Water availability at Mogobich River 5-26
5.4.5 Water Quality 5-27
5.4.6 Sodium concentration in the Mogobich River at the dam site 5-27
5.4.7 Hydrological Impacts of the proposed dams on the river basins 5-28
6 DAM STUDIES 6-1
6.2 Topographic Survey 6-1

6.2.1 Survey Equipment‟s and Facilities 6-1
6.2.3 Dam and Intake Survey 6-1
Agricom, Intergrated Partnership Consultants JV iii January 2015

6.3 Dam sites selection and axis optimization 6-2

6.3.1 Dam sites selection and axis optimization methodology 6-2
6.3.2 Identified Potential dam sites 6-2
6.3.3 Analysis of potential dam sites 1, 2&3 storage efficiencies and capacities 6-4
6.4 Selected Dam site description and axis optimization 6-4

6.4.1 Dam site description and axis selection 6-4
6.4.2 Dam axis identification and optimization 6-5
6.4.3 Storage efficiencies for identified and selected dam axis 6-5
6.4.4 Maximum Reservoir Capacity for the selected dam axis 6-6
6.5 Water Balance Studies 6-8

6.5.1 Annual Water Demand Estimates and Allocation 6-8
6.6 Geology and Geotechnical Studies 6-9

6.6.1 Geology of proposed dam sites and irrigation areas 6-9
6.6.2 Geomorphology and Soil Formation 6-9
6.6.3 Geotechnical issues for Dam and Spillway Design 6-10
6.6.4 Assessment of Potential Construction Material Sites 6-11
6.6.5 Geotechnical Investigations-Field and Laboratory Tests 6-13
6.7 Dam instrumentation 6-15

6.7.1 General 6-15
6.7.2 Instrumentation Layout 6-15
6.7.3 Dam monitoring instrumentation 6-15
6.7.4 Geodetic network 6-16
6.7.5 Reference marks on the dam crest 6-16
6.7.6 Instruments 6-16
7 EXISTING AGRICULTURE 7-1
7.2 Existing Crops 7-1

7.2.1 Crops grown in the project area 7-1
7.2.2 Existing Cropping Pattern 7-1
7.2.4 Use of farm inputs 7-3
7.3 Existing Agro-Economy 7-3

7.3.1 Producer prices 7-3
7.4 Extension services 7-4
7.5 Existing Farmer Groups 7-5
7.6 Constraints in crop production 7-6

7.6.1 Major pests and diseases 7-6
7.6.2 Marketing 7-7
7.7 Constraints in livestock production 7-7

7.7.1 Livestock production problems and proposed solutions 7-9
7.7.2 Livestock products marketing problems and solutions 7-9
8 DAM AND IRRIGATION DEVELOPMENT OPTIONS 8-1

8.1.1 Irrigation Development Constraints 8-1
8.1.2 Opportunities for Irrigation Development 8-1
8.1.3 Need for Intervention 8-2
8.1.4 Proposed Dam and Irrigation Development Options 8-2
Agricom, Intergrated Partnership Consultants JV iv January 2015

8.2 Proposed Dam development Options 8-2

8.2.1 General Considerations 8-2
8.2.2 Dam Development options as at draft feasibility stage 8-3
8.3 Type and Size of hydropower plant 8-5
8.4 Proposed Irrigation Development Options 8-6

8.4.1 General Considerations 8-6
8.4.2 Irrigation Development Option “A”: 8-6
8.4.3 Irrigation Development Option “B”: 8-8
8.5 Comparisons of Proposed Irrigation Development Options (A&B) 8-10
8.6 Combined Project Development Options (Dam and Irrigation) 8-11

8.6.1 Dam and Irrigation Development Options at Draft Feasibility Stage 8-11
8.6.2 Dam and Irrigation Development Options at Final Feasibility Stage 8-11
9 FINAL AGRICULTURE DEVELOPMENT PLAN 9-1
9.1 Factors Considered In the Final ADP 9-1

9.1.1 Potential crops and crop requirements 9-1
9.1.2 Food security 9-1
9.1.3 Income generation 9-1
9.1.4 Employment creation 9-1
9.1.5 Increased cropping intensity 9-1
9.1.6 Appropriate production practices 9-2
9.1.7 Market potential and requirement 9-2
9.1.8 Arrangements for Agriculture support services 9-2
9.1.9 Farmer technical knowledge and preferences 9-3
9.2 Crop Selection 9-4

9.2.1 Farmer crop preferences 9-4
9.2.2 Crop choice, pattern and intensity 9-4
9.2.3 Crops that are currently produced 9-5
9.2.4 Challenges under rain-fed agriculture 9-6
9.2.5 Crop selection Criteria 9-6
9.3 Justification of proposed crops for irrigation 9-7

9.3.1 Maize (baby corn) 9-8
9.3.2 Irish potato 9-8
9.3.3 Vegetable crops 9-8
9.3.4 Local market and export vegetables 9-9
9.3.5 Fruits 9-9
9.4 Proposed Cropping Pattern 9-10
9.6 Irrigation Development Plan (IDP) 9-14

9.6.1 Factors Considered In Formulation of the Irrigation Development Plan (IDP)9-14
9.6.2 Irrigation development phases and layout 9-14
9.6.3 Irrigation Area Survey 9-14
9.6.4 Main features of irrigation development phase 1 (option A and B) 9-16
9.6.5 Main features of irrigation development phase 2 (option A and B) 9-16
10 PROJECT WATER REQUIREMENTS 10-1
10.1 Irrigation Water Requirements 10-1

10.1.1 Proposed Crops and cropping patterns 10-1
10.1.2 Crop water requirements 10-2
10.2 Irrigation Interval 10-5
Agricom, Intergrated Partnership Consultants JV v January 2015

10.3 Sprinkler Selection 10-6
10.4 Actual Scheme water requirements by sprinkler selection 10-6
10.5 Water availability for Irrigation and Domestic Water Supply 10-8
10.5.1 Water availability for irrigation project phase 1 from selected dam 10-8
10.5.2 Water availability for Domestic water supply from selected dam 10-9
10.5.3 Water availability for irrigation phase 2 from selected Dam 10-9
11 PRELIMINARY DESIGNS AND COST ESTIMATES 11-1
11.1 Preliminary Design 11-1

11.1.1 Project Components 11-1
11.2 Dam Designs 11-1

11.2.1 Earth fill Embankment Dam design 11-1
11.2.2 Spill way and Bottom Outlet 11-1
11.2.3 Draw off tower 11-2
11.2.4 Dam Design Summary 11-3
11.3 Irrigation System Design 11-4

11.3.1 Irrigation Pipe Networks 11-4
11.3.2 Pipeline Hydraulic Design 11-5
11.4 Pipeline Structures 11-10

11.4.1 Pipeline Appurtenances 11-10
11.4.2 Block Chambers and Junction Details 11-11
11.4.3 Gulley/River Crossings 11-12
11.4.4 Road Crossings 11-12
11.5 Infield System 11-12

11.5.1 Infield Sprinkler system 11-12
11.5.2 Infield Drip system 11-13
11.6 Project Facilities 11-13
11.7 Preliminary Cost Estimates 11-13

11.7.1 Works 11-13
11.7.2 Bill of Quantities 11-14
11.7.3 Construction rates 11-14
11.8 Cost Estimates – Dam Component 11-15
11.9 Cost Estimates – Irrigation Component 11-16

11.9.1 Investment cost 11-16
11.10 Project Cost Estimates (Dam and Irrigation Components) 11-17

11.10.1 Summary of the development costs 11-17
11.10.2 Operation and maintenance cost 11-19
11.10.3 Replacement costs 11-20
11.11 Implementation plan and programme 11-21

11.11.1 Construction Planning 11-21
11.11.2 Construction Equipment, Plant and Tools 11-21
11.11.3 Dam and Irrigation Components Construction Programme 11-21
12 ORGANIZATION AND MANAGEMENT 12-1

12.1.1 Objectives of the Project Organization and Management Component 12-1
Agricom, Intergrated Partnership Consultants JV vi January 2015

12.1.2 Project Organization and Management Concepts 12-1
12.2 Activities implemented and outcomes 12-2

12.2.1 Literature Review 12-2
12.2.2 Social Investigation 12-4
12.2.3 Identification and Inventory of Project Stakeholders 12-4
12.2.4 Leaders sensitization meetings 12-6
12.2.5 Community mobilization meetings 12-6
12.2.6 Inventory of Locations and Sub-locations 12-8
12.2.7 Establishment of an Interim Project Committee 12-9
12.2.8 Project Membership 12-9
12.2.9 Inventory of enlisted beneficiaries and registered land holding sizes 12-9
12.3 Existing organizations and institutions 12-11

12.3.1 County and Sub-county Agriculture Offices 12-11
12.3.2 County and Sub-county Agriculture Offices 12-11
12.3.3 Lessos Technical Training Institute 12-11
12.3.4 Farmers‟ organizations 12-11
12.3.5 Non-Governmental Organizations (NGOs)s 12-11
12.3.6 Community Based Organizations (CBOs) 12-11
12.4 Training of Interim Committee on project leadership and by laws 12-12

12.4.1 Irrigation Water Users Association (IWUA) Formation process 12-12
12.4.2 Irrigation Project Leadership 12-12
12.4.3 Irrigation Project B-Laws Formulation 12-13
12.5 Formulation of Project by-laws by the Interim Project Committee 12-13
12.6 Formation of Irrigation Block IWUAs and Committees for Project phase 1 12-14
12.7 Initiation of IWUA Registration Process 12-16
12.8 Key emerging issues 12-16

12.8.1 Need to involve elected leaders at all levels 12-16
12.8.2 Source of water and security for domestic water supply 12-16
12.8.3 Need for irrigation in the County 12-16
12.8.4 Project coverage 12-17
12.8.5 Criteria for determining beneficiaries and increasing the irrigation area 12-17
12.8.6 Way leave and compensation 12-17
12.8.7 Type of irrigation System 12-17
12.8.8 Low experience in irrigated agriculture 12-17
12.8.9 Project Financing and community Contribution 12-18
12.8.10 Project construction timeline 12-18
12.8.11 Expected cropping Pattern 12-18
12.8.12 Potential Negative impacts 12-18
12.8.13 Project Acceptance and Support 12-19
12.9 Project Organization and Management 12-19

12.9.1 Project Organization and Management in the Implementation Phase 12-19
12.9.2 Project Organization and Management in the in the Operation Phase 12-21
12.9.3 Community Contribution to the Project 12-22
12.10 IWUA Capacity Building Needs Assessment and Recommendations 12-23

12.10.1 Capacity Needs Assessment 12-23
12.10.2 Irrigation Knowledge, Skills and Attitude (KAS) Needs Assessment 12-23
12.10.3 Infrastructure and Equipment Needs Assessment 12-29
13 FINANCIAL AND ECONOMIC ANALYSIS 13-1
13.1 Financial Evaluation 13-1
Agricom, Intergrated Partnership Consultants JV vii January 2015

13.1.1 Background 13-1

13.1.2 Methodology for Financial Evaluation 13-1
13.1.3 Organization of the Chapter 13-1
13.1.4 Project Investment Costs 13-1
13.1.5 Key Assumptions 13-2
13.1.6 Project Benefits 13-3
13.1.7 Current Agricultural Production and Revenues 13-3
13.1.8 Estimation of Expected Benefits 13-4
13.2 Financial Analysis Results 13-7

13.2.1 Financial results – Irrigation component 13-7
13.2.2 Financial results – Water Component 13-8
13.2.3 Financial results – Whole Project 13-8
13.2.4 Conclusions and Recommendations 13-8
14 ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL IMPACT ASPECTS 14-9
14.2 Environmental Impacts Assessment 14-9
14.3 Impacts During Construction Phase 14-10

14.3.1 Negative Impacts to the biophysical environment 14-10
14.3.2 Negative Impacts to the socio economic environment 14-12
14.3.3 Positive Impacts during Construction 14-12
14.4 Impacts During Operation Phase 14-14

14.4.1 Negative Impacts to biophysical environment 14-14
14.4.2 Negative Impacts to the socio economic environment 14-16
14.4.3 Positive Impacts During the Operation Phase 14-16
14.5 Impacts during decommissioning Phase 14-19

14.5.1 Positive Decommissioning Impacts 14-19
14.5.2 Negative Decommissioning Impacts 14-19
14.6 Mitigation measures for negative impacts during Construction phase 14-20
14.6.1 De-vegetation 14-20
14.6.2 Forest submergence 14-20
14.6.3 Soil Erosion 14-20
14.6.4 Air pollution (Air, Dust and Exhaust): 14-21
14.6.5 Noise 14-21
14.6.6 Solid waste 14-21
14.6.7 Increased Water Usage: 14-22
14.6.8 Traffic Flows 14-23
14.6.9 Social Evils 14-23
14.7 Mitigation measures for negative impacts during operation phase 14-23
14.7.1 Water Pollution 14-23
14.7.2 Reduced Downstream Flows 14-23
14.7.3 Increased Water Demand 14-23
14.7.4 Salanization 14-24
14.7.5 Water Logging 14-24
14.7.6 Devegetation 14-24
14.7.7 Solid Waste Generation 14-24
14.7.8 Soil Erosion 14-24
14.7.9 Pest and diseases 14-25
14.7.10 Flood Occurrence 14-25
14.7.11 Water Borne Diseases 14-25
14.7.12 Occupational Health and Safety 14-25
14.7.13 Moral Decadence 14-25
Agricom, Intergrated Partnership Consultants JV viii January 2015

14.8 Mitigation measures during decommissioning phase 14-26

14.8.1 Noise and Dust: 14-26
14.8.2 Solid Wastes: 14-26
14.9 Environmental Management and Monitoring Plan 14-26

14.9.1 Environmental Management Plan 14-26
14.10 Conclusion and Recommendations on ESIA 14-33
15 CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS 15-1
15.1 Conclusions 15-1
15.2 Recommendations 15-3
15.3 Planned Activities for the next stage 15-3
APPENDIX 1 REFERENCES AND BIBLIOGRAPHY A
Agricom, Intergrated Partnership Consultants JV ix January 2015

List of Tables
Table Description Page
Table 1-1: Reporting Requirements ............................................................................................. 1-9

Table 2-1: List of NIB developed irrigation schemes ................................................................... 2-4
Table 3-1: Administrative units covered in Nandi County ............................................................ 3-1
Table 3-2: Main roads serving the project area ........................................................................... 3-1
Table 3-3: Delineated Irrigation Block Areas ............................................................................... 3-8
Table 3-4: Elevations range of proposed irrigation blocks ........................................................... 3-8
Table 3-5: Slope classes of proposed irrigation blocks ............................................................... 3-8
Table 3-6: Climatic Data for Eldoret Station. ............................................................................. 3-12
Table 3-7: Soil Suitability results per block ................................................................................ 3-21
Table 3-8: High suitability soils results per irrigation block ........................................................ 3-21
Table 3-9: Area under different land uses.................................................................................. 3-23
Table 3-10: Potential area for irrigation in phase 1 and 2. ........................................................... 3-23
Table 4-1: Sample Selection for Irrigation Component Socio-Economic Survey ........................ 4-1
Table 4-2: Respondent Sex and Relationship to HH Head ......................................................... 4-3
Table 4-3: Age and Marital Status of Respondents ..................................................................... 4-4
Table 4-4: Highest Level of Education Attained ........................................................................... 4-5
Table 4-5: Persons with Disability, Orphaned Children and Religion .......................................... 4-6
Table 4-6: HHD Sources of Income ............................................................................................. 4-7
Table 4-7: Average Annual Income from Various Income Sources. ............................................ 4-8
Table 4-8: Average Annual and weekly Expenditures on Various HHD Items ............................ 4-9
Table 4-9: Duration of living in Dwelling..................................................................................... 4-10
Table 4-10: Roofing Material, Wall Type and Floor Material ....................................................... 4-11
Table 4-11: Energy for Lighting, Cooking and Sound .................................................................. 4-11
Table 4-12: Toilet, Hand Wash Facility and Toilet Distance to water and Food Areas ............... 4-12
Table 4-13: Water Sources in wet and dry seasons. ................................................................... 4-13
Table 4-14: Water Treatment Methods and Time Taken to Source. ........................................... 4-14
Table 4-15: Responsibility of Fetching Water .............................................................................. 4-15
Table 4-16: Disease Incident and Common Diseases ................................................................. 4-16
Table 4-17: Health Facility and Services, Dissatisfaction and Health Insurance......................... 4-17
Table 4-18: Access to Mosquito Nets and Usage ........................................................................ 4-18
Table 4-19: Awareness and Source of information on HIV campaign ......................................... 4-19
Table 4-20: Average HH members available to work in the farm ................................................ 4-21
Table 4-21: People who hire out their labour and Kind of work they do ...................................... 4-21
Table 4-22: Labour Type According to Degree of usage ............................................................. 4-22
Table 4-23: HHD Members Labour Contribution ......................................................................... 4-23
Table 4-24: Monthly Demand for Labour .................................................................................... 4-23
Table 4-25: Land sizes per location ............................................................................................. 4-24
Table 4-26: Land size Descriptive statistics ................................................................................. 4-24
Table 4-27: Means of Transport and Rating of Road Condition .................................................. 4-25
Table 4-28: Use of Means of Transport and Average Distance to an All Weather Road ............ 4-26
Table 4-29: Access to communication facilities and network connectivity ratings....................... 4-27
Table 4-30: Highest level of Education Attained .......................................................................... 4-28
Table 4-31: Respondent Experience with Irrigated Agriculture ................................................... 4-34
Table 4-32: Preferred crops under Irrigation if project is implemented ........................................ 4-35
Table 4-33: Ownership of Various Assets.................................................................................... 4-37
Table 4-34: Self Help Groups, Cooperatives, HHD Members and Position Held ........................ 4-38
Table 4-35: Existing Self Help Group and Co-operatives details................................................. 4-39
Table 4-36: Responsibility of Fetching Water .............................................................................. 4-40
Table 4-37: Project Awareness, Information Source and Project Support .................................. 4-44
Table 4-38: Willingness to Cede Land, Reason Against and Project Finance ............................ 4-45
Table 4-39: Contribution towards Project Cost and Reason Against. ......................................... 4-45
Table 4-40: Monthly and Weekly HHD Food Consumption Patterns, Relief Food and Source .. 4-51
Table 4-41: Time Taken To Feed HHD Members with Own Food .............................................. 4-52
Agricom, Intergrated Partnership Consultants JV x January 2015

Table 4-42: Population information for Keben Water supply project area ................................... 4-53
Table 4-43: HHDs information for Irrigation Water supply Socio-Economic survey .................... 4-53
Table 4-44: HHDs information for Domestic Water supply Socio-Economic survey ................... 4-54
Table 4-45: Brief summary for Domestic Water supply Socio-Economic survey ........................ 4-54
Table 5-1: Upper Yala Basin details ............................................................................................ 5-1
Table 5-2: Rainfall distribution in the project area........................................................................ 5-4
Table 5-3: Temperatures in the project area................................................................................ 5-4
Table 5-4: Basic Infiltration rates for various soils ....................................................................... 5-6
Table 5-5: Generalized Values of run-off factor ........................................................................... 5-6
Table 5-6: Availability of climatic data .......................................................................................... 5-7
Table 5-7: Long term rainfall data ................................................................................................ 5-7
Table 5-8: Mean monthly and annual areal rainfall in the project area ........................................ 5-8
Table 5-9: Design rainfall (mm) .................................................................................................. 5-10
Table 5-10: Effective monthly and annual rainfall in the project area (mm) ................................ 5-11
Table 5-11: Excess rainfall in the project area ............................................................................. 5-11
Table 5-12: Mean monthly runoff computations........................................................................... 5-12
Table 5-13: Design rainfall (mm) (75 %) and runoff at the dam site ............................................ 5-13
Table 5-14: Hydrological network in the Kimondi River basin ..................................................... 5-14
Table 5-15: River flow summary for Kimondi 1FC01 ................................................................... 5-14
Table 5-16: Flow characteristics at the Mogobich River and the Keben dam site ....................... 5-15
Table 5-17: Naturalized mean monthly flows at the dam site ...................................................... 5-16
Table 5-18: The mean monthly and accumulated flows at the dam site ..................................... 5-17
Table 5-19: Flow reliability at Kimondi 1FC01 ............................................................................. 5-17
Table 5-20: Flow duration curve for Mogobich and Keben dam site ........................................... 5-19
Table 5-21: Monthly flow reliability at the dam site ...................................................................... 5-19
Table 5-22: Estimated annual flows at the Mogobich River outlet and dam site ......................... 5-20
Table 5-23: FDC characteristics at the Mogobich River and dam site (m3/sec) .......................... 5-21
Table 5-24: Environmental flow for the three sites....................................................................... 5-21
Table 5-25: Classes of dams ....................................................................................................... 5-22
Table 5-26: Recommended design periods for the design of spillway ........................................ 5-22
Table 5-27: Design precipitation using rainfall from the Tinderet tea estate station .................... 5-23
Table 5-28: Design peak floods based on Tinderet rainfall ......................................................... 5-24
Table 5-29: Probable maximum flood at the Mogobich basin and dam site ................................ 5-25
Table 5-30: Rates of erosion and sediment load ......................................................................... 5-25
Table 5-31: Total water demand in the Mogobich River Basin .................................................... 5-26
Table 5-32: Water availability at Mogobich River at the dam site ................................................ 5-27
Table 5-33: Water quality for the Mogobich River at the proposed intake ................................... 5-27
Table 6-1: Potential dam sites location co-ordinates ................................................................... 6-2
Table 6-2: Summary of Potential Dam Sites Analysis ................................................................. 6-4
Table 6-3: Identified Dam Axis Location Co-ordinates ................................................................ 6-5
Table 6-4: Dam Axis Characteristics for proposed zoned earth fill embankment dam ................ 6-6
Table 6-5: Selected dam axis Depth – Area - Capacity Curves data .......................................... 6-6
Table 6-6: Annual Water Demand Estimates and Allocation from selected damsite .................. 6-8
Table 6-7: Depths of the boreholes ............................................................................................ 6-14
Table 7-1: Currently produced crops and their yield potential ..................................................... 7-2
Table 7.2 Market situation and commodity prices ...................................................................... 7-3
Table 7-3: Various projects and their impact in the target area ................................................... 7-4
Table 7-4: Some constraints in crop production as indicated by farmers .................................... 7-6
Table 7-5: Major pests and diseases, occurrence and treatment in commercial crops............... 7-6
Table 7-6: Livestock activities and veterinary services ................................................................ 7-8
Table 7-7: Major livestock diseases in the area ........................................................................... 7-8
Table 7-8: Common diseases of livestock kept in the study area................................................ 7-8
Table 7-9: Ranking of livestock production challenges and solutions ......................................... 7-9
Table 7-10: Ranking of livestock marketing challenges and solutions ......................................... 7-9
Table 8-1: Comparisons of Dam Development Options .............................................................. 8-3
Table 8-2: Hydro-power capacity at proposed dam sites ............................................................ 8-5
Table 8-3: Gross and Net Irrigation Area Covered ...................................................................... 8-6
Table 8-4: Gross and Net irrigation area covered ........................................................................ 8-8
Table 8-5: Characteristics of the Irrigation Development Options ............................................. 8-10
Table 9-1: Farmers trained on various technologies ................................................................... 9-3
Agricom, Intergrated Partnership Consultants JV xi January 2015

Table 9-2: Yields of some crop varieties and their climatic requirements ................................... 9-7
Table 9-3: Ecological and water requirements of potential crops ................................................ 9-7
Table 9-4: Proposed cropping pattern for Keben Irrigation Project ........................................... 9-10
Table 9-5 Irrigation methods Decision criteria .......................................................................... 9-12
Table 9-6 Site specific conditions and recommended irrigation methods ................................ 9-13
Table 10-1 Proposed Crops ........................................................................................................ 10-1
Table 10-2 Growth Periods and monthly crop factors ................................................................ 10-1
Table 10-3 Monthly Crop Water Requirements .......................................................................... 10-2
Table 10-4 Monthly Net Irrigation Water Requirements ............................................................. 10-3
Table 10-5 Gross Irrigation Water Requirements (Sprinkler System) ........................................ 10-3
Table 10-6 Gross Irrigation Water Requirements per unit area .................................................. 10-4
Table 10-7 Total readily available moisture for some of the proposed crops ............................. 10-5
Table 10-8 Monthly actual storage requirements for proposed crops ........................................ 10-8
Table 10-9 Water Balance and availability using selected dam ................................................. 10-9
Table 11-1: Design characteristics for Proposed Dam ............................................................... 11-1
Table 11-2: Spillway and bottom outlet design characteristics for selected dam ........................ 11-2
Table 11-3: Draw-Off Tower preliminary design characteristics .................................................. 11-2
Table 11-4: Main design output and details for Dam site 2 - (Reference data sheet) ................. 11-3
Table 11-5 General Pipe Characteristics .................................................................................... 11-4
Table 11-6 Pipeline Irrigation areas and Design Discharges...................................................... 11-5
Table 11-7 Conveyance, Mains and sub mains Characteristics ................................................. 11-9
Table 11-8 Tertiary Distribution Pipeline Characteristics ............................................................ 11-9
Table 11-9 Feeder Distribution Pipeline Characteristics ........................................................... 11-10
Table 11-10 Inventory of Pipeline appurtenant structures .......................................................... 11-10
Table 11-11 Inventory of proposed Block Chambers ................................................................. 11-11
Table 11-12 Inventory of proposed Junction Chambers ............................................................. 11-12
Table 11-13 Inventory of Valley and Road crossing structures .................................................. 11-12
Table 11-14 List of Bills of Quantities ......................................................................................... 11-14
Table 11-15 Cost estimates Dam Component ............................................................................ 11-15
Table 11-16 Preliminary cost estimates Irrigation Component (Phase 1) .................................. 11-16
Table 11-17 Preliminary cost estimates Irrigation Component (Phase 2) .................................. 11-16
Table 11-18 Summary of dam and irrigation development costs ............................................... 11-17
Table 11-19 Maintenance costs guideline .................................................................................. 11-19
Table 11-20 Annual Operation and Maintenance costs .............................................................. 11-19
Table 11-21 Economic life time of various assets...................................................................... 11-20
Table 11-22 Replacement costs ................................................................................................. 11-20
Table 12-1: Key Project Stakeholders and expected roles .......................................................... 12-5
Table 12-2: Schedule of the community mobilization meetings................................................... 12-7
Table 12-3: Locations, Sub-locations and delineated blocks....................................................... 12-8
Table 12-4: List of the IC members by Location, Sub-location and Block ................................... 12-9
Table 12-5: Preliminary number of enlisted beneficiaries .......................................................... 12-10
Table 12-6: Enlisted beneficiaries actual land area ................................................................... 12-10
Table 12-7: Enlisted beneficiaries actual registered plot sizes .................................................. 12-10
Table 12-8: Phase 1 Irrigation Block Leaders ............................................................................ 12-15
Table 12-9: Key project stakeholders and roles in implementation phase ................................ 12-19
Table 12-10: Recommended Cost-sharing arrangement for implementation .............................. 12-23
Table 12-11: Recommended Training for IWUA .......................................................................... 12-25
Table 13-1: Project Development costs ....................................................................................... 13-2
Table 13-2: Summary of Current Crops and Revenues- Target Command Area ....................... 13-3
Table 13-3: Summary of gross margins for proposed crops........................................................ 13-5
Table 13-4 Proposed Cropping Pattern for Season 1 (Irrigated) ................................................ 13-5
Table 13-5 Proposed Cropping Pattern for Season 2 (Rain fed) ................................................ 13-6
Table 13-6: Incremental crops benefits under Option A .............................................................. 13-6
Table 13-7: Incremental crops benefits under Option B .............................................................. 13-6
Table 13-8: Water use Allocations ............................................................................................... 13-7
Table 13-9: Estimated Revenues from Water Supply .................................................................. 13-7
Table13-10: Financial results for Options A and B ....................................................................... 13-7
Table 13-11: Financial results for Water Component for Selected Dam Option............................ 13-8
Table 13-12: Financial results for the Whole project – Options A and B ....................................... 13-8
Table 14-1: Anticipated project impacts during the construction phase. ................................... 14-13
Agricom, Intergrated Partnership Consultants JV xii January 2015

Table 14-2: Anticipated impacts during the operation phase..................................................... 14-18

Table 14-3: Environmental management and monitoring plan .................................................. 14-27
Table 15-1: Project Financial Viability Results ............................................................................. 15-2
Agricom, Intergrated Partnership Consultants JV xiii January 2015

List of Figures
Figure Description Page
Figure 1-1: Project Location in Kenya ........................................................................................... 1-5

Figure 1-2: Project Location in Nandi County ............................................................................... 1-6
Figure 1-3: Project Location on Topo-map.................................................................................... 1-7
Figure 1-4 Consultancy Team Structure and Composition ........................................................ 1-12
Figure 3-1: Irrigation Area Location Map....................................................................................... 3-2
Figure 3-2: Administrative Units .................................................................................................... 3-3
Figure 3-3: Existing Road Net-work .............................................................................................. 3-4
Figure 3-4: Satellite Image and Delineated Irrigation Blocks ........................................................ 3-6
Figure 3-5: Contour Map and Delineated Irrigation Blocks ........................................................... 3-7
Figure 3-6: Slopes range in the project area. ................................................................................ 3-9
Figure 3-7: Agro-Ecological Zones in the project area. ............................................................... 3-10
Figure 3-8 : Nearest Meteorological stations in the project area ................................................. 3-11
Figure 3-9 Mean monthly Rainfall for Eldoret Station. ............................................................... 3-12
Figure 3-10 Min and Max Monthly Temperatures at Eldoret Met Station. ................................... 3-13
Figure 3-11 Annual Evaporation Vs. Precipitation in Eldoret Met Station. .................................. 3-13
Figure 3-12: Semi Detailed Soil Map ............................................................................................ 3-15
Figure 3-13: Soil Suitability Map.................................................................................................... 3-20
Figure 3-14: Existing land use map ............................................................................................... 3-22
Figure 4-1: Respondent Gender ................................................................................................... 4-3
Figure 4-2: Relationship to head ................................................................................................... 4-4
Figure 4-3: Age of respondents ..................................................................................................... 4-5
Figure 4-4: Marital status of respondents...................................................................................... 4-5
Figure 4-5: Highest level of education........................................................................................... 4-6
Figure 4-6: Religion ....................................................................................................................... 4-7
Figure 4-7: Income source ............................................................................................................ 4-8
Figure 4-8: Income source .......................................................................................................... 4-10
Figure 4-9: Source of water wet season ..................................................................................... 4-14
Figure 4-10: Source of water dry season ...................................................................................... 4-14
Figure 4-11: Water Treatment method Used ................................................................................ 4-15
Figure 4-12: Storage of Drinking Water ........................................................................................ 4-15
Figure 4-13: Most common diseases ............................................................................................ 4-16
Figure 4-14: Health facility attended ............................................................................................. 4-18
Figure 4-15: Levels of satisfaction with health facility ................................................................... 4-18
Figure 4-16: Access to Mosquito Nets and Usage ........................................................................ 4-19
Figure 4-17: Awareness of HIV Campaign.................................................................................... 4-19
Figure 4-18: Medium of HIV Awareness ....................................................................................... 4-20
Figure 4-19: Standard of rural access roads ................................................................................. 4-25
Figure 4-20: Main means of Transport .......................................................................................... 4-25
Figure 4-21: Quality of mobile phone and internet connectivity .................................................... 4-27
Figure 4-22: Quality of internet phone connectivity ....................................................................... 4-27
Figure 4-23: Highest level of Education ........................................................................................ 4-29
Figure 4-24: Distance to Primary School ...................................................................................... 4-29
Figure 4-25: Distance to Secondary School.................................................................................. 4-29
Figure 4-26: Extension services in the area .................................................................................. 4-30
Figure 4-27: Involved in production and marketing training .......................................................... 4-30
Figure 4-28: Use of farm inputs ..................................................................................................... 4-31
Figure 4-29: Type of farm inputs ................................................................................................... 4-31
Figure 4-30: Use of casual labour ................................................................................................. 4-31
Figure 4-31: Use of permanent labour .......................................................................................... 4-32
Figure 4-32: Source of loan ........................................................................................................... 4-32
Figure 4-33: Challenges to Marketing ........................................................................................... 4-32
Figure 4-34: Crops grown under irrigation .................................................................................... 4-34
Figure 4-35: Source of irrigation water .......................................................................................... 4-35
Figure 4-36: Opinion on costs ....................................................................................................... 4-35
Agricom, Intergrated Partnership Consultants JV xiv January 2015

Figure 4-37: Proposed main uses of irrigation water .................................................................... 4-35

Figure 4-38: Irrigation method used .............................................................................................. 4-36
Figure 4-39: Proposed Irrigation method ...................................................................................... 4-36
Figure 4-40: Challenges to irrigated agriculture ............................................................................ 4-36
Figure 4-41: Gender of Respondents ............................................................................................ 4-40
Figure 4-42: Children contribution to HH Labour .......................................................................... 4-40
Figure 4-43: Men Contribution to HH Labor .................................................................................. 4-41
Figure 4-44: Women Contribution to HH Labor............................................................................. 4-41
Figure 4-45: Differences in wage rates ......................................................................................... 4-42
Figure 4-46: Member of HH involved with Self-help group ........................................................... 4-42
Figure 4-47: Member of HH involved with co-operative ................................................................ 4-42
Figure 4-48: Decision of quantity of crop to be sold ...................................................................... 4-43
Figure 4-49: Decision on use of money for crop ........................................................................... 4-43
Figure 4-50: Opinions on financing ............................................................................................... 4-45
Figure 4-51: Anticipated benefits .................................................................................................. 4-46
Figure 4-52: Anticipated Problems with the project....................................................................... 4-46
Figure 4-53: Anticipated Problems with the project....................................................................... 4-47
Figure 4-54: Main mode of solid waste disposal ........................................................................... 4-47
Figure 4-55: Source of information on Environmental issues ....................................................... 4-48
Figure 4-56: Mitigation measures for Environmental issues ......................................................... 4-48
Figure 4-57: Sanitation Challenges ............................................................................................... 4-49
Figure 4-58: Sanitation improvements .......................................................................................... 4-49
Figure 4-59: Common tree Species .............................................................................................. 4-49
Figure 4-60: Uses of tree Species ................................................................................................. 4-50
Figure 4-61: Notable Sensitive habitants ...................................................................................... 4-50
Figure 5-1: Yala Basin Map ........................................................................................................... 5-2
Figure 5-2: Mean monthly rainfall at Tinderet tea estate .............................................................. 5-9
Figure 5-3: Mean monthly flow at the Keben dam site .................................................................. 5-9
Figure 5-4: Mean monthly rainfall at Kapsabet District office........................................................ 5-9
Figure 5-5: Flow duration curve for Kimondi River at 1FC01 ...................................................... 5-18
Figure 5-6: Flow duration curve for Mogobich River at the outlet ............................................... 5-20
Figure 5-7: Flow duration curve for Keben dam site ................................................................... 5-20
Figure 5-8: Design precipitation using rainfall from the Tinderet tea estate station .................... 5-23
Figure 6-1: Potential dam sites: Layout Plan ................................................................................ 6-3
Figure 6-2: Dam axis optimization at proposed Keben Dam site II ............................................... 6-5
Figure 6-3: Depth-Area-Capacity Curves Chart for Dam Site 2 – Axis 1 ...................................... 6-7
Figure 6-4: Geological map of the Kapsabet plateau area ........................................................... 6-9
Figure 6-5: Keben Dam Site No.2 and Surrounding areas Characteristics ................................ 6-10
Figure 6-6: Possible potential borrow areas for clay core material ............................................. 6-11
Figure 6-7: Potential construction materials site map ................................................................. 6-12
Figure 6-8: Quarry No. 1 in Koilot and No2 in Sochoi within the project area ............................ 6-12
Figure 6-9: Site investigation plan for the selected dam site for Keben Dam site 2 ................... 6-13
Figure 7-1: Fertilizer use in the study area................................................................................... 7-3
Figure 7-2: Perceived level of knowledge of extension service providers .................................... 7-4
Figure 7-3: The main marketing channels for agricultural produce............................................... 7-7
Figure 8-1: Dam Development Layout for Option 1 and 2 ............................................................ 8-4
Figure 8-2: Irrigation Development Layout for Option “A” ............................................................. 8-7
Figure 8-3: Proposed Irrigation Development Option “B” .............................................................. 8-9
Figure 9-1: Sources of extension information for farmers ............................................................. 9-3
Figure 9-2: The commonly produced crops .................................................................................. 9-5
Figure 9-3: Common crops grown with irrigation .......................................................................... 9-5
Figure 9-4: The common challenges under rain-fed agriculture ................................................... 9-6
Figure 9-5: Proposed Cropping Calendar ................................................................................... 9-11
Figure 9-6: Irrigation Project Phases ........................................................................................... 9-15
Figure 9-7: Irrigation Layout for Phase 1 ..................................................................................... 9-17
Figure 9-8: Contour Map for Phase 1 Development ................................................................... 9-18
Figure 9-9: Cadastral units and distribution network for irrigation phase 1 development ........... 9-19
Figure 11-1: Option A - Irrigation Flow Diagram ........................................................................... 11-6
Figure 11-2: Option B - Irrigation Flow Diagram ........................................................................... 11-7
Figure 11-3: Project Investment Cost (Dam & Irrigation) ............................................................ 11-17
Agricom, Intergrated Partnership Consultants JV xv January 2015

Figure 11-4: Dam and Irrigation Development Costs Comparisons ........................................... 11-18
Figure 11-5: Cost for Irrigation Development Options................................................................. 11-18
Figure 11-6: Proposed Dam Implementation Programme .................................................................. 11-22
Figure 11-7: Proposed Irrigation Implementation Programme .................................................... 11-23
Figure 12-1: Project Implementation Phase Structure ................................................................ 12-20
Figure 12-2: Project Operation Phase Structure ......................................................................... 12-22
Agricom, Intergrated Partnership Consultants JV xvi January 2015

Abbreviations and Acronyms
ACL Agricom Consultants Ltd

BMP Best Management Practice
CADD Computer Aided Design and Drafting
CC County Commissioner
CD Contract Commencement Date
CDF Constituency Development Fund
CIGs Common Interest Groups
DAO District Agricultural Officer
DEMs Digital Elevation Models
DIO District Irrigation Officer
DO District Officer
DSDO District Social Development Officer
DWO District Water Officer
DYO District Youth Officer
EA Environmental Audit
EIAs Environmental Impact Assessments
EIP Expanded Irrigation Programme
EMCA Environmental Management & Coordination Act
EMP Environmental Management Plan
ESIA Environmental and Social Impact Assessment
FAO Food and Agriculture Organisation
GoK Government of Kenya
HHD House Holds
IPCL Integrated Partnership Consultant Limited
IFAD International Fund for Agricultural Development
IWUA Irrigation Water Users Association
JICA Japan International co-operation Agency
KFS Kenya Forestry Service
KDHS Kenya Demographic and Health Survey
LKDIDP Lessos Keben Dam and Irrigation Development Project
NEMA National Environmental Management Authority – Kenya
NEC National Environmental Council
NIB National Irrigation Board
NGO Non-Governmental Organization
PMP Probable Maximum Precipitation
SACCO Savings and Credit Co-operative Society
TOR Terms of Reference
USAID United States Agency for International Development
WHO World Health Organization
Units
amsl above mean sea level
cm centimetre
ha Hectares
km kilometres
mm millimetres
MCM Million Cubic Meters
m3 Cubic metres
m3/s Cubic metres per second
l/s litres per second
pH Potential Hydrogen
ppm parts per million
0
C Degree Celsius
Agricom, Intergrated Partnership Consultants JV xvii January 2015

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
INTRODUCTION
This Final Feasibility Study Report has been prepared in compliance with Section 5 of the Terms of
Reference (TOR) for Consultancy Services for Feasibility Study, Detailed Design and
Preparation of Tender Documents for Lessos/Keben Dam and Irrigation Development Project
and in accordance with the contract agreement between the National Irrigation Board (NIB) and
Agricom Consultants Ltd in association with Integrated Partnership Consultants Ltd dated 14th March
2014 (Contract Ref. No. NIB/T/055/2013-14)
The Report is the 3rd output of the assignment as stipulated in the reporting schedule in the TOR and
in line with the updated methodology for performing the assignment. It presents progress made since
start of the assignment as well as final feasibility study findings.
THE PROJECT AND ITS OBJECTIVES
The proposed Lessos/Keben Dam and Irrigation Development Project (LKDIDP) consists of two
project components comprising of :
 Dam Componet for domestic and irrigation water use;

 Irrigation Component targeting development of 500 ha below the proposed dam.
According to the TOR, the immediate objective of the Keben Dam and Irrigation Project is to:
“Harness, conserve, control and utilize the waters of the Mogobich Rivers, through construction of the
dam and other related facilities to provide for water storage and to supply irrigation water for the fertile
farmlands in Koilot, Sochoi and O’llessos locations there by contributing to increase in irrigation area,
improvement of the livelihoods of farmers in the Nandi County and enhanced food self-sufficiency in
Kenya as a whole”.
The current study is a follow-up to previous studies and is being implemented by the Government of
Kenya through the Expanded Irrigation Programme (EIP). The EIP falls under the NIBs strategic Issue
No.1; whose main objective is to accelerate irrigation expansion and development in the country.
The proposed Lessos/Keben Dam and Irrigation project falls under GoK funded projects and is
expected to contribute an additional net irrigation area of 500 ha (1250 acres) towards the progress of
the EIP on completion of phase 1 and upto 1142 ha (2855 acres) maximum potential on completion of
phase 2 of the project.
Table 1 below gives the stipulated net area in the (TOR) as well as the delineated Gross areas and
target beneficiaries at the inception and feasibility study stages of the consultancy assignment. The
maximum potential net area based on available water resource is also shown.
Table 1 Project Area and Target Beneficiary Locations
Description Inception Stage Draft Feasibility Stage Final Feasibility Stage

Net Irrigation Area
500 500 500
in TOR (ha)
Delineated Gross 4800 in Nandi County 5240 in Nandi County 4904 in Nandi County
Area (ha) 4500 in Uasin Gishu County (Max potential) (Max potential)
Target Beneficiaries 5 locations in Nandi County
3 Locations in Nandi 3 Locations in Nandi
Irrigation
2 Locations in Uasin Gishu county county
Component
Target Beneficiaries 7 Rural locations in Nandi 8 Rural locations in 8 Rural locations in
Domestic Water and Uasin Gishu, Kapsabet Nandi county Kapsabet Nandi county Kapsabet
Supply Component. and Nandi Hills towns and Nandi Hills towns and Nandi Hills towns
Maximum Potential
500 600 1142
Net Area in (ha)
Agricom, Intergrated Partnership Consultants JV I January 2015

PROGRESS OF CONSULTANCY SERVICES
The consultant has carried out a number of activities in close collaboration with the Client (NIB), Nandi
County Leaders and Beneficiary representatives from the project area. The major tasks accomplished
so far include;
 Topographic and profile surveys of the proposed dam site, Axis and reservoir area;
 Profile surveys of the proposed main supply pipelines in the irrigation area;
 Hydrology and Water Resources Studies;
 Initial geology and geotechnical investigations and Identification of potential construction
material sources;
 Soil surveys in the proposed irrigation area;
 Community Mobilization in target irrigation area;
 Preliminary hydraulic designs and costings;
 Preliminary Technical Drawings;
 Social economic surveys for both domestic water and irrigation supply areas;
 Agronomy studies and selection of potential crops;
 Environmental and Social Impacts Assesments and formulation of an Environmental
management and Monitoring Plan;
 Preparation of Dam and Irrigation Development Options;
 Preparation of draft Designs and Drawings;
 Preparation of Engineers‟ Costs Estimates;
 Financial and Economic Analysis of proposed development Options;
 Construction Scheduling for both dam and Irrigation components;
 Preparation and submission of Draft Feasibility Report .
 Presentation of Draft Feasibility Report in consultative workshop No.2;
 Preparation and submission of Final Feasibility Study Report (FFSR) and Draft Final ESIA .
The Final Feasibility Study Report is presented in five volumes as follows;
 Volume – I: Main Report (This report);

 Volume – II: Main Report Annexes;
 Volume – III: Draft Book of Drawings;
 Volume – IV: Engineers Cost Estimates; and,
 Volume – V: Draft Final ESIA Project Report.
PROJECT AREA CHARACTERISTICS
Location and Access
The proposed Lessos/Keben Dam and Irrigation Project area falls within UTM co-ordinates (734577
and 760818) Eastings and (24665 and 11542) Northings (Zone 36N Arc 1960 Datum). The dam site is
located in the upper reaches of the Mogobich River catchment while the targeted irrigation area is in
the lower reaches immediately below the dam.
The project area is accessible through the Nakuru – Eldoret Road Class A104 via a class C36 road
from the Ainabkoi junction at approximately 300 km from Nairobi. The nearest major town is Kapsabet,
the Nandi county head-quarters while the nearest small town is Lessos.
Agricom, Intergrated Partnership Consultants JV II January 2015

Agro-Climatic And Moisture Zone Of The Project Area
The Dam site falls in the Upper Highland AEZs UH1 and UH2 while the proposed irrigation area
predominantly falls under the Lower Highlands agro-ecological zones LH2, and LH3. According to the
Farm Management Hand Book, the LH3 is a predominantly wheat/maize - barley zones with mean
annual rainfall in the range of 850 mm – 1,100 mm and annual mean temperatures of 15 – 18 o C.
Potential Evaporation Eo for the irrigation area is estimated as 1,840 mm while the annual rainfall is
estimated as 1,133 mm. This translates into a moisture availability ratio (r/Eo) of about 0.62 which falls
within 0.50< r/Eo<0.64 moisture availability zone No.3 classified as semi-humid. This calls for
supplemental irrigation in the dry months.
Potential Irrigation Area
Seven (7) preliminary irrigation blocks were delineated based on topography, existing roads and
administrative boundaries giving a gross area of 5,240 ha as shown in table 2.
Table 2 Delineated Irrigation Blocks
Location Proposed Irrigation Blocks Gross Area (ha)

K-1 1120
K-2 1150
Koilot
K-3 470
K-4 960
S-1 300
Sochoi
S-2 175
O‟llessos L-1 1065
Total 5240
Soils of The Delineated Irrigation Area
Soils survey was conducted and three major soil types identified consisting of:
 The soils of the hills which are well drained to moderately well drained, shallow to
moderately deep, dark reddish brown to dark brown, firm, boulderly or stony clays
with humic topsoil classified as luvic PHAEOZEM.
 The soils of the plateaus which are well drained, extremely deep, dusky red to dark
reddish brown, friable clay with acid humic topsoil and classified as humic
NITISOLS.
 Soils in the valleys and bottomlands which are poorly drained cracking clays and
classified as pellic VERTISOLS.
After the detailed soil analysis, only 336 ha (6%) of the delineated gross area was found to be
unsuitable. This area has been clipped out and deducted from the overall potential gross area in
determining the irrigable gross area of 4904 ha at the final feasibility stage.
Agricom, Intergrated Partnership Consultants JV III January 2015

EXISTING SOCIO-ECONOMIC CONDITIONS
Population Description For Domestic Water Supply Area
According to the 2009 population and housing census, the domestic component of the project targets
about 60,049 persons spread out in 141 square kilometers. Projecting this figure by a 3.8% growth
rate to year 2014, the population of the project area is estimated as 72,359 people. The total number
of house holds is 16,137 of which 808 (5%) were sampled for the socio-economic survey. The details
per location are presented in table 3 below.
Table 3: Population information for Keben Domestic Water supply project area
Population Population House holds Sample HHD

Location Area (Sq. km)
(2009) Density (2009) size
Koilot 10,715 41.2 258 2218 111
Sochoi 4,127 16.2 289 807 41
O‟Lessos 4,554 10.5 254 1011 51
Kibabet 3,166 8.5 222 612 31
Chepkunyuk 5,686 12.5 310 1217 62
Lelwak 3,598 12.6 318 738 36
Siwo 3,450 8.4 206 636 32
Tartar 5,148 16.7 417 1438 72
Nandi Hills 6,377 5.9 407 1830 91
Kapsabet 13,228 8.5 510 5630 281
Total 60,049 141 16137 808
Source: 2009 Population and Housing census and feasibility study
Domestic Water Supply Project Socio-Economic Findings
98% of the respondents expressed the need to have the project in the area. This is a good indicator of
project ownership, support and sustainability. Other findings of the survey are highlighted below.
Table 4: Socio-economic findings on domestic water supply project component.
 Tap inside the house=4.5%; Public tap= 7.1%;

 Protected well=25.3%; Unprotected well=6.1%
Sources of water for Drinking
 Stream/River=3%; Spring=9.1%
 Rain harvesting=34.8%
 Borehole=16.7%.
 Payment for consumed water
 Yes=37%; No=63%
Willingness to change existing  Willing to pay for current water supply
water supply source  Yes=61%; No=39%
 Want to change current water supply
 YES=87%; No=13%
 Tap inside house=66.6%; Public tap=25%
Preffered water source  Protected well=3.5%; Borehole=2.5%
 Protected spring=1%; Rain harvesting=1.4%
Willingness to pay for  YES=94%
improved water services  NO=6%
 Project awareness
Project awareness and
 Yes=44%; No=56%
support
 Project support
 YES=98%; NO=2%
Preferred Means of
 In cash=20.5%; In kind=42.9%
contributing to the project cost
 Both=36.6%
Agricom, Intergrated Partnership Consultants JV IV January 2015

Population Description For Irrigation Water Supply Area
The 3 locations targeted for irrigation had a population of 19,396 people in 2009. This translates to
23,396 people by year 2014 spread out in 10 target sublocations with an area of 67.9 km2.The total
number of house holds is 4,036 of which 203 (5%) were sampled for the socio-economic survey. The
details per location and sublocation are presented in table 5 below.
Table 5 Population and House holds data for Keben Irrigation Water Supply Project area
Population Area Sq Population House holds Sample

Location Sub location
(2009) km Density (2009) HHD size
Koilot 2169 8.4 258 424 21
Keben 3094 10.7 289 577 29
Koilot Cheptuingeny 2311 9.1 254 519 26
Sigirai 2243 10.1 222 494 25
Chepngtuny 898 2.9 310 204 10
Sochoi 2229 7.0 318 437 22
Sochoi
Lolduga 1898 9.2 206 370 19
O‟lessos 1958 4.7 417 439 22
O‟Lessos Mogoon 1424 3.5 407 301 15
Kapkorio 1172 2.3 510 271 14
Total 10 19396 67.9 4036 203
Source: 2009 Population and Housing census and feasibility study
Irrigation Water Supply Project Area Socio-Economic Findings
Project Acceptance
93% of respondents expressed the need to have the project in the area. This is a good indicator of
project ownership, support and sustainability.
Average land holding Sizes
Average land holding size in the project area is 6.2 acres with the minimum being 0.02 acres and the
maximum being 60 acres.
House hold incomes and expenditures
Farming (49%) is the main source of income for majority of the people in Keben/Lessos project area.
The most important sources of income per household include income from sale of livestock products
(Kshs. 48,570 annually), selling crops (Kshs. 38,8720 per season).
Most annual expenditures were incurred in school fees and other equipments (Kshs. 51,851), buying
food (Kshs. 22,421), clothing and personal expenses (Kshs. 9,497), housing construction and
repair(Kshs.10,481) and fuel expenses (Kshs. 8,268).
Past experience with Irrigation, training attained and preffered irrigation method.
28% of respondents have practiced some form of irrigation or another within the proposed project
area. 81 % of respondents have no training on irrigation compared to 19% who stated that they
received some training in irrigated agriculture. The most preferred methods of irrigation if the project is
implemented are the sprinkler (59%), drip (23%) and the surface system stated by 18 % of
respondents.
Agricom, Intergrated Partnership Consultants JV V January 2015

HYDROLOGY AND WATER RESOURCES STUDY
Runoff analysis and potential catchment yield at the selected damsite
The annual runnoff (Rr) computed from the mean monthly rainfall obtained from tinderet tea estate
and assuming a runoff coefficient C = 3.5 is 576.8 mm. The delineated catchment area at the selected
damsite is 11.7 km2. The resultant catchment yield in an average year thus becomes 6.75 MCM.
River gauging station and estimated flows at the selected damsite.
There is no regular river gauging station on Mogobich River and therefore, the hydrological analysis
for the project was based on daily and monthly river flow data from station Kimondi 1FC01 which is the
only main regular river gauging station (RGS) on the Kimondi river basin within which Mogobich sub-
basin falls.
The flow characteristics of the selected damsite on mogobich have been derived from the Kimondi
river RGS using the drainage area ratio method and results are as shown in the table 6 below.
Table 6 Flow characteristics at the Mogobich River and the selected dam site
Catchment area Flows (m3/sec)

Dam site
( km2) Total flow Direct flow Base flow
Kimondi 1FC01 829 6.6 3.83 2.77
Mogobich sub-basin 250 1.99 1.16 0.83
Selected Keben dam site 11.7 0.093 0.054 0.04
From table 6 above, the direct flow at the selected Keben dam site is is 0.054m3/sec, base flow is
0.04m3/sec and the total flow is 0.093 m3/sec.
Monthly flow reliability analysis
At (Q80), the flow at Mogobich outlet in the critical months of January-March ranges between 0.19 -
0.22 m3/sec or 16,416m3/day –19,008 m3/day respectively. At the selected dam site, the flows in these
months‟ ranges between 0.011 – 0.016m3/sec or 973.4 – 1,347.8 m3/day.
The environmental flow Q95 at the Kimondi River 1FC01, is 0.959m3/sec or 82,857.6m3/day, at
Mogobich River is 0.29m3/sec or 25,056 m3/day and at the dam site, it is 0.017 m3/sec or 1,497.6
m3/day.
Probable Maximum Flood analysis
The PMF at Mogobich basin and damsite are as provided in table 7 below.
Table 7: Probable maximum flood at the Mogobich basin and dam site
Site Catchment area (km2) PMF (m3/sec)

Mogobich basin outlet 250 562.07
Keben dam site 11.7 54.565
From table 7 above, the probable maximum flood at the dam site is 54.565 m3/sec.
Agricom, Intergrated Partnership Consultants JV VI January 2015

Sediment analysis
Mogobich River catchment is fairly sloppy and heavily forested with only small patches of grazing
fields. This suggests that the basin experiences low – moderate levels of soil erosion and
consequently, low levels of sediment load estimated at 650 m3/km2/year.
DAM STUDIES AND INVESTIGATIONS
Dam sites identification and selection
At the Draft Feasibility Study Stage; Three dam sites (Damsites No.s 1, 2 and 3) were identified and
their storage efficiencies and capacities analysed. Damsite No.1 (identified in previous studies) was
found to have the least storage efficiency at 2.9 and a maximum capacity of 1.8 MCM. The other two
dam sites No.2 and No.3 were found to have storage efficiencies of 5.0 & 26 and maximum capacities
of 6.47 and 18 MCM respectively.
To meet the irrigation demand for 500 ha, Dam site No.1 would require filling twice a year a scenario
that would be difficult to realise within the 4 dry months targeted for supplimental irrigation. Dam site
No.3 on the other hand is at a lower elevation than the irrigation command area and thus would
require pumping of irrigation water.
In view of the above limitations dam sites 1 and 3 were found unsuitable for irrigation development
and were dropped at the Draft Feasibility Study Stage after consultations with the project
stakeholders. However the two sites can be developed to meet the ultimate domestic water supply
demands alongside further expansion of the irrigation area.
The current (Final Feasibility stage) thus, focuses on the selected damsite No.2 which was found
suitable for both domestic and irrigation supply components.
Dam axis optimization and maximum storage reservoir capacity determination
With focus on the the selected dam site (Damsite No.2), dam axis identification and optimization has
been done to establish the maximum storage potential. A Depth – Area – Capacity Curve for the
selected axis has been developed and an effective maximum reservoir capacity of 6.47 MCM
established.
Annual Water Demand Estimates and Allocation
Water demand estimates and allocation were based on two main areas that would create a major
impact to befit a flagship project status as envisioned by the Nandi county government as well as meet
the objectives of the expanded irrigation program as envisioned by the National government.
1. Domestic water supply to 2 towns and 8 rural locations inline with the Nandi County
Government Intergrated Development Plan, and,
2. Irrigation of over 500 ha inline with the expanded irrigation program under NIB;
Domestic water demand projections were made inline with population growth projections derived from
the last census held in the year 2009. Considering a construction phase of 3 years, the Initial year was
set to year 2018 i.e 9 years from the last census. The future and ultimate demands were then
projected in 10 year intervals to 2028 and 2038 respectively using a population growth rate of 3.8 %.
Agricom, Intergrated Partnership Consultants JV VII January 2015

Water consumption rates were obtained from the water design manual of 2005 as highlighted below:
i. 20l/head/day for high potential rural areas and people without individual connections;
ii. 40l/head/day for low class housing in the urban areas for people without individual
connections and considerations of other water uses.
The resultant water demand estimates and allocations for the 3 time horizons are as presented in
table 8.
Table 8: Annual Water Demand Estimates and Allocation from selected damsite
Water Demand (Million Cubic Meters)

S/No. Component Year 2018 Year 2028 Year 2038
(initial) (future) (ultimate)
Domestic Water for 2 Towns and
1 0.81 1.17 1.69
8 Rural locations
2 Irrigation Water for 500 ha (Phase 1) 2.85 2.85 2.85
4 Total Water Demand 6.11 6.47 6.99

5 Max Dam Capacity (selected dam site) 6.47 6.47 6.47
As shown above the selected dam is able to meet the projected future water demands for both
domestic supply and irrigation upto the year 2028. To meet the ultimate demand in the year 2038, the
consultant recommends development of other two identified potential damsites.
Geology and Geo-technical Studies
A review of the site conditions for the selected Keben Dam has been conducted. Borrow sites and
construction material sites have also been identified within the project area. In the next stage Trial pits
will be excavated to cover both the dam foundation, borrow sites as well as the reservoir areas.
The materials will be sampled and laboratory tests performed to determine key engineering
parameters viz: Plastic limit, Plasticity index, Maximum dry density (MDD), Optimum Moisture Content
(OMC) and liquid limit. The findings will be used in the detailed design of the dam and spillway
structures.
Dam Instrumentation
A dam instrumentation scheme has been outlined based on the assumption that the behavior of the
dam and its foundation will be checked according to modern criteria for dam monitoring. The main
instrumentation areas reviewed include the dam Instrumentation layout and monitoring instruments
involved.
The proposed Instrumentation layout comprises of instruments to monitor deformations, earth

pressures, pore pressures, seepage and water levels in the dam on a long term basis.
Electrical instrumentation has thus been proposed for a great part of the monitoring so as to facilitate
connecting of the instruments to an automatic data acquisition system in the dam control office.
Agricom, Intergrated Partnership Consultants JV VIII January 2015

EXISTING AGRICULTURE
Crop Production
Various crops are grown in the project area and include:
 Cereals: maize, F/Millet, Sorghum;

 Pulses: Beans and Peas;
 Root crops: Irish Potatoes and Cassava;
 Horticultural crops: Tomatoes, Cabbages, Kales, Spinach and Onions;
 Fruit crops: Passion fruits, Avocadoes, Tree tomato and bananas;
 Industrial crops: tea, coffee, sugarcane and pyrethrum.
Other crops such as French beans, sugar snaps, capsicum, baby corn, brinjals and chilli were once
grown for export. However, due to lack of continuous supply because of poor rains in the second
season, the export business collapsed. The farmers are however hopeful that with the new project
they can revive the export business.
Livestock Production
The common livestock kept are cows, goats, sheep, donkeys, poultry, dogs, cats, guinea fowls and
doves. People keep donkeys for transporting produce and water. The breeds of cattle are improves
species and mainly for dairy. There are a few dairy goats while the black headed doper is the main
sheep breed. Indigenous chicken have become popular as they are easier to keep and fetch good
prices in the market as they are more preferred.
IRRIGATION DEVELOPMENT OPTIONS
The consultant has recommended two irrigation development options to suppliment the existing rain
fed agriculture in the project area. For the two options cost considerations for the infield design
component in view of associated benefits to the farmer in place has formed the basis of comparisons.
The proposed development options have taken into consideration the minimum irigation area of 500ha
as required in the TOR, available storage in the selected damsite, irrigation and domestic water
demand estimates, workshop recommendations among other factors. The proposed options are;
Option “A”prioritizes the irrigable area about 5 km from the forest edge as envisioned by the project
proponents. The blocks covered include 2 irrigation units in Koilot location (K-1 and K-3) and 1
irrigation unit in Sochoi (S-1) covering a gross area of 1,697 ha and an allocated net area of 500 ha.
This translates to an effective land use of 29%.
This option proposes the use of a Sprinkler irrigation method with an overall efficiency of 70%.
Using this irrigation method, and assumming that the surplus water in the dam will be used soley for
irrigation development; an additional net area of 388 ha can be irrigated in the 2nd phase of the project
targeting the other blocks and raising the maximum net irrigation potential to 888 ha. The additional
area can be allocated to any or distributed to all of the other 4 blocks in phase 2 of the project.
Option “B” targets the maximum potential gross area of 4,904 ha in a bid to benefit all farmers in the
three locations and all the 7 irrigation units as well as accommodate other competing land uses in the
project area as established at draft feasibility stage.
This option proposes the use of a Drip irrigation method with an overall system efficiency of 90%.
Agricom, Intergrated Partnership Consultants JV IX January 2015

Using this irrigation method, a total net area of 643 ha can be irrigated in the 1st phase of the project
using the same amount of water in option “A” and an additional irrigation potential of 499 ha irrigated
in the 2nd phase of the project raising the total maximum net irrigation potential to 1,142 ha. This
option anticipates the future expansion of the project to maximum potential in view of available water.
Project Development Options
Taking into consideration the irrigation development options discussed above, and the selected dam
site at draft feasibility stage, final project development options have been formulated as follows:
Option A: This consists of the Earthfill Embankment dam and the sprinkler irrigation development
which covers 888 ha.
Option B: This consists of the Earthfill Embankment dam and the drip irrigation development which
covers 1,142 ha.
AGRICULTURE DEVELOPMENT PLAN
Proposed Cropping pattern
The cropping pattern proposed under irrigation considers food security and wealth creation. The crops
selected are both local and export oriented and can be value added. This would meet the need for job
creation in the area. Table 9 below provides the proposed cropping pattern.
Table 9: Potential cropping pattern for Keben Irrigation Project (phase 1)
Cropped Cropped
Cropping option Season 1 Season 2 Total
Area (Ha) Area (Ha)
Maize (0%) 0 0 0 0 0
Irish potato (20%) 20 100 20 100 40
Tomato (5%) 5 25 5 25 10
Kale (1%) 1 5 1 5 2
Spider plant (3%) 0 0 3 15 3
Solanum (1%) 1 5 1 5 2
Baby Carrots (5%) 5 25 5 25 10
Brinjals (2%) 2 10 0 0
Capsicum (4%) 4 20 0 0
Chilli (1%) 0 0 1 5 1
Spring onion (2%) 2 10 2 10 4
Snow peas (1%) 0 0 2 10 2
French Beans (16%) 16 80 16 80 32
Banana (14%) 14 70 14 70 28
Passion (20%) 20 100 20 100 40
Avocado (10%) 10 50 10 50 20
100 500 100 500 200
IRRIGATION WATER REQUIREMENTS
Using 2 sprinklers per setting per plot and a discharge of 0.432 m3/hr per sprinkler the required
discharge per setting per plot is 0.864 m3/hr or 0.240 l/s. This translates to 300 l/s for 1250 one acre
plots which forms the design flow for the irrigation phase 1. Using a similar approach phase 2
irrigation would require 233 l/s bringing the total requirements to 533 l/s.
Agricom, Intergrated Partnership Consultants JV X January 2015

PRELIMINARY DESIGNS
Design Components
The main design components considered at this stage are:

 Dam;
 Spillway and bottom outlet;
 Draw off tower;
 Conveyance, Main, Sub-mains and Distribution pipeline Network;
 Pipeline crossings and appurtenant structures;
 Infield Sprinkler and drip systems;
 Project facilities
Dam
The draft design for the Keben Dam site no. 2 recommends construction of a 45m (bed level= 2340 m)
high zoned earth fill dam with a central impermeable clay core and a 882 m long crest at elevation
2385 m.
Spillway
The spillway is sited on the right bank consisting of an open overflow concrete ogee weir and a lined
chute channel discharging to the original river bed/stream below the toe of the dam via an energy
dissipation stilling basin.
Bottom Outlet
comprises of a 2.5m (Wide) X 2.5m (Height) reinforced concrete box culvert through which the various
water pipelines will pass from the upstream to the downstream of the dam.
Draw off tower
The proposed draw-off tower is attached on the upstream face of the bottom outlet culvert. It
comprises of a concrete block measuring 3.2m x 3.2m base and 42m height with landing slabs at 12m
interval. Access to the intake tower and a tower control room have also been included.
Irrigation Pipe Network
For irrigation Phase 1, a length of 27.181 km supply pipelines with a diameter range of 600 mm – 110
mm has been surveyed and designed at this stage. Out of this 7.880 km are GRP pipes with diameter
range 600 mm – 300 mm and 19.301 km are uPVC pipes with diameter range 300 mm – 110 mm.
Designs have also been carried out for 36.475 km tertiary distribution pipelines with diameter range
125 mm – 25 mm. Pipenetwork for 139.676 km feeder distribution lines have also been prepared.
Pipelines Structures
For the main supply pipelines, the main structures considered at this stage are:
 72 No. Pressure Reducing Valves (PRVs)

 12 No. Air valves
 14 No. Washouts
 6 No. Block chambers
 51 No Tertiary offtake Junctions
 53 No. Offtake Saddle Clamps
 10 No. Valley crossings
 43 No. Road crossings
Agricom, Intergrated Partnership Consultants JV XI January 2015

Infield Sprinkler System – Used in Option A
The proposed sprinkler unit will consist of two sprinklers to enable irrigation of 571 m2 per day in two
settings and 1 acre or 4032 m2 (0.4032 ha) in 7 days in line with the established irrigation interval.
Other components of the sprinkler unit consist of HDPE pipes connecting the sprinklers to the field
hydrants, a buried infield 25mm uPVC pipe connecting the field hydrants to a plot hydrant served by
the distributions pipelines.
Infield Drip System – Used in Option B
In line with the farmer in place as recommended by FAO guidelines and recommendation of the
project stakeholders as captured in the consultative workshops; small holder low head drip irrigation
kits have been proposed.
The kits are suitable for all crops, such as vegetables, cereals, pulses and fruit trees. Each drip kit is
adequate for irrigation and fertigation of small plots up to 500m2 and thus can be adapted for use in
green houses as well. To Irrigate 1 acre or 4032 m2 of land up to 8 Kits will be required and have been
considered at the preliminary design stage.
PRELIMINARY ENGINEERS‟ COST ESTIMATES
Project development costs
The project development costs for the two final development options have been analysed as
presented in table 11 below.
Table 11 Summary of Project development costs.
Item Development Option 2 (Dam-site 2)

No. Details
Option A Option B
1 Preliminaries and General items (Ksh) 362,378,000 362,378,000
2 Dam Component (Ksh) 2,873,588,953 2,873,588,953
3 Irrigation Component (Ksh) 520,425,148 869,149,446
4 Total Investment Cost (Dam & Irrigation) (Ksh) 3,756,392,101 4,105,116,399
5 O&M Cost (Assume 1% of total investment) (Ksh) 37,026,276 40,263,582
6 Live Storage (m3) 6,243,379 6,243,379
7 Cost Per m3 460 460
8 Net Irrigation Area (ha) 888 1142
9 Irrigation Development Cost Per Ha Ksh) 586,064 761,077
From table 11 above, the total project investment cost is Kshs 3,756,392,101 for option A and
4,105,116,399 for option B.
Considering the development cost and the live storage capacity for the dam component, the cost per
cubic meter of water stored is Kshs 460.
Assuming that the dam cost is a grant, and considering the development cost and the net irrigation
area for the irrigation component, the costs per ha are Kshs 586,064 and Kshs 761,077 for option A
and B respectively. These figures are within range of costs per ha recommended by the government
of Kenya for option A and World Bank for option B.
Agricom, Intergrated Partnership Consultants JV XII January 2015

ORGANIZATION AND MANAGEMENT
At the draft feasibility stage, community mobilization meetings were organized in 3 Locations namely:
Sochoi, Koilot and Ol lessos through the help of the area chiefs for the purpose of disseminating
information on the project and engaging the community to get their views on the various aspects of the
proposed project. 20 Interim committee members were elected during the meetings while 2576
potential beneficiaries were enlisted in the 3 locations as shown in table 12 below.
Table 12: Number of Enlisted Irrigation Project Beneficiaries
Location Sub Location Number of Enlisted Beneficiaries Total

Koilot 403
Keben 483
Koilot Sigilai 230 1614
Chepngetuny 195
Cheptuingeny 303
Sochoi 136
Sochoi 321
Lolduga 185
Olessos 271
Ol' Lessos Kapkorio 147 641
Mogoon 223
Total 2576 2576
At the current stage, the training of the interim committee on project leadership was carried out from
3rd to 5th December at Lessos Town. The participants were the 20 Interim Project Leaders
representing the 3 Irrigation Project locations namely Koilot, Sochoi and Ol Lessos.
The key areas of training included:
 Irrigation Water Users Association (IWUA) Formation process;

 Irrigation Project Leadership;
 Irrigation Project Formulation of By-Laws
After the training, the project committee members formulated draft by laws for the project.
Based on the projected immediate water availability from selected dam option, the project was divided
into two phases for purpose of implementation. Phase 1 consists of Keben (K-1), Koilot (K-3) and
Sochoi (S-1) sub-locations. The irrigation area has further been divided into smaller Blocks defined by
hydraulic units for ease of irrigation water management. Community meetings were held at Location
level and members sensitized on the irrigation project layout, block boundaries, purpose of project
blocking and the need to have Block IWUAs and leaders.
Farmers belonging to the same irrigation blocks elected their respective leaders ensuring equitable
representation of the various sections of the blocks. Equitable gender representation was also
emphasized. In total 35 members were elected to represent 7 sub main blocks as shown in table 13.
Table 13: Number of Elected Leaders for Irrigation Blocks under Phase 1
Location Sub Location No of sub main Blocks Number of Elected leaders

Keben 4 13
Koilot
Koilot 1 11
Sochoi Sochoi 2 11
Total 7 35
Agricom, Intergrated Partnership Consultants JV XIII January 2015

Initiation of IWUA Registration Process
The members resolved to initially register the group with the Sub-County Social Development Office
as a CBO with the possibility of registering a cooperative to address marketing issues once the project
is operational. In this regard, the community members were informed of the requirements for
registration of the group as a CBO as follows:
1. Group by-laws;
2. List of Committee members and executive;
3. List of Members;
4. Completed registration application form; and
5. Registration fees f KES 5,000
FINANCIAL AND ECONOMIC ANALYSIS
Financial Analysis Results for Domestic Water Component of the Project
Under selected dam option, 1.17 million cubic meters of water is allocated for domestic use. The
domestic water supply component was assessed as an independent component and yielded the
results shown in table 14 below.
Table 14 Financial Results for Domestic Water Supply Component
Scenario FNPV FIRR BCR

Base Case 343,075,961 19.00% 1.58
20% rise in investment costs 228,851,434 15.96% 1.32
20% fall in revenues 76,363,981 13.80% 1.13
20% increase in O&M costs 343,075,961 19.00% 1.58
From the results above, this component is financially viable with an FNPV of Ksh. 343 million, FIRR of
19% and a BCR is 1.58.
Financial Analysis Results for Irrigation Water Component of the Project
Under selected dam option, 5.3 million cubic meters of water is allocated to irrigation use. The
irrigation water supply component was assessed as an independent component and yielded the
results shown in table 15 below.
Table 15 Financial Results for Irrigation Component Options A and B
Option A (888 ha) Option B (1142 ha)

Scenario
FNPV FIRR BCR FNPV FIRR BCR
Base Case 458,171,305 13.49% 0.13 309,238,016 12.94% 1.08
20% increase in investment costs (184,635,133) 11.47% -0.05 (393,243,296) 10.96% 0.91
20% fall in revenues 366,537,044 13.49% 0.13 (500,039,650) 10.39% 1.08
20% increase in O&M costs 429,110,682 13.40% 0.12 277,479,553 12.84% 1.07
From the results above, this component is financially viable based on the computed FNPV at the base
case of Ksh. 458.17 million and Ksh. 309.23 million under option A and B respectively. The FNPV are
found to be positive, FIRR greater than 12% (13.37% and 12.9% for options A and B respectively) and
FBCRs greater than 1.
However, further results for the sensitivity analysis indicates the project will not withstand the shocks
on investment costs and revenues as FNPVs are negative, FIRRs less than 12% and the BCRs less
than unity.
Agricom, Intergrated Partnership Consultants JV XIV January 2015

Financial Analysis Results for Whole Project
Under selected dam option, 6.47 million cubic meters of water is available for both domestic water
supply and irrigation use. The project was thus assessed as a whole and yielded the results shown in
table 16 below.
Table 16: Financial Analysis Results for whole Project
Option A Option B
Scenario FNPV FIRR BCR FNPV FIRR BCR
Base Case 1,179,163,224 15.52% 1.13 1,051,712,771 15.02% 1.08
20% increase in investment costs 536,356,786 13.41% 0.95 349,231,459 12.88% 0.91
20% fall in revenues 943,330,579 15.52% 1.13 93,940,153 12.29% 1.08
20% increase in O&M costs 1,150,102,601 15.44% 1.12 1,019,954,307 14.94% 1.07
From the results above, the whole project is financially viable after inclusion of the water revenues,
computed FNPV at the base case is Ksh. 1.18 billion and Ksh. 1.05 billion under option A and B
respectively. The FNPV are found to be positive, FIRR greater than 12% (15.5% and 15.0% for
options A and B respectively) and FBCRs above 1.
Further results for the sensitivity analysis indicates the project will withstand the shocks on costs and
revenues as FNPVs are positive and FIRRs greater than 12%. However, the BCRs are less than unity
for both options when the project is subjected to 20% increase in investment costs.
ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL IMPACT ASSESSMENTS
Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) for Lessos/Keben dam and irrigation project has
been conducted to determine whether or not the proposed project will have adverse impacts on the
environment. Comprehensive environmental and social management actions and monitoring plans for
the project have also been proposed
The implementation of the project is expected to bring about impacts that have both positive/beneficial
and negative aspects. The impacts categories are as follows:
 Those arising during the construction phase of the project and,

 Those anticipated occur during the operation phase.
Construction Phase
Negative Impacts to the biophysical environment
 Devegatation;
 Forest Submergence;
 Increased soil erosion;
 Dust emissions;
 Disposal of excavated soil;
 Exhaust emissions;
 Noise and vibration;
 Increased water demand;
 Increased solid waste generation;
 Oil spills.
Agricom, Intergrated Partnership Consultants JV XV January 2015

Negative Impacts to the Social environment
 Risks of accidents and injuries to workers;

 Traffic Flows;
 Social Evils.
Positive impacts during construction phase
 Employment Creation;
 Provision of Market for Supply of Building Materials.
Operation Phase.
Negative Impacts to the biophysical environment
 Water Pollution;
 Reduced downstream flows;
 Increased water demand;
 Salanization;
 Water logging;
 Devegetation;
 Solid Wastes Disposal;
 Soil Erosion;
 Pest and Diseases;
 Flooding Occurences.
Negative Impacts to the social environment
 Increased Waterborne diseases;

 Occupational Health and Safety;
 Moral Decadence;
Positive Impacts during the Operation Phase
 Employment Creation and Income Generation;

 Enhanced access to water to domestic use;
 Increased productivity;
 Improved food security;
 Enhanced ecosystem services;
 Maximum land use;
 Diversification of economic activities;
 Extended cropping seasons;
 Improved extension services;
 Agro forestry;
 Strengthening of social groups.
Environmental & Social Management Plan (ESMP)
An Environmental and Social Management Plan (ESMP) has been developed to assist in prioritizing
the key findings of the environmental assessment, suggesting necessary mitigation measures and
allocating responsibilities.
Agricom, Intergrated Partnership Consultants JV XVI January 2015

Conclusions and recommendations on ESIA
From the ESIA perspective, the following have been concluded.
 The project has overwhelming support from key stakeholders and the community in the
project area.
 The project is in line with the existing county plans within the various sectors of water,
environment, land and general development.
 The project seeks to address a priority problem in Nandi county and hence its
implementation is critical to the livelihood improvement of the target community.
 The proposed project like other development projects will have both positive and negative
impacts to the environment.
 All the NEGATIVE impacts of the projects can be mitigated as indicated in the
Environmental and Social Management Plan (ESMP).
 The proposed project will not compromise the well-being of the community, ecology or any
other conditions.
 The proposed project is a viable venture that should be given due support. Considering
the fact that there will be minimal negative impacts to the environment and its potential to
contribute to the rise in economic status of the area residents who will benefit from it.
 The proponent will collaborate with key stakeholders in environment, forest, water, health
and agriculture among others to ensure successful implementation and monitoring of
mitigation measures.
 The proponent has agreed to adhere to the laid down laws and procedures of NEMA in
setting up the projects. Its successful implementation will contribute to the economic
growth of the country in regards to poverty eradication as well as reducing the water use
and demand conflicts.
Agricom, Intergrated Partnership Consultants JV XVII January 2015

PHOTOPLATES
A. Field Work Activities – Dam and Material Sites Assessments
Plate Description Photo
A point on the RHS bank of the

proposed dam site 2 axis in
Sengalo forest with scattered
bush vegetation
Plate 1
Note the consultant team
comprising of the team leader,
project surveyor and the
technical support team making
assessments
Transect walk across the

Mogobich river at a confluence
point near the proposed dam 2
axis with dense indigenous
Plate 2 forest vegetation.
Note the interim IWUA chairman

leading the way and the team
leader making the assessments
The highest point on the LHS

bank of the proposed dam site 2
axis in Serengoni forest with
artificial forest vegetation.
Plate 3
Note the Interim IWUA chairman
and the consultants‟ technical
team present during the
exercise.
An Existing quarry in Sochoi

area. Location Identified during
the dam construction materials
survey.
Plate 4
Note the Interim IWUA chairman
and the consultants‟ technical
team present during the
exercise.

B. Field Work Activities - Community Mobilization
Introduction of consultants team

present during community
mobilization exercise for the
Plate 1
project area
Community mobilization
exercise for Koilot Location held
Plate 2 at Keben Primary in August
2014
The Project Interim Committee

during a session to Draft By-
Plate 3 laws in Lessos town on 5th
December 2014
Members studying project layout

and block boundaries for phase
1 development during a training
Plate 4
of interim committee in Sochoi,
9th December 2014
Agricom, Intergrated Partnership Consultants JV II January 2015

C. Field Work Activities – Detailed Assessments of proposed irrigation areas
Detailed assessments of Gulley

crossing for the Koilot-Sochoi
main pipeline.
Plate 1
Note the Elected interim leader
for block K-1 Mr. John Kotutwa
assisting the consultant‟s
irrigation team in the exercise
Detailed assessment of River

crossing for the Keben Block
Sub-main K-1-1 pipeline on
Mogobich River.
Plate 2
Elected interim leader for block K-
1 Mr. John Kotutwa assisting the
consultant‟s irrigation team in the
exercise
A section prone to landslides in

the upper section of the Koilot
Block K-3.
The area has steep slopes and

Plate 3
unsuitable soils and thus avoided
in the alignment of the Koilot –
Sochoi mainline.
Detailed assessment of River

crossing for the Sochoi Block
Plate 4 Sub-main S-1 pipeline on
Cheplelachbei River.
Agricom, Intergrated Partnership Consultants JV III January 2015

D. Field Work Activities – Environmental, Socio-Economic and Market Assessments
Interview with the County

Environment Director
Plate 1
Keben Springs a heritage of the

Plate 2
Keben area.
Training of socio-economic
Plate 3
enumerators.
Preliminary market surveys at

lessos market.
Plate 4
Agricom, Intergrated Partnership Consultants JV IV January 2015

E. Field Work Activities – Soil Assessments
Plate 1 Assessment of trial pits
Plate 2 Soil profile descriptions
Soil Infiltration Tests

Plate 3
Plate 4 Soil Bulk Density Tests
Agricom, Intergrated Partnership Consultants JV V January 2015

F. Field Work Activities – Topographic and Profiles Surveys
Consultant‟s survey team set for

survey work at the proposed
dam site.
Plate 1
Note survey equipment used in
the survey work.
Interim IWUA chairman

assisting the survey team in
establishment of benchmarks.
Plate 2
Note survey equipment used in
the survey work.
Established Beacons for the

Plate 3 proposed irrigation area.
Survey activities along the

proposed mainline along
Plate 4 existing road.
Agricom, Intergrated Partnership Consultants JV VI January 2015

G. Existing Agriculture
Onions and Kales Plots in

Keben block K1-2.
Plate 1
Beans crop grown on the gently

undulating slopes in Keben
Plate 2 Block K1-2 note small scale tea
on the steeper slopes in the
background
Cabbage intercropped with tea

towards the lower end of Keben
Plate 3 block.
Farrow land with the harvested

maize crop in block K-1-3 in the
Plate 4 project area.
Agricom, Intergrated Partnership Consultants JV VII January 2015

A raised tank identified in Keben

Block K-1-3.
Ongoing efforts at irrigated

Plate 5
agriculture such as these should
be complimented by providing
reliable storage from the dam.
An operational sprinkler
identified in Sochoi Block S1-2.
Ongoing efforts at irrigated

agriculture such as these should
be complimented by providing a
Plate 6
detailed design of the irrigation
system up to the infield level.
Note efforts at soil conservation

by growing fodder
A tea plantation in the lower end

of Keben Block K-1-3 identified
as an alternative to irrigated
Plate 7
agriculture in the project area.
Cattle grazing in the farrow land

after a maize harvest in block
K3 identified as an alternative to
irrigated agriculture in the
Plate 8 project area.
Agricom, Intergrated Partnership Consultants JV VIII January 2015

H. Existing Domestic water Supply System
Storage tanks for the existing

Plate 1 Keben-Koilot water project
serving the project area.
A break Pressure tank for the

Keben Koilot water project
Plate 2
serving Block K-1-1
A Washout Chamber for the for

the Keben Koilot water project
Plate 3
near Ngechu river.
A feeder pipeline for the existing

Keben-Koilot water project for
water supply to individual
Plate 4
homesteads.
Agricom, Intergrated Partnership Consultants JV IX January 2015

I. Existing Road Conditions and Mechanization Aspects in the project
Existing bridge infrastructure on

Plate 1 the Koilot-Sochoi road across
Cheplelachbei River.
A section of the Koilot-Sochoi

Plate 2
road in poor conditions.
Tractor with trailer for maize

farm harvests in Keben block
Plate 3
K1-2
Tractor with trailer for tea farm

Plate 4 harvests in Keben block K1-3
Agricom, Intergrated Partnership Consultants JV X January 2015

1 INTRODUCTION
1.1 Authority of the Report
This Final Feasibility Study Report has been prepared in compliance with Section 5 of the
Terms of Reference (TOR) for Consultancy Services for Feasibility Study, Detailed
Design and Preparation of Tender Documents for Lessos/Keben Dam and Irrigation
Development Project and in accordance with the contract agreement between the National
Irrigation Board (NIB) and Agricom Consultants Ltd in association with Integrated partnership
Consultants Ltd dated 14th March 2014 (Contract Ref. No. NIB/T/055/2013-14)
The Report is the 3rd output of the assignment as stipulated in the reporting schedule in the
TOR and in line with the updated methodology for performing the assignment. It presents
Final feasibility study findings for both dam and irrigation components of the project as well as
the progress made since start of the assignment.
1.2 Report Structure
The Final Feasibility Study Report is presented in five volumes as follows;
 Volume – I: Main Report (This report);

 Volume – II: Main Report Annexes;
 Volume – III: Book of Drawings;
 Volume – IV: Preliminary Engineers‟ Cost Estimates; and,
 Volume – V: Draft Final ESIA Project Report
The Main Report (Volume I) has been presented in 15 chapters and covers the following:
 Executive Summary
 Chapter 1: Introduction (this chapter);
 Chapter 2: Review of the Agriculture Sector;
 Chapter 3: Project Area Characteristics;
 Chapter 4: Existing Socio-Economic Conditions;
 Chapter 5: Hydrology and Water Resources Study;
 Chapter 6: Dam Studies;
 Chapter 7: Existing Agriculture;
 Chapter 8: Dam and Irrigation Development Options;
 Chapter 9: Agriculture Development Plan;
 Chapter 10: Project Water Requirements;
 Chapter 11: Preliminary Designs and Cost Estimates;
 Chapter 12: Organization and Management;
 Chapter 13: Financial and Economic analysis;
 Chapter 14: Environmental and Social Impact Aspects;
 Chapter 15: Conclusions and Recommendations.
Agricom, Intergrated Partnership Consultants JV 1-1 January 2015

The Report is accompanied by volume II containing the annexes as follows:
Annex I: Soils Report;

Annex II: Hydrology Report;
Annex III: Survey Report;
Annex IV: Dam Design Criteria;
Annex V: Geology/Geo-technical Report
Annex VI: Socio-Economic Report (Domestic Water Supply Component);
Annex VII Agronomy Report and Water Requirements;
Annex VIII: Technical data sheets for design components;
Annex IX: Pipeline Hydraulic Design Calculations;
Annex X: IWUA Report;
1.3 Project Background
1.3.1 Previous Studies
A pre-investment study of the Keben dam was carried out by BRL ingenierie and Hydrophil
Orgut under the NBI Investment Program NELSAP, in 2012. The purpose of the study was to
identify multipurpose water resource projects in the Yala Basin River to be taken to the next
levels of study. Keben dam was ranked 2nd after Moi University Dam which has already been
implemented.
The study findings on the following main components were as follows;
(a) Potable Water Supply and Sanitation;
Original project targeted 45,079 persons and 22,000 Livestock Units equivalent to a
total water demand of 0.018m3/s. The findings indicated that around 2,000 m3/day or
0.018 m3/s could be guaranteed from the proposed dam.
(b) Hydropower;
Hydropower generation was intended to use environmental flow and water for
irrigation plus any excess water. Turbine capacity of 1.5 MW running 8 hours per day
was proposed whose Mean production was estimated at 0.183 MW.
(c) Irrigation;
Expansion of current passion fruit operation with supplementary irrigation of 400 ha at

a satisfactory level of assuredness of (88%) was proposed. It was further
recommended that Irrigation of passion fruits plantation would require 0.26 Mm3/year
for 400 ha (mainly in December, January, February and March).
(d) Fisheries and Aquaculture;
The new reservoir (Dam) would create opportunities for both reservoir fishery and
cage culture fisheries. Proposed site was perhaps too high (cold) for optimum fish
production. Assuming production of 5,000 tonnes per year, it was also concluded that
no significant amount of water will be demanded.

(e) Industry and Agro processing;
There are plans to increase dairy and to start with production of secondary dairy
products. Other small-scale agro-processing activities are also planned. This will
require Small water demand which must be assured.
(f) Tourism and Recreation;
Proximity of the proposed dam to the Maasai Mara Park significantly adds to its
tourism potential. This will require Small water demand which must be assured.
(g) Watershed Management and Environment;
The study envisaged that the reservoir location will necessitate the removal of some
protected forest. It is therefore proposed that this forest is replaced as part of the
watershed management programme. This exercise might affect hydrological
characteristics.
(h) Water Demand Management;
There is an opportunity for a water demand management (especially leakage

management) to be introduced for the Keben area, which would reduce the projected
water supply demand.
(i) Drought Management/Flood Mitigation;
This was found to have insignificant effect on areas far downstream.
Other studies have also been conducted in the project area and have been captured in the
following key reports among others which the consultant has reviewed:
1. Sochoi Cheboror Ngeny Forest & Water Association Draft Preliminary Design Report
by GEO Top Surveyors and contractors in 2010;
2. Keben Dam Draft Preliminary Design Report by Eng. Moses Orot Agumba, 2010;
3. Kenya Population and Housing Census Report, 2009.
1.3.2 Current Study
The current study is a follow-up to the previous studies and is being implemented by the
Government of Kenya through the Expanded Irrigation Programme (EIP). The EIP falls under
the NIBs strategic Issue No.1; whose main objective is to accelerate irrigation expansion and
development in the country.
According to information obtained from the project proponents; the proposed project was
initiated by the Sochoi-Cheboror-Ngeny Forest and Water Association (SOCHENGFOWA)
with the main aim of domestic water supply to 5 locations in Nandi County and 2 Locations in
Uasin-Gishu County. The irrigation component of the project on the other hand targeted the
farmers living about 5 km along the forest edge with the main aim of offering them an
alternative means of livelihood to deter them from deforestation activities and thus conserve
the dam catchment.
Against this background, and in consultation with project stakeholders, the consultant‟s main
focus in the current study is on both dam and irrigation components. The dam component
largely focuses on the maximum storage capacity and water availability in Mogobich River for
both domestic water supply and irrigation requirements for at least 500 ha as stipulated in the
TOR in 4 months dry period identified in the previous studies.

1.4 Lessos/Keben Dam and Irrigation Project
1.4.1 Project area location and extents
The proposed Lessos/Keben Dam and Irrigation project area generally falls within geographic
co-ordinates (0o N and 35oE) as shown in project location in Kenya map figure 1.1. The project
extents are within the area bounded by UTM co-ordinates (734577 and 760818) Eastings and
(24665 and 11542) Northings (Zone 36N Arc 1960 Datum).
1.4.2 Project area administration
Administratively, the project area is located in Nandi County as shown in the project location in
Nandi county map figure 1.2. The domestic component of the dam is expected to cover 8
locations in Ol‟ Lessos Division and also extend to Nandi Hills and Kapsabet towns. The
irrigation component on the other hand is expected to cover 3 out of the 8 locations in Nandi
County. These are Koilot, Sochoi and Olessos.
1.4.3 Project area access
The project area is accessible through the Nakuru – Eldoret Road Class A104 via a class C36
road from the Ainabkoi junction as shown in Figure 1.3. The nearest major town is Kapsabet,
the Nandi county head-quarters while the nearest small town is Lessos. Other major shopping
centres along the C36 Road within the proposed irrigation area are Kimwogi, Lolduga, Lessos
Junction, Lessos Technical and Lelwak.
The distance from Nairobi to Ainabkoi junction is approximately 260 km while that from the
junction to Kapsabet is about 40 km. A direct access to the dam site is via a turn off from the
C36 road to Koilot – Keben – Mogobich road class E301 which traverses the proposed
Irrigation area and connects it to the proposed dam site. The distance from the Koilot Junction
to the dam site is about 10 km.
1.4.4 Project implementation approach
The project targets both the domestic as well as irrigation components. The domestic
component will be implemented by the Nandi county government while the irrigation
component will be implemented by the national government under NIB.
For the domestic water supply only a draw off pipe will be provided at the draw off point; while
the design of the entire system up to the infield level for 500ha irrigation area will be done for
the irrigation water supply.
1.4.5 Irrigation Project implementation phases
Owing to the large extent of the project coverage and in line with the TOR, the consultant
proposed that implementation of the irrigation component be done in 2 phases. This was
discussed and agreed upon during Workshop No 2 proceedings. In view of this, Phase 1 of
the project will cover 2 locations while the 3rd will be covered in phase 2.

Figure 1-1: Project Location in Kenya

KAMASAI CHEPTERWAI
KIPKAREN NDALAT
KAPKOIMUR KABIEMIT
GET
ERIN
KIMNG'OROR
SURUNGAI
K
LOL
KAPTICH KAMASAI
KURGUNG
KABISAGA
LOLKERINGET
KABIYET SIGOT
LELMOKWO BIRIBIRIET
KEBULONIK
ITIGO
SANGALO
KAMOIYWO
MUTWOT
KA
PS
IS
IY
KOKWET
W
A
NGECHEK
KAPTEL
KOSIRAI
LOLMININGAI
CHEMUNDU
TULON
CHEPTERIT
KILIBWONI TERIGE
KAPLAMAI ARWOS
KAPKANGANI OLLESSOS SOCHOI
L E G E N D
UK
KIPTUIYA KIPTUREK SIWO
NY
KAPSABET A BI LELWAK
KU
RI KOILOT
R
EP
SA KIBABET
CH
NG
KIPSIGAK
CH
KI
EP
P SE
TIL
BW MOGOBICH
KOSOIY
ILIK
KEMELOI NA O TARTAR
CHEPKUMA
ND
IH
ILL
WO
BONJOGE KABOI S
CHEMOMI
KAPCHORUA
KA
P
LE
LM
ET
KAPTUMO SIRET
CHEBILAT
MUGEN CHEPSIRE CHERABUS
KABIRER
KAPKOROS
KA
KAPSIMOTWO KAMELIL
NDURIO
PK
UR
KOYO
ES
KAPKURES AINAPNGETUNY
ES KIBWARENG
KAPSOAS
UR KAPKOLEI SONGHOR
PK CHEPKEMEL
KA CHEMILIL METEITEI
KABUTIE
MARABA
CHEMASE
KAMELILO
CHEMAMUL
SOBA
TINDERET
KAPKITONY
PROJECT LOCATION IN NANDI COUNTY

LESSOS/KEBEN DAM & IRRIGATION
DEVELOPMENT PROJECT
FIGURE 1.2 O
L E G E N D
POTENTIAL IRRIGATION
AREA BOUNDARY
SHOPPING CENTRES
MAJORTOWNS
IRRIGATION AREA BOUNDARY
WATER SUPPLY AREA BOUNDARY
COUNTY BOUNDARY
MOGOBICH RIVER
LESSOS
KAPSABET
TOWN
KIMWOGI
LELWAK
KIBIOK
KEBEN
MOGOBICH
NABKOI JUNCTION
SERENGONI
NANDI HILLS
TOWN
0 1 2 3 4 5 km
Scale
PROJECT LOCATION ON TOPO\ MAP

DEVELOPMENT PROJECT
FIGURE 1.3 O
1.5 Project Objective
According to the TOR, the immediate objective of the Keben Dam Irrigation Project was to:
“Harness, conserve, control and utilize the waters of the Mogobich Rivers, a distance of 75km
from Eldoret Town to Nabkoi Junction, then through the C36 road to Koilot Junction, through
the construction of the dam and other related facilities to provide for water storage and to
supply irrigation water for the fertile farmlands in Laing‟use Location there by contributing to
increase in irrigation area, improvement of the livelihoods of farmers in the Nandi County and
enhanced food self-sufficiency in Kenya as a whole”
From the stakeholders consultative workshop No. 1 held in Kapsabet, the object was modified
as follows, to:
“Harness, conserve, control and utilize the waters of the Mogobich Rivers, through
construction of the dam and other related facilities to provide for water storage and to supply
irrigation water for the fertile farmlands in Koilot, Sochoi and O’llessos locations there by
contributing to increase in irrigation area, improvement of the livelihoods of farmers in the
Nandi County and enhanced food self-sufficiency in Kenya as a whole”.
1.6 Objective and Scope of the consultancy Services
1.6.1 Objective of the consultancy
The Main objectives of the consultancy service as indicated in the TOR are to;
a) Carry out full and comprehensive technical, financial, economic, social and
environmental feasibility studies on the optimal dam sites,
b) Carry out detailed investigations and designs of the dam at the selected site and
related irrigation infrastructure in line with established best practice worldwide; and,
c) Prepare pre-qualification and tender documents for all civil and supply works arising
out of the detailed design including civil/structural works and power plants;
The main objective of the feasibility study and detailed design is to determine the optimum
development plan for the Keben Dam and Irrigation Project while ensuring acceptable
economic and environmental feasibility alongside the safety and function of the dam through:
i. Selection of the best dam site on the basis of preliminary investigation and analysis;
ii. Carrying out a water resources study and determining the peak flood discharge;
iii. Selection of most suitable dam type on the basis of geological conditions and recent
civil engineering technology; including the route and extent of diversion works;
iv. Design of the dam body on the basis of geological conditions to optimize construction
cost by applying the most rational and appropriate construction method;
v. Design of spillway in accordance with the peak flood discharge;
vi. Sediment load analysis and preparation of detailed design of sediment control
interventions, if required;
vii. Design of intake and outlet structures for irrigation, Irrigation Conveyance and
Distribution systems to cover an estimated 500 Ha;
viii. Design of dam control and lWUA offices and other operation and maintenance
facilities; and,
ix. Examine the social and environmental impacts of the project.

1.6.2 Scope of consultancy services
According to the TOR, the consultancy services will include:
i. Topographical Survey;
ii. Hydrology and Water Management Study;
iii. Geological and Geotechnical Study;
iv. Design and Engineering Study;
v. Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) study;
vi. Engineering Costs Estimates;
vii. Financial and Economic Analysis and,
viii. Construction scheduling.
1.7 Expected Outputs and Reporting
In line with the contract signed on 14th March, 2014, the expected outputs to be delivered
under the consultancy services agreement are as listed in Table 1-2. .
Table 1-1: Reporting Requirements

Number of Number of
Date of
Activity hard soft
submission
copies copies
Inception Report and ESIA Inception
1. 14/04/2014(CD+1) 6 2
Report
Draft Feasibility Study Report and ESIA
2. 14/08/2014(CD+5) 6 2
Project Report
Final Feasibility Study Report (15 sets),
3. 14/12/2014(CD+9) 13 2
Draft Final ESIA Report (15 sets),
Draft Detailed Design Report, Final Pre-
4. Qualification Document, Draft Tender 14/03/2015(CD+13) 6 2
Document and Final ESIA Report
5. Final Detailed Design Report 14/04/2015(CD+14) 13 2
Tender Documents and Project
6. 14/05/2015(CD+15) 6 2
Completion Report and NEMA License

1.8 Progress
The consultant has already completed stage 1&2 activities which ended with the submission of
the Project Inception Report and ESIA Inception Report In April 2014; and the Draft Feasibility
Study Report and ESIA Project Report in August 2014. Since then; the consultant has been
working on stage 3 activities.
The submission of this Final Feasibility Study Report and Draft Final ESIA Project Report now
marks the end of stage 3 activities. Brief outlines of the consultant‟s activities undertaken in
the 3 stages are as presented below.
1.8.1 Stage 1 Activities: - Project Inception
The following activities were successfully executed during the 1st stage of the assignment:
 Contract signing meeting at NIB headquarters on 14th March 2014;

 Mobilisation of Consultant‟s team for the assignment on 20th March 2014;
 Introductory site visit and field reconnaissance activities on 2nd April 2014:
 Introductory visit to Nandi water office in Kapsabet;
 Courtesy call to the Nandi County Commissioner;
 Visit to the potential dam sites on the Mogobich River;
 Visit to proposed irrigation area in Nandi County.
 Collection and review of previous studies on the project;
 Preparation and submission of the Inception Report.
1.8.2 Stage 2 Activities: - Draft Feasibility Studies
The following activities were successfully executed during the 2nd stage of the assignment:
(a) Topographic survey of dam and reservoir area for Dam site No.1 in May - June 2014
 Establishment of survey control points on the proposed dam and reservoir area;
 Placement of survey beacons at the identified control points;
 Topographic survey of the dam site and reservoir area;
(b) Consultative Workshops No.1 On 19th June and 5th August 2014
 Presentation of the Inception report to the project Stake holders;

 Presentation of the preliminary feasibility findings;
 Discussions and decisions on project area extents and beneficiary spread;
 Discussions and decisions on available water allocations.
(c) Round 1 Field work activities – July 2014
 Holding of sensitization barazas in 3 target locations (Koilot, O‟llessos and Sochoi);

 Election of interim IWUA leaders for the irrigation component of the project;
 Farmers registration in all the 3 target beneficiary locations;
 Delineation of 7 preliminary irrigation blocks;
 Assessment and alignment of conveyance, main, branch and sub-branch supply lines;
 Baseline data collection (agro-socio-economic data);
 Data collection with respect to:
 Climate and hydrology;
 Agriculture and Agro-economy including marketing;
 Membership and land holding sizes;
 Environment and social aspects;

1.8.3 Stage 3 Activities: - Final Feasibility Studies
The following activities have been successfully executed during this 3nd stage of the
assignment:
(a) Consultative Workshops No.2 On 6th November 2014
 Presentation of the Draft Final Feasibility Study Report to the project Stake holders;
 Presentation of the proposed dam and irrigation development options;
 Discussions and selection of the most optimal development options;

(b) Topographic survey of dam and reservoir area for Dam site No.2 in November 2014
 Establishment of survey control points on the proposed dam and reservoir area;
 Placement of survey beacons at the identified control points;
 Topographic survey of the dam site and reservoir area;
(c) Round 2 Field work activities: November - December 2014
 Identification and mapping out of potential construction material sites;

 Acquisition of relevant cadastral maps for the irrigation project area;
 Confirmation of preliminary tertiary blocks in 3 selected main blocks for phase 1
development;
 Alignment of tertiary supply lines and identification of feeder off take points;
 Organisation of enlisted farmers by tertiary blocks;
 Training of interim project committee members;
 Selection of irrigation phase 1 block leaders;
 Formulation of draft by laws.
(d) Home office activities
 Delineation of tertiary and feeder blocks for irrigation phase 1 development;

 Preparation of preliminary detailed designs and cost estimates for the selected
development options;
 Financial and Economic analysis to determine project viability;
 Comparisons of selected development options;
 Preparation and submission of Workshop No.2 Report.
 Preparation and submission of the Final Feasibility Study Report and Draft Final ESIA
Project Reports and related Annexes.
1.9 Project Organisation and Management
1.9.1 Project Implementation Unit
The project is being implemented by the National Irrigation Board (NIB) which is under the
Ministry of Agriculture, Livestock and Fisheries in the State Department of Agriculture. NIB has
set up a Project Implementation Unit (PIU), comprising of the following personnel:
 Mr Sammy Boit - Irrigation Engineer, Project Manager;

 Mr.Edwin Manyonge Siboe – Irrigation Engineer, Team Member

1.9.2 Consultancy Team
The consultancy team comprising of key and support personnel is indicated in Figure 1-5;
Figure 1-4 Consultancy Team Structure and Composition

1.10 Acknowledgements
The Consultant wishes to acknowledge the following for the support so far provided during the
first three stages of the assignment:
 National Irrigation Board (Client), who has to date provided the necessary facilitation
for the Consultant to execute his activities;
 The Nandi County government leaders for the full support so far accorded to the
project which has enhanced project acceptance and enabled maximum cooperation
from the community;
 Members of the Nandi County assembly for the political good will accorded to the
project;
 Line Government Ministries/Departments – for providing documents/facilities and
being available to assist in field activities when approached and attending the various
meetings so far held including the Consultative Workshop No.1 and the recently
concluded fieldwork activities;
 Project proponents and target beneficiaries and their representatives for the support
provided during the fieldwork activities.
 The consultants team of professionals from both Agricom and Integrated Partners for
the contributions towards the production of this report.

2 REVIEW OF THE AGRICULTURE SECTOR
2.1 Kenya‟s Agricultural Sector
The Republic of Kenya, with its predominantly rural population, relies heavily on the
agricultural sector for achieving a steady economic growth for its people. The sector accounts
for over 65% of total Kenya exports, provides 18% of formal employment and more than 70%
of informal employment in the rural areas. Over 60% of the national income is also from this
sector. During the past several years, the sector has consistently registered the highest
contribution to economic growth when compared to other sectors and is expected to continue
carrying the burden of ensuring sustainable economic growth in the country for the
foreseeable future.
This role is demonstrated by the corresponding growth of the Gross Domestic Product (GDP)
which has been on a growth path since 2002. The GDP was 5.8% in 2005, 6.1 % in 2006, 7 %
in 2007, 1.5% in 2008, 2.6% in 2009 and 5.6% in 2010 (Source: 2011 Economic Survey
Report). It has been established that there is a strong correlation between growth in the
agricultural sector and that in GDP. Since independence in 1963, the sector has witnessed
varied levels of contribution to the GDP with a high of 36.6% between 1964 and 1973, a
minimum of 2.2% in the late 1990's and picking up again to 24.2% in 2005.
According to the 2014 Economic Survey Report, the GDP expanded by 4.7% in 2013
compared to 4.6% in 2012. According this survey, the agriculture sector contributed 25.3% of
the GDP directly, in 2013, and 25% indirectly. The deceleration in growth rate was partly due
to inadequate rainfall in some grain growing areas.
In appreciation of the role played by the agricultural sector in the country's economy, the
Government classified the Agriculture and Rural Development sector as the top ranked
national priority sector in the Poverty Reduction Strategy Paper for the period 2001-2004 and
similarly in the Economic Recovery Strategy for 2003-2008 and the Vision 2030, which
identifies agriculture as one of the key sectors to deliver the 10% projected annual economic
growth. The rehabilitation and strengthening of existing irrigation schemes has also been
identified in all these documents as a priority within the agriculture and rural development
sector alongside the Agriculture Sector Development Strategy 2010-2020 (ASDS). Food
Crops, which is a major outcome of irrigated agriculture in Kenya, accounts for over 32% of
the Agricultural GDP. The ASDS further proposes the reclamation of more land for agricultural
production through irrigation and drainage.
The Government of Kenya's policy documents identify over-reliance on rain-fed agriculture as

one of the contributors to frequent food shortages and insecurity in the country. Therefore, in
order to overcome food shortage and achieve food security, the Government intends to
increase funding of irrigation related development activities so as to carry out the following:
a) Rehabilitate and extend existing large and small scale irrigation schemes,
b) Develop new irrigation schemes through optimum utilization of available
resources,
c) Develop water storage facilities so as to harness excess rain water thereby
reducing negative impacts related to floods;
This commitment has been accentuated in the country's annual development target of
32,000ha of irrigation per annum up to the year 2030. This is the long term development
agenda of the Government of Kenya as espoused in the Vision 2030. To achieve this
development target, the Government is addressing the main constraints, which have been
identified as:

a) Lack of comprehensive National Irrigation Policy and Master Plan,

b) Inadequate coordination within the irrigation sub-sector,
c) Inadequate Funding for irrigation and related infrastructure development,
d) Application of inappropriate technologies in irrigation practices, and
e) Enhancement of stakeholder and private sector participation, among others.
2.2 Kenya‟s Agricultural Sub Sectors
Kenya‟s agricultural sector is composed of four major sub-sectors namely:
Industrial crops: This sub-sector contributes 55 per cent of exports and 17 per cent to the
national GDP
Horticultural crops: The sub-sector contributes 38.5 per cent of exports and 33 per cent to
the national GDP
Food crops: This sub-sector contributes 0.5 % of exports and 32 per cent to the national
GDP, and
Livestock and fish: This together contributes 6 % of exports and 14 per cent to the national
GDP.
These sub-sectors focus on different crops, livestock and fish. The food crops are classified
into cereals (maize, wheat, sorghum, rice millet); pulses (beans, soya beans, pigeon peas,
cowpeas, chickpeas, green grams) and root and tubers (Irish potatoes, sweet potatoes,
cassava, arrowroots and yams). Industrial crops include; tea, coffee, sugarcane, cotton,
sunflower, pyrethrum, barley, tobacco, sisal, coconut and bixa while the horticulture sub-sector
products include cut flowers, vegetables, fruits, nuts, herbs and spices. Cut flowers, fresh fruit
and vegetables are the largest earners of foreign exchange and the fastest growing activity in
the Kenyan economy.
The horticulture and food crops sub-sector are the largest in terms of contribution to
agricultural GDP, with the sub-sectors contributing 33% and 32% respectively to agricultural
GDP while the industrial crops contribute 17% while the livestock and fisheries sub-sector
contribute 14%. Vision 2030 acknowledges that though livestock and fisheries sub-sector has
not been performing well, it has high potential for growth. Development of this potential is one
of the objectives of the Vision 2030.
2.3 Kenya‟s Vision 2030 priority areas
The Kenya Vision 2030 is phased to be implemented in successive five year Medium Term
Plans (MTPs). The first plan covered the period 2008-2012. The Medium Term Plan (MTP
2013-2017) is the second in a series of successive 5-year plans under which the Kenya Vision
2030 is to be implemented.
The second MTP 2013-2017 draws on lessons learnt in implementing the first MTP. It seeks to
implement the flagship projects identified under Vision 2030 over the five year period
together with incomplete flagship and other projects and programmes in the previous Medium
Term plan. It will also take due cognizance of the devolved structure of government following
promulgation of the Constitution of Kenya 2010 and recent discovery of oil and mineral
resources.
The broad key priority areas that form the thrust of the Second MTP include: employment
creation; development of human resource through expansion and improvement in quality
education, health and other social services; reducing the dependence of the economy on
rain fed agriculture through expansion of irrigation among others.

2.4 Irrigation and Drainage Sector
The main objectives of investing in irrigation and drainage development in the country can be
summarized as creating opportunities for economic growth and boosting agricultural
production, food security and poverty reduction. This would be achieved through increased
optimal utilization of national irrigation potential thereby creating employment opportunities, an
environment conducive for investment in industry and stable agricultural production for income
generation and wealth creation. This is further informed by the fact that although irrigation
accounts for only about 2% of the land under agriculture, it accounts for 18% of the value of
agricultural production and contributes over 3% of the national GDP. This especially so
because irrigation has the potential of increasing land productivity by up to four (4) times,
assuming all other factors remain the same.
The estimated irrigation potential of Kenya, at about 1.3 million ha, can have a profound
impact on the country's overall agricultural production, especially in the current agriculturally
and economically marginal areas especially the Arid and semi-Arid lands (ASALs). Of the
available irrigation potential, about 540,000 ha can be developed with available water
resources while the rest require water harvesting and storage to be realized. Out of the total
potential, only about 8% has been developed. It is instructive to note that several small-holder
projects have since ceased operation due to various challenges related to economies of the
farming enterprise and management capacity.
Over the years, it has been suspected that there is a relationship between the status of water
resources development and the social and economic well-being of a country. However, it is
only recently that it has been agreed internationally that for African countries, economic and
social development would only be achieved through increased investments in water resources
and, in particular, investments in agricultural water. In fact, it has been noted that Africa has
the lowest level of irrigation and drainage development, at about 2% of her potential. Since
irrigation has successfully been used in many countries and continents as a tool for achieving
national social and economic objectives, it is envisaged that the same will happen in Kenya as
soon as the constraints stipulated in the 9th National Development Plan and briefly explained
above are clearly addressed and effective remedial measures taken.
Opportunities, therefore, exist to undertake the interventions necessary for the effective
enhancement of the ability of the sub-sector to play its vital role as a major contributor to
agricultural production, national economic growth, regional and rural development and
equitable distribution of national resources and wealth through investment in and prudent use
of land and water resources. As a first step, the existing smallholder public and small scale
irrigation schemes will need to be brought back into profitable production by way of
rehabilitating the irrigation and drainage infrastructure, improving production and marketing
systems and expanding the command areas to achieve economies of scale. The second step
will entail putting more land under irrigation through construction of new infrastructure,
including water harvesting facilities for agricultural use.
Some of the interventions being carried by the government include:
a) Formulating the National Irrigation Policy and Legal Framework;

b) Rehabilitating and reviving existing and collapsed irrigation systems;
c) Intensifying and expanding irrigation;
d) Improving and developing water storage systems;
e) Rehabilitating water catchment zones and,
f) Implementing irrigation flagship projects.
In order to ensure long term sustainability of developed irrigation schemes, the Government is
already putting in place Participatory Irrigation Management (PIM) mechanisms, which involve
transfer of specific management responsibilities and infrastructure to farmers through
organized groups.

This measure is geared towards ensuring the following:
a) Food for self-sufficiency or security at local and national levels;

b) Creation of employment and income generation at local and national levels;
c) Sustainable supply of raw materials for agro-based industries;
d) Foreign exchange generation through export of surplus agricultural produce
and resultant processed or manufactured products from agro-industries.
2.5 National Irrigation Board
National Irrigation Board (NIB) is a semi-autonomous government organization established in

1966 by an Act of Parliament with the mandate of promoting irrigated agriculture through
development and improvement of irrigation schemes. A major responsibility of the NIB in
existing schemes is the rehabilitation and operation and maintenance of major irrigation and
drainage infrastructure. NIB is currently responsible for operation, management and further
development of the following irrigation schemes:
Table 2-1: List of NIB developed irrigation schemes
Irrigation Scheme Area Developed (Ha) Cropped Area (Ha) County

Mwea 8,000 8,000 Kirinyaga
Perkerra 650 650 Baringo
Ahero 1,075 1,075 Kisumu
West Kano 900 900 Kisumu
Bunyala 280 280 Busia
Hola 1,000 1,000 Tana River
Bura 5,500 2,500 Tana River
Total 17,405 14,405
These schemes are generating total gross revenue of over KHz. 4 billion annually while
employing and providing a livelihood to over 200,000 people directly and indirectly. In line with
Kenya's Vision 2030, NIB plans to provide additional irrigation and drainage infrastructure to
cover an additional 3,500ha in Ahero and West Kano, 7,000 ha in Lower Nzoia including
Bunyala, 2,500 ha in Hola and rehabilitation of the entire 5,500 ha in Bura. NIB is also
developing many large, medium and small scale small holder schemes in all regions of the
countryy to meet national objectives.
To facilitate these developments, NIB is also investing in the development of water storage
reservoirs to ensure reliable water supply to irrigation projects/schemes in compliance to the
Water Act 2002 and the connected Regulations.
2.6 Expanded Irrigation programme (EIP)
The National Irrigation Board (NIB) is the engine behind the Expanded Irrigation Programme
(EIP) which was started in 2011 and falls under the Board's strategic issue number 1
(Irrigation development and expansion). The main objective of the programme is to accelerate
irrigation expansion and development.
(a) General objectives of the expanded irrigation programme
 To attain national food security in Kenya and eliminate hunger amongst Kenyans;
 To accelerate coverage of the 1.7 million acres potential irrigation land in Kenya;
 To improve livelihood for households in Kenya;
 To make Kenya a net exporter of food.

(b) Specific objective of the expanded irrigation programme
 To develop 540,000 ha for irrigation in major river basins;

 To improve sustainability in agricultural production through irrigation;
 To improve food security by expansion of areas under irrigation;
 To enhance income levels of the farmers under the project;
 To raise living standard of 1,525,400 ha in the targeted areas.
(c) Progress on projects development under the EIP
A total of one hundred and twenty one (121) projects are reported to have been established,
targeting to increase area under irrigation by 636,912 acres. The projects which are at
different stages of implementation are broadly classified as expanded irrigation programmes
funded by GoK and Donor funded programs.
The proposed Lessos/Keben Irrigation project falls under GoK funded projects and is expected
to contribute a net area of 1250 acres (about 0.2%) towards the progress of the EIP once
phase 1 is completed. With completion of phase 2 the area is expected to increase to about
2220 acres.
2.7 Review of the Nandi County Integrated Development Plan (CIDP)
According to the Nandi County Integrated Development Plan (2013 – 2017); agriculture is the
mainstay of a large percentage of the county‟s population, and any drop in agricultural
production has adverse effects on the livelihoods in terms of reduced incomes and food
insecurity.
Nandi County has a food poverty rate of 46.7 percent according to 2005/2006 KDHS. It
depends primarily on agriculture and most farmers grow tea as the main cash crop. Most of
the food crops are grown on a small scale farms once per year. About 10 percent of the maize
crop is harvested while still green for home consumption thereby reducing the final tonnage of
maize harvested and this exposes many households to early incidences of hunger. Most of the
vulnerable population in the county includes those who live in the slums and the casual
laborers in the tea estates.
2.7.1 Constraints to exploitation of high Agricultural potential in Nandi County
While the County has high agricultural potential, much of this has not been fully exploited due
to:
 Low adoption of modern farming technologies and animal husbandry;
 High cost of farm inputs and unpredictable market prices of the produce;
 Rearing of indigenous animals in the county;
 Low uptake of artificial insemination services;
 High population growth, creating pressure on the inelastic agricultural land and thus
worsening the food situation in the county;
 Reliance on rain fed agriculture.
2.7.2 Challenges and possible solutions to food security in Nandi County
The main challenge to food security is:
 Mono cropping and;

 Too much land being dedicated for tea farms.

Food insecurity in the county can be addressed by:
 Encouraging farmers to Diversify food crops planted so as to include traditional

varieties;
 Training on on-farm value addition to their produce;
 Sustainable land use management practices should be disseminated to farmer
groups for replication;
 Farmers should be sensitized on the need to farm two seasons as opposed to the
current single season in a year;
 Farmers should be sensitized on the importance of growing early maturing and
disease resistant food varieties;
 Farmers should be facilitated with appropriate irrigation infrastructure to enable them
practice supplemental irrigation in the driest months.
2.8 Existing Agricultural institutions and their roles in the project area
There exist a number of agricultural institutions, which play key roles in the agriculture sector
some of them are presented below.
2.8.1 Ministry of Agriculture, Livestock and Fisheries
The core functions of the ministry of agriculture are as follows:
 Formulation, implementation and monitoring of agricultural legislations, regulations

and policies;
 Supporting agricultural research and promoting technology delivery;
 Facilitating and representing agricultural state corporations in the government;
 Development, implementation and co-ordination of programmes in the agricultural
sector;
 Regulating and quality control of inputs, produce and products from the agricultural
sector;
 Management and control of pests and diseases;
 Collecting, maintaining and managing information on agricultural sector.
2.8.2 Ministry of Water, Environment and Natural Resources
The mandate is formulation, review and implementation of policy on the water sector,
Environment and Natural Resources and in the reclamation of degraded lands for sustainable
development of our Nation.
The functions include:
 Water harvesting and storage infrastructure for water conservation, which will help in
mitigating droughts and famine;
 Catchments area conservation;
 Water resources management policy;
 Urban and rural water development and supply;
 Waste water treatment and control;
 National water conservation and Pipeline Corporation;
 Flood preparedness and management to cope with and mitigate the impacts;
 Water quality and pollution control by adopting the „Polluter Pays‟ principles in order
to ensure water user responsibility.

2.8.3 Kenya Agricultural Research Institute (KARI)
KARI is a national organization with the mandate of conducting agricultural research in Kenya
with a view of improving productivity and sustainability of existing agricultural systems under
different agro-ecological and socio-economic conditions through the following activities:
 Diagnosis and analysis of agricultural production constraints;

 Conducting on-station and on-farm trials for crop spacing, fertilizer use, and crop
protection applications and evaluating the results from the trials;
 Conducting soil analysis;
 Surveillance and forecasting on crop pests and outbreak of diseases;
 Introducing new crop varieties and screening them for adaptability in the various Agro-
Ecological Zones;
 Compiles recommendations and disseminates them to interested
stakeholders(extension staff, farmers);
 Assesses adoption and impact of agricultural recommendations.
2.8.4 Horticultural Crops Development Authority (HCDA)
HCDA is a government organization, which is concerned with activities which provide

agricultural support services. It provides the following support services:
 Organization of field days to train farmers on post-harvest handling and packaging

particularly for export;
 Organize for demonstration of pesticides application with a view to meeting maximum
residue level (MRLs) standards;
 Dissemination of market information and export statistics to investors, exporters and
producers for planning purposes;
 Registering fruit tree nurseries, training nursery managers, carrying out inspection of
planting materials for certification before release for sale;
 Advising growers on the use of certified planting materials and assisting them to
identify both local and export market outlets for their produce;
 Licensing horticultural exports through Inspecting fresh produce destined for export to
ensure conformity with international market standards.
 Monitoring prices and foreign exchange remittance into Kenya in collaboration with
Central Bank of Kenya;
 Providing grant procedure loans for horticultural production whenever financing
source are secured;
 In collaboration with other government institutions, both local and international
agencies, HCDA will assist in training, research, promotion and creating awareness
among producers and exporters in understanding and adhering to international
regulation on quality requirements, MRLs, packaging and environmental implications.
2.8.5 National Cereals and Produce Board (NCPB)
The commercial roles of the Board constitute commercial grain trading. Besides trading in key
grain products such as maize, wheat, beans, rice, millet and sorghums, the Board offers the
following additional services:
 Leasing out surplus facilities;

 Grain drying and Weighing;
 Fumigation and grain cleaning;
 Grading and warehousing;
 Bagging at silos;
 Clearing and forwarding.
The Board has also diversified into the marketing of various agricultural inputs such as
fertilizers and certified seeds as part of the strategy of enhancing efficient cereal production
through use of affordable quality inputs.

The Board procures stores and maintains a Strategic Grain Reserve (SGR) stock of up to
eight (8) million bags on behalf of the Government for food security. This also entails periodic
replacement of stocks to facilitate freshening of the grain to ensure that the SGR stock is of
high quality at all times. The Board has the capability to turn over the SGR stock through
releases to commercial outlets and/or to social functions upon instructions from the
government.
The Board facilitates the procurement, storage, maintenance and distribution of famine relief
food to deficit areas, under the National Famine Relief Program, on behalf of the Government.
2.8.6 Agricultural Finance Corporation (AFC)
Agricultural Finance Corporation (AFC) is a government owned non-bank development

financial institution. It is mandated to provide financial services for the development of the
agricultural sector in Kenya. AFC offers a wide range of products with flexibility to meet both
short and long term needs of the agribusinesses. Their products and services include:
 Seasonal crop credit

 Machinery loans
 Water development loans
 Livestock development loans
 Fisheries development loans
 Cash crop loans
 Oil crop loans
 Land purchase loans
 Horticulture and floriculture development loans
2.8.7 Export Promotion Council (EPC)
The Export Promotion Council (EPC) is Kenya‟s institution in the development and promotion
of export trade. Its primary objective is to address the challenges facing exporters and
producers of export goods and services with a view to increasing the performance of the
export sector. It‟s mandated to offer the following services:-
 Trade information and business counseling;

 Development of export skills;
 Export credit, insurance and trade finance;
 Trade policy facilitation;
 Market analysis tools.
2.8.8 Water Resource Management Authority (WRMA)
The water Resource Management Authority is a national organization with the mandate of
regulation of water resources issues such as water allocation, source protection and
conservation, water quality management and pollution control and international waters. The
services provided by WRMA include:
 Planning, management, protection and conservation of water resources

 Planning, allocations, apportionment assessment and monitoring of water resources
 Issuance of water permits
 Water rights and enforcement of permit conditions
 Regulation of conservation and abstraction structures
 Regulation and control of water use
 Coordination of the Water resources management plan.

3 PROJECT AREA CHARACTERISTICS
3.1 Location and Extents
The proposed Lessos/Keben Irrigation area falls within UTM co-ordinates (750,000 and
761,000) Easting and (24,800 and 14,800) Northings (Zone 36N Arc 1960 Datum). The
targeted irrigation area extends from the forest edge near Kimwogi, Keben and Mogobich
shopping centres to Kibiok River near Lelwak and lessos town centres. (See Irrigation Area
location map Figure 3.1)
3.2 Administration
At project inception 7 locations in Nandi and Austin- Gishu counties were targeted for
irrigation; however the number was reduced to 3 following resolutions made in workshop No.1.
Table 3.1 and Figure 3.2 present the details of the administrative units targeted in the current
stage.
Table 3-1: Administrative units covered in Nandi County
County Sub-County Division Location Sub-locations

Keben
Koilot
Koilot Cheptuingeny
Chepngetuny
Sigirai
Nandi Nandi East Ol‟ Lessos
Sochoi
Sochoi
Lolduga
Ol‟lessos
Ol‟Lessos Mogoon
Kapkorio
3.3 Road Network
The Irrigation area is adequately served by a variety of main, minor and rural access roads.
The main road classes traversing the project area and its environs are as presented in table
3.2. and figure 3.3.
Table 3-2: Main roads serving the project area
S/no Road Class Category Surface type Accessibility
1 A104 High Way Tarmac
2 C36 Main Road Tarmac All weather
3 D305 and D294 Minor Road Tarmac
4 E301 Collector Road Murram
5 R Rural Access Murram Fair weather
6 T Tracks Earthen
Currently some sections of the C36 road connecting the project area and the A104 road to
Nairobi are under rehabilitation. In the project area, the E301 road connecting the project area
and the C36 road is being upgraded from earthen to murram grade.

PROJECTION: UTM ZONE 36N
DATUM: ARC 1960
L E G E N D
IRRIGATION BLOCK BOUNDARY
cheple
lachb
ei Riv
er
Mog
obic
h Rive
r
Mog
obic
hR
iver
IRRIGATION AREA LOCATION MAP

DEVELOPMENT PROJECT
FIGURE 3-1 O
K I L I B W O N I D I V I S I O N
N A N D I C E N T R A L S U B - C O U N T Y

DATUM: ARC 1960
L E G E N D
SOCHOI LOCATION
OLLESSOS LOCATION IRRIGATION BLOCK BOUNDARIES
O L ' L E S S O S D I V I S I O N
COUNTY BOUNDARY
KOILOT LOCATION
SUB COUNTY BOUNDARY
DIVISION BOUNDARY
LOCATION BOUNDARY
cheple
lachb
ei Riv
er
UASIN-GISHU COUNTY
N A N D I C O U N T Y
Mog
obic
h Rive
r
KIBABET LOCATION
N A N D I E A S T S U B - C O U N T Y
Mog
obic
hR
iver
MOGOBICH LOCATION
N A N D I H I L L S D I V I S I O N
KAPCHOROA LOCATION
ADMINISTRATIVE UNITS
DEVELOPMENT PROJECT
FIGURE 3-2 O
TO KILIBWONI
ORET
LESSOS TO ELD
L E G E N D
LESSOS JUNCTION PROJECTION: UTM ZONE 36N
DATUM: ARC 1960
L E G E N D
KOILOT JUNCTION
IRRIGATION BLOCK BOUNDARIES
KIMWOGI
TO
KA
MAIN ROADS
PS
TO NABKOI JUNCTION
AB
MINOR ROADS
E T
RURAL ACCESS ROADS
MOTORABLE TRACKS
cheple
lachb
ei Riv
er
LELWAK
LELWAK JUNCTION TOWNS
SHOPPING CENTRES
KIBIOK
Mog
o bich
Rive
r
KEBEN
Mog
obic
hR
iver
TO NANDI HILLS
MOGOBICH
EXISTING ROAD NETWORK

DEVELOPMENT PROJECT IN IRRIGATION PROJECT AREA
FIGURE 3.3 O
3.4 Potential Irrigation Areas
At project inception, a potential gross irrigation area of 9,300 ha was delineated in both Nandi
and Uasin-Gishu counties. Out of this, 4,800 ha were allocated to Nandi County while 4,500
ha were allocated to Uasin Gishu.
At the draft feasibility study stage only the potential irrigation area in Nandi County was
considered for irrigation development. The consultant however made adjustments to the
preliminary irrigation area layout in line with resolutions made in consultative workshop No.1
which guided the consultant to:
 Give Nandi County the first priority in the proposed developments;

 To consider part of O‟Lessos for irrigation;
 Consider areas in Mogobich on the boundary of Koilot and Kapchoroa Location.
Using satellite image and GIS technology, potential irrigation blocks in the revised 3 locations
were identified, delineated, and confirmed during round 1 fieldwork (see figure 3.4).
The main factors considered in delineating irrigation area include:
 Resolutions of workshop No.1 to focus on Nandi county as first priority;

 Stipulations of the TOR for irrigation development of 500 Ha downstream of the dam;
 Alternative development approach of consolidating or distributing the irrigation area;
 Project proponents initial target irrigation area of 5km from the forest edge;
 Location of proposed dam axis and intake points;
 Suitability for gravity command from the proposed dam and intake points;
 Recommended maximum division ratio of 1:5 per block/group of farmers;
 Soils and their suitability for irrigated agriculture;
 Topography and slope classes in the project area;
 Existing road network and administration boundaries;
 Existing land use and preferences of the farmer in place;
Based on the above considerations; 7 preliminary irrigation blocks covering a gross potential
area of 5,240 ha were delineated. Out, of these 4 irrigation blocks are in Koilot location, 2 in
Sochoi Location and 1 in Lessos location.
3.5 Delineated Irrigation Blocks
Irrigation Block K-1 covers the area bounded by the Koilot-Kapchoroa Location boundary,
Ngechu River and the Keben – Mogobich Road class E301. Irrigation Block K-2 covers the
area bounded by the Mogobich River, Ngechu River, Cheplelachbei River and the. Koilot –
Keben Road class E301. Irrigation Block K-3 covers the area bounded by the Sengalo forest
edge, the Koilot – Keben – Mogobich road class E301 and the Cheplelachbei river. Irrigation
Block K-4 covers the area bounded by the Cheplelachbei River, Mogobich river, the Koilot –
Keben – Mogobich road class E301 and the Nabkoi – Eldoret Road class C36.
Irrigation Block S-1 covers the area bounded by the Sengalo forest edge, the Cheplelachbei
River, the Koilot – Keben – Mogobich road class E301 and the Nabkoi – Eldoret Road class
C36. Irrigation Block S-2 covers the area bounded by the Koilot-Sochoi boundary, Koilot –
Keben – Mogobich road class E301 and the Nabkoi – Eldoret Road class C36.
The Lessos Block covers the area bounded by the Nabkoi – Eldoret Road class C36, Lessos -
Eldoret Road Class D305, Lessos Kilibwoni road class E284 and Kibiok River.
Details of the proposed blocks are presented in table 3-3 and figure 3.5.

TO KILIBWONI
ORET
LESSOS TO ELD

LESSOS JUNCTION
DATUM: ARC 1960
L E G E N D
KOILOT JUNCTION IRRIGATION BLOCK BOUNDARIES
KIMWOGI
MAIN ROADS
TO
KA
MINOR ROADS
PS
TO NABKOI JUNCTION
AB
E
TOWNS
T
SHOPPING CENTRES
cheple
lachb
ei Riv
er
LELWAK
LELWAK JUNCTION
KIBIOK
Mog
o bich
Rive
r
KEBEN
Mog
obic
hR
iver
TO NANDI HILLS
MOGOBICH
SATTELITE IMAGE AND DELINEATED

DEVELOPMENT PROJECT IRRIGATION BLOCKS
FIGURE 3.4 O
TO KILIBWONI
ORET
TO ELD
LESSOS
LESSOS JUNCTION
KOILOT JUNCTION
KIMWOGI
TO
KA
PS
TO NABKOI JUNCTION
AB
E T
LELWAK JUNCTION
LELWAK
KIBIOK
KEBEN
TO NANDI HILLS
MOGOBICH
CONTOUR MAP AND DELINEATED

DEVELOPMENT PROJECT IRRIGATION BLOCKS
FIGURE 3.5 O
Table 3-3: Delineated Irrigation Block Areas
Location Proposed Irrigation Blocks Gross Area (ha)

K-1 1120
K-2 1150
Koilot
K-3 470
K-4 960
S-1 300
Sochoi
S-2 175
O‟llessos L-1 1065
Total 5240
3.6 Topography and Drainage
3.6.1 Topography
Based on a general contour map of the irrigation project area covering the seven blocks (see
figure 3.5), the elevations in the blocks vary from 2297 to 1967 masl while slopes average at
7%. Details for each block are presented in table 3.4 and 3.5 and as shown in figure 3.6.
Table 3-4: Elevations range of proposed irrigation blocks
Location Delineated Block Max/Min Elevation (m)

K-1 2286 - 2017
K-2 2230 - 1975
Koilot
K-3 2260 - 2142
K-4 2170 - 1978
S-1 2297 - 2141
Sochoi
S-2 2201 - 2110
O‟llessos L-1 2180 - 1967
Table 3-5: Slope classes of proposed irrigation blocks
Delineated Min/Max Average

Location Class Slope Category
Block Slope (%) Slope (%)
K-1 6.7 - 12.3 9.58 8 - 16 Rolling
K-2 5.2 - 10.0 8.14 8 - 16 Rolling
Koilot
K-3 3.9 - 7.7 6.08 5-8 Gently Undulating
K-4 3.6 - 7.6 6.06 5-8 Gently Undulating
S-1 5.1 - 12.5 8.84 8 - 16 Rolling
Sochoi
S-2 5.6 - 9.1 7.35 5-8 Gently Undulating
O‟llessos L-1 3.1 – 6.0 4.96 2-5 Undulating
According to the slope analysis results (table 3.5 and figure 3.6, the first two blocks in Koilot
and first block in Sochoi fall in the rolling class of 8 – 16 %. The other two blocks in Koilot and
the second block in Sochoi fall in the undulating topography class of 5 – 8 %; while the lessos
block falls in the gently undulating slope class of 2-5 %.
The first two classes (2-5% and 5-8%) are recommended for irrigated agriculture while the 3rd
(8-16%) is suitable for rain fed agriculture.

Figure 3-6: Slopes range in the project area.
Source: Feasibility Study.
Rolling slopes to gently undulating slopes in Gently Undulating slopes on farrow land in
block K-1-1 in the background. block K 1-3.
Rolling slopes with tea crop conservation Rolling slopes with nappier grass conservation
measures in Keben Block K-1-2 measures in Sochoi Block S-1
Photographic illustrations of slopes and land use in the target irrigation area.

3.6.2 Drainage pattern
As shown in figures 3.5 and 3.6, the drainage pattern in the irrigation area is in an east to west
direction into the Mogobich River; the main source of water for the project. The main
tributaries of the Mogobich River within the irrigation area are:
 Ngechu River;
 Cheplelachbei River and,
 Kibiok River.
3.7 Climate
3.7.1 Agro-Ecological Zones (AEZ)
The Dam site falls in the Upper Highland AEZs UH1 and UH2 while the proposed irrigation
area predominantly falls under the Lower Highlands agro-ecological zones LH2, and LH3.Only
a small area in Koilot Block K1 falls in the UH2 AEZs (see figure 3.7).
Figure 3-7: Agro-Ecological Zones in the project area.
Source: Farm management Hand book Volume II Southern Rift Valley (Nandi County)

Based on the location of the proposed irrigation area the climatic influence of the LH3 AEZ is
more dominant and has thus been adopted for estimation of preliminary irrigation water
requirements.
According to the Farm Management Hand Book, the LH3 is a predominantly wheat/maize -
barley zones with mean annual rainfall in the range of 850 mm – 1100 mm and annual mean
temperatures between 15 – 18 o C.
3.7.2 Nearest Meteorological Stations
The nearest meteorological stations with approximate climatic influence of the LH3 AEZ in the
proposed irrigation area is the Eldoret station (40 km) and Kapsabet station (20 km) as shown
in figure 3.8 below.
Figure 3-8 : Nearest Meteorological stations in the project area
Project Area
The Kapsabet station though nearer, lacks the full range of data required for purposes of
estimation of irrigation requirements using the recommended FAO method. In view of this the
Eldoret station with the full data range in the predominant LH3 AEZ has been adopted.
3.7.3 Climatic data analysis
The full range of existing climatic data over the years in the Eldoret station has been obtained
from the FAO climwat database (see climatic data in annex VII). This data has been analysed
and used in determining the irrigation water requirements.
The main climatic data analysed include:
 Monthly Rainfall, (mm);

 Min and Max Temperatures, (oC);
 Relative humidity, (%);
 Wind run, (m/s);
 Sunshine, (hrs);
 Solar radiation, (MJ/m²/day) and,
 Evapo-transpiration, (mm/month).
The results of the analysis are as shown in Table 3.6 and illustrated using figures in
subsequent sections.

Table 3-6: Climatic Data for Eldoret Station.
Station: Eldoret Altitude: 2133 m Position: 0.53o N, 35.28o E

Min Max ETo Rainfall
Humidity Wind Sun Rad
Month Temp Temp
[%] [m/s] [hours] [MJ/m²/day] [mm/month] [mm/month]
[°C] [°C]
January 8.7 26.1 57.0 2.2 8.6 21.9 133.9 31.0
February 9.1 27.3 56.0 2.2 8.4 22.4 127.5 53.0
March 9.3 27.9 59.0 2.4 8.1 22.3 142.7 69.0
April 9.0 27.2 68.0 2.0 7.5 20.8 121.3 155.0
May 8.5 25.6 78.0 1.5 7.6 19.8 108.8 130.0
June 8.1 24.4 81.0 1.3 7.2 18.5 95.3 110.0
July 7.9 23.8 89.0 1.2 5.9 16.9 88.1 168.0
August 7.9 23.7 88.0 1.2 5.7 17.4 91.9 171.0
September 8.1 24.4 77.0 1.4 7.2 20.4 106.7 79.0
October 8.7 26.1 69.0 2.0 7.4 20.8 121.8 57.0
November 8.5 25.5 67.0 2.5 7.8 20.8 119.4 72.0
December 8.5 25.5 63.0 2.2 7.9 20.6 122.8 38.0
Average 8.5 25.6 71.0 1.8 7.4 20.2 115 94.4
Total 1380 1133
Source: FAO Climwat Database for Eldoret Station.
As shown above the annual Eto surpasses the annual rainfall by 247 mm. Assuming a pan
factor of 0.75 for areas above 1,100 mm the potential evaporation Eo is estimated as 1,840
mm. This translates into a moisture availability ratio (r/Eo) of about 0.62; which falls within
0.50< r/Eo<0.64 moisture availability zone No.3 classified as semi-humid.
This calls for supplemental irrigation in the dry months.
3.7.4 Rainfall
The irrigation area receives a bimodal rainfall pattern with long rains being experienced in the
months of April to May and short rains in August to September.
The mean monthly rainfall varies from a low of 31 mm in January to a high of 171 mm in
August. The average is 94.4 mm. (see Table 3.6 and Figure 3-9)
Figure 3-9 Mean monthly Rainfall for Eldoret Station.
180 168 171

155
Mean Monthly Rainfall (mm)
160
140 130
120 110
100
79
80 69 72
53 57
60
38
40 31
20
0
Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec
Period (Months)

3.7.5 Temperature
The minimum and maximum monthly temperatures differ within a moderate range. The
average annual temperatures vary from 8.5 ºC for minimum to 25.6 ºC for maximum.
(See Table 3.6 and Figure 3.10).
Figure 3-10 Min and Max Monthly Temperatures at Eldoret Met Station.
30.0 27.3 27.9 27.2

26.1 25.6 26.1 25.5 25.5
24.4 23.8 23.7 24.4
25.0
Monthly Temperatures (oC)
20.0
15.0 Max Temp (°C)
9.1 9.3 9.0 Min Temp (°C)

8.7 8.5 8.1 7.9 7.9 8.1 8.7 8.5 8.5
10.0
5.0
0.0
3.7.6 Evaporation
The mean monthly Eto varies from a low of 88 mm in July to a high of 143 mm in March. The
average is 124 mm and the total annual is 1380 mm. (see Table 3.6).
The evaporation exceeds the rainfall in 7 months which justifies the need for supplemental
irrigation however only 4 months have been considered for irrigation in line with the proposed
cropping pattern. (See Table 3.6 and Figure 3.11)
Figure 3-11 Annual Evaporation Vs. Precipitation in Eldoret Met Station.
Monthly Rainfall Vs Eto (mm)

180.0
Monthly Temperatures (oC)
160.0 143
134 128
140.0 121 122 119 123
109 107
120.0 95 88 92
100.0
80.0 Rainfall
60.0
Eto
40.0
20.0
0.0
Period (Months)

3.7.7 Relative Humidity
The monthly average relative humidity is 71 % and the range is 56 – 89%. Lowest relative
humidity is experienced in the months of February and the highest in July.
3.7.8 Wind
The maximum and minimum speeds are 2.5 m/s and 1.2 m/s in July/August and November
respectively while the average monthly wind speed is 1.8 m/s.
3.7.9 Sunshine
Average sunshine hours are 7.4 hours and ranges from 5.7 in August to 8.6 in January.
3.7.10 Solar radiation
Average monthly solar radiation is 20.2 MJ/m²/day and varies between 16.9 MJ/m²/day in July
to 22.4 MJ/m²/day in February.
3.8 Soils and suitability for irrigation
At project inception stage, the soils of the project area were generally described as soils of unit
R2 which are well drained, extremely deep, dusky red to dark reddish brown, friable clay with
acid humic topsoil and thus classified as humic NITISOLS based on the exploratory soil map
of Kenya, 1980 (1:1,000,000).
At the feasibility stage, further studies were carried out in the project area and three major soil
types identified consisting of:
 The soils of the hills which are well drained to moderately well drained, shallow to
moderately deep, dark reddish brown to dark brown, firm, boulderly or stony clays
with humic topsoil classified as luvic PHAEOZEM.
 The soils of the plateaus which are well drained, extremely deep, dusky red to dark
reddish brown, friable clay with acid humic topsoil and classified as humic
NITISOLS.
 Soils in the valleys and bottomlands which are poorly drained cracking clays and
classified as pellic VERTISOLS.
Detailed study methodology and findings are presented in the soils report in Annexe 1,
Volume II of this report while summaries of the study results are presented in subsequent
sections.
3.8.1 Semi-detailed soils map
The soils in the proposed Keben irrigation scheme are all developed from Tertiary Volcanics
comprising mainly of phonolites. The soils of the scheme are grouped under the four
physiographic units, namely hills, plateaus, uplands and bottomland.
The four physiographic units identified and mapped in the area as shown in the semi detailed
soils map figure 3.12. These include:
 Soils on the Hills comprising of unit HIrc

 Soils on the Plateaus comprising of unit LIrc1, LIrc2 LIrc3 and LIrc4
 Soils on the Uplands comprising of units UIrc1, UIrc2, UIbc3
 Soils on Bottomlands comprising of unit BIgc

IRRIGATION LAYOUT
DEVELOPMENT PROJECT
SEMI-DETAILED SOILS MAP
FIGURE 3-12 O
3.8.2 Soil units characteristics and suitability for irrigation
i. Soils of unit HIrc (Chromic CAMBISOLS and Haplic PHAEOZEMS)
The soils of unit HIrc are well drained, shallow to moderately deep, dark reddish brown
(7.5YR2/2, moist), gravelly clay to clay underlying very dark brown topsoil (plate1). These
clays have a moderate, medium prismatic structure, hard when dry, friable when moist, sticky
and plastic when wet.
These soils were classified as Chromic CAMBISOLS and Haplic PHAEOZEMS
SUITABILITY FOR IRRIGATION
The soils in this unit are not suitable for irrigation because they are too steep and in many
places shallow.
ii. Soils of unit LIrc1 (Humic NITISOLS)
The soils of unit LIrc1 are well drained, deep to very deep, dark red to dark reddish brown,
friable clay underlying dark reddish brown humic clay topsoil.
These clays have a moderately strong, medium prismatic structure breaking into fine medium
sub angular blocky structure, hard when dry, friable when moist, sticky and plastic when wet.
These soils were classified as (Humic NITISOLS)
The soils are moderately suitable for irrigation on the basis of moderately steep slopes.

iii. Soils of unit LIrc2 (Luvic and Haplic PHAEOZEMS Stony phase)
The soils of unit LIrc2 are well drained, shallow to moderately deep, yellowish brown, clay
underlying very dark brown humic clay topsoil. These clays have a strong, medium sub
angular blocky structure, hard when dry, friable when moist, sticky and plastic when wet.
These soils were classified as Luvic and Haplic PHAEOZEMS. Stony phase.
The soils are moderately suitable for irrigation on the basis of moderately steep slopes and
moderate soil depth.
iv. Soils of Unit LIrc3 (Rhodic NITISOLS)
The soils of unit LIrc3 are well drained, very deep, and red to dark reddish brown (10R3/6),
gravelly clay. These clays have a strong, medium prismatic structure, hard when dry, friable
when moist, sticky and plastic when wet. The clay has iron and manganese concretions in the
deeper subsoil.
These soils were classified as (Rhodic NITISOLS)
The soils are highly suitable for irrigation on the basis of moderately gentle slopes and soil
depth.

v. Soils of Unit LIrc4 (Rhodic NITISOLS)
The soils of unit LIrc4 are well drained, very deep, reddish brown to dark reddish brown
(10R4/6 moist), and friable clay underlying 30-40 cm brownish black humic clay topsoil.
These clays have a moderately strong, medium prismatic structure breaking into moderate
medium angular and sub angular blocky structure, hard when dry, friable when moist, sticky
These soils were classified as Humic NITISOLS
The soils are highly suitable for irrigation on the basis of moderately gentle slopes and soil
depth.
vi. Soils of Unit UIrc1 (Luvic PHAEOZEMS: stony phase)
The soils of unit UIrc1 are well drained, moderately deep to deep, dark reddish brown (5YR3/3
moist), boulderly clay, underlying brownish black clay topsoil. These clays have a moderately
strong, medium angular and sub angular blocky structure, hard when dry, friable when moist,
sticky and plastic when wet.
These soils were classified as (Luvic PHAEOZEMS: stony phase)
The soils are marginally suitable for irrigation on the basis of steep slopes and stoniness on
the surface and within the profile.

vii. Soils of Unit UIbc2 (Luvic PHAEOZEMS)
The soils of unit UIbc2 are imperfectly drained, deep, olive brown to dark greyish yellow, very
firm clay underlying 20-30 cm of black clay topsoil. These clays have a moderately strong,
medium angular and sub angular blocky structure, hard when dry, friable when moist, sticky
These soils were classified as Luvic PHAEOZEMS
The soils are highly suitable for irrigation on the basis of gentle slopes.
viii. UIbc3 Soils of Unit BIgc (Chromic VERTISOLS and mollic GLEYSOLS)
The soils of unit BIgc are imperfectly drained to poorly drained, deep, olive brown to dark
greyish yellow (2.5Y4/2 and 2.5 Y5/1 moist), cracking clay underlying 20-30 cm of black clay
topsoil. These clays have a moderately strong, medium angular and sub angular blocky
structure, hard when dry, very firm when moist, sticky and plastic when wet.
These soils were classified as Chromic VERTISOLS and mollic GLEYSOLS
These soils are moderately suitable for irrigation based on poor drainage
3.8.3 Soil suitability map
A soil suitability map for the project was drawn using the soil results obtained from the
analysis. (See Figures 3.13 and table 3.7).

Highly Suitable Marginally Not Suitable
Block Area (ha) Suitable Area(ha) Area (ha)
L1 604.29 387.97 72.60
K1 491.77 491.00 138.46
K2 867.22 235.55 46.64
K3 242.76 174.25 48.23
K4 619.63 313.51 31.15
S-1 107.98 189.93 0.00
S-2 32.20 145.51 0.00
Total 2965.85 1937.72 337.08
IRRIGATION LAYOUT
DEVELOPMENT PROJECT
SOIL SUITABILITY MAP
FIGURE 3-13 O
Table 3-7: Soil Suitability results per block
Delineated Marginally
Highly Suitable
Location Irrigation Suitable Area Not Suitable (ha)
Area (ha)
Blocks (ha)
K-1 492 490 138
K-2 867 236 47
Koilot
K-3 243 174 48
K-4 620 314 30
S-1 108 190 0
Sochoi
S-2 32 146 0
O‟llessos L-1 604 388 73
Total 2966 1938 336
As shown in table 3-7 above, 2966 ha (57%) of the soils in the project area are highly suitable;
1938 ha (37%) are marginally suitable while only 336 ha (6%) are not suitable.
Table 3-8: High suitability soils results per irrigation block
Delineated Irrigation Highly Suitable Area (ha) Highly Suitable Area (ha)
Location
Blocks Phase 1 Phase 2
K-1 492 -
K-2 - 867
Koilot
K-3 243 -
K-4 - 620
S-1 108 -
Sochoi
S-2 - 32
O‟llessos L-1 - 604
Total 843 2123
As shown in table 3-8 above, 843 ha of the highly suitable soils fall in the in the project area
targeted for implementation in phase 1 while 2123 ha fall in the area targeted for phase 2.
3.9 Existing Land use
3.9.1 Main Land Use
The Main land use in the proposed irrigation area consists of cultivated agricultural land,
uncultivated/farrow land used for grazing, small scale and plantation tea farms, settlements,
institutions, shopping centres and land taken up by infrastructure such as roads and others.
Figure 3.14 presents the existing land use of the proposed irrigation area. The map was
developed from the satellite image and confirmed during field work activities. Based on this
area under various land uses has been estimated for each block as presented in tables 3.9 &
3.10.

DATUM: ARC 1960
L E G E N D
GENERAL LAND USE

1. FOREST
2. AGRICULTURE DENSE
3. PLANTATION
Cultivated Area
Fallow Area
Area Under Tea
Other Land Uses (Homesteads, Institutions etc)
Mog
obich
Rive
r
Mog
obic
hR
iver
EXISTING LAND USE MAP

DEVELOPMENT PROJECT
FIGURE 3.14 O
3.9.2 Estimated areas under different land uses
Table 3-9: Area under different land uses
Delineated Cultivated Fallow land Area under tea ( Other land uses
Location Irrigation
Area (Irrigable) (Grazing) Non-Irrigable) (Non-Irrigable)
Blocks (ha) (ha) (ha) (ha)
K-1 423 359 87 250
K-2 281 464 171 234
Koilot
K-3 203 186 0 77
K-4 227 380 133 225
S-1 148 116 0 37
Sochoi
S-2 31 108 0 36
O‟llessos L-1 367 277 129 292
Total 1680 1890 520 1151
Source: Computations derived from satellite imagery dated 2014.
At draft feasibility stage, it was established that out of the 5,240 ha gross area, 1,680 ha (32%)
is cultivated; 1890ha (36%) is uncultivated/fallow land mainly used for grazing; 520ha (10%) is
area under tea, while 1151 (22%) is dedicated to other land uses such as institutions,
shopping centres and infrastructure such as roads.
At the current stage further analysis reveals that the area under tea is least in blocks K-1, K-3
and S-1. These blocks are closest to the forest edge and thus have been given preference for
irrigation development in phase 1.
Table 3-10: Potential area for irrigation in phase 1 and 2.
Delineated Cultivated Fallow land Potential Net Potential Net

Location Irrigation Area (ha) Area (ha) Area (ha) Area (ha)
Blocks (Irrigable) (Grazing) Phase 1 Phase 2
K-1 423 359 782 -
K-2 281 464 - 745
Koilot
K-3 203 186 389 -
K-4 227 380 - 607
S-1 148 116 - 264
Sochoi
S-2 31 108 139 -
O‟llessos L-1 367 277 - 644
Total 1,680 1,890 1310 2260
Source: Computations derived from satellite imagery and fieldwork activities.
Assuming that both the cultivated land as well as the uncultivated/fallow land are potential net
areas that can be used for irrigated agriculture (see table 3-10), a potential net area of 3,750
ha can be obtained from the total gross area of 5,240 ha delineated in the 7 blocks. This yields
an estimate figure of 70% as the potential net area from the delineated gross area.
For phase 1 development the total potential net area is 1310 ha. This is more than the 500ha
proposed in the TOR.

3.10 Vegetation and Wildlife
3.10.1 Forest Vegetation
The most significant type of vegetation in the county is the Tinderet forest reserve (Senghalo
and Serengoni) which falls within the project area.
The most common tree species in Tinderet forest are:
 Diospyros abyssinica,
 Croton macrostachyus,
 Celtis africana,
 Strombosia scheffleri,
 Heinsenia diervilleoides,
 Cassipourea malasoma,
 Syzygium guineense,
 Tabernaemontana stapfiana,
 Casearia battiscombei,
 Croton magalocarpus,
 Macaranga capensis,
 Neoboutonia macrocalyx,
 Ehretia cymosa,
 Albizia gummifera, etc. (KIFCON, 1994b).
The dominant higher canopy tree species having more than 27 m and some are as tall as 45
m include:
 Antiaris toxicaria,
 Aningeria altissima,
 Diospyros abyssinica,
 Manilkaria butugi and Chrysophyllum albidum

Intermediate canopy tree species include:
 Maesopsis emini,
 Macaranga sp.,
 Polyscias fulva, and Premna angolensis
Smaller trees include:
 Hurungarna madagascariensis,
 Cussonia sp., Tabemaemontana sp.,
 Cordia abyssinica,
 Albizzia sp.,
 Vitex doniana,
 Celtis gomphophylla,
 Trichilia dregeana,
 Trema orientalis, Bersama sp.,
 Fagaropsis angolensis and Ficus sp.,
 Teclea sp.

3.10.2 Vegetation in the project Areas
In the project area, the common tree species include;
 Cypress;
 Blue gum;
 Grevillea;
 Acacia;
 Avocando;
 Nandi Flame;
 Wattle tree;
 Vines;
 Croton;
 Prunus Africana; and,
 Mango Tree;
3.10.3 Wildlife
The County is endowed with abundant flora and fauna. The Kenya Wildlife Service provides
control services in terms of controlling the human-wildlife conflicts in relation to destruction of
property or loss of life. The following wild animals are found in the County;
 Statunga –a rare antelope species,

 Butterflies, Bees,
 Hyenas, Monkeys, Waterbucks;
 Snakes, crocodiles and,
 Various types of birds.

4 EXISTING SOCIO-ECONOMIC CONDITIONS
4.1 Irrigation Area Socio-Economic Conditions
This section of the report provides a detailed analysis of the existing socio-economic
characteristics of the Keben/Lessos target irrigation area residents based on data gathered
through baseline survey, field survey, general observations and consultations with the
residents, local leaders and government officers.
The purpose of the study was to conduct a socio-economic baseline survey of the irrigation
project area so as to gather baseline data that will be used to evaluate the viability of the
project and if the project is implemented, to monitor and evaluate the impact of the proposed
intervention among the resident community.
4.1.1 Methodology
(a) Survey Area
The baseline socio-economic survey was conducted in the month of July 2014. The irrigation
component of the Keben dam covered Koilot, Sochoi and O‟Lessos locations in O‟lessos
division, Nandi East Sub-County of Nandi County. In Koilot location the baseline survey
covered Koilot Sub location, Keben, Cheptuingeny, Sigirai and Chepngetuny. In Sochoi
location the survey covered Sochoi and Lolduga sub locations and within O‟lessos location,
O‟lessos, Mogoon and Kapkorio sub locations were covered.
(b) Sampling Frame and Procedure
A comprehensive list of all households including the number of their population was obtained
by the consultant from the 2009 population and Housing census volume 1A (Population
distribution by administrative units). Sample size was 5% of the total number of households
from each village. A total sample size of 203 households was selected for the household
interviews. Out of the 203 selected, 198 respondents completed the interview representing
96% of the response rate that was quite remarkable.
(c) Sample Coverage
Table 4.1 gives summarized information with regard to the number of households selected to
represent each sub location within the 3 locations of the project area.
Table 4-1: Sample Selection for Irrigation Component Socio-Economic Survey
Location
Sub location HHDs(2009) Sample size
Koilot 424 21
Keben 577 29
Koilot Cheptuingeny 519 26
Sigirai 494 25
Chepngtuny 204 10
Sochoi 437 22
Sochoi
Lolduga 370 19
O‟lessos 439 22
O‟Lessos Mogoon 301 15
Kapkorio 271 14
Total 10 4036 203
Source: 2009 Population and Housing census

(d) Enumerator Selection and Training
Enumerators for Keben/Lessos data collection were recruited on the strength of their
experience in conducting baseline surveys, knowledge of the local area and level of
education. A team comprising of 1 enumerator who was a university graduate from each sub
location and had experience in data collection in various assignments within the local area,
and enumerators from the consultants staff who are normally engaged to process the
collected data from the field was constituted to execute the data collection exercise.
In total a team of 16 (10 from the project area and 6 from the consultant) research assistants
were engaged. Enumerator training was conducted for one day where the facilitator took the
enumerators through the questionnaire in order to equip them with skills of asking the
questions. Issues that arose during the training were explained to enumerators by the
facilitators until a common understanding was reached. Role play and pre-testing of the
questionnaire was done in the second day of the training exercise before the actual field work.
(e) Development of Interview Schedule
With the support of the Chief, Assistant Chiefs, village elders, local research assistants and
using the layout map of the project area, a schedule for the interviews was developed jointly
showing the name of the sampled villages to be interviewed, the respective number of
interviews per village and the date of the planned interviews. The schedule was circulated to
the village elders who would link up with the interview team at the designated village on a
specified date and travel together to the households.
Village guide assisted in the introduction of the survey team to the respective households
within the villages. Once proper rapport was established with respondents, Questionnaires
were administered on the spot. The guide directed the enumerator to the next household as
per the list for the next interview. In case of absence of the listed farmer, the enumerator and
the guide choose a replacement in the next home/farmer.
(f) Questionnaire Verification
After the field interview, enumerators went through the whole lot of questionnaire to ensure
consistency of answers to questions and ensure all calculation gaps were filled. The
questionnaires were then handed over in the evening to the 3 supervisors of the project who
went through them to ensure consistency and completeness. The supervisors would then
highlight areas of clarification to enumerators who made the necessary corrections before
handing over the questionnaires for safe keeping.
(g) Data Entry and Analysis
Using the SPSS (Statistical Package for Social Sciences) template that was developed by the
consultant, data entry team that comprised some of the research assistants who had
participated in the field data collection exercise and others recruited from Nairobi, were taken
through training on the data entry exercise.
This was done to ensure more accurate database was realized. Any issues arising from the
data entry process were highlighted and clarification sought from the consultant. All the
entered data was analyzed using both SPSS and EXCEL computer packages and the results
interpreted to produce information which forms the basis of the discussions in subsequent
sections of this report.

4.1.2 Findings of the Survey
(a) Respondent Demographic Characteristics
During the survey the demographic characteristics of the respondents was assessed in terms
of sex, relationship to the household head (HHH), age, marital status, highest level of
education achieved, literacy level, religion, number of dependants in the household and type
of employment. Other population parameters investigated were the number of persons with
disability and orphaned children.
Table 4.2 presents data on the sex of the respondent and the relationship to the head of the
household. 50% of those surveyed were male while the remaining 50% were female. These
results reflect a fairy gender balanced household headship, an indication most decisions in the
area are likely to be influenced by both men and women. Table 4.2 and Figures 4.2 below give
a summary and pictorial representation of these findings.
Table 4-2: Respondent Sex and Relationship to HH Head
Valid Percentage
Sex
M 50%
F 50%
Total 100%
Relationship to HHH
HHH 45%
Spouse to HHH 36%
Son/daughter 11%
Parent 7%
Total 100%
Source: Survey Data, 2014
Figure 4-1: Respondent Gender

In terms of relationship to household head, the results as presented in figure 4.2 below
indicate that 45% of the respondents were actually the head of their respective homes, 36%
were spouses to the head of the household while 11% were either sons or daughters of the
household head. Respondent‟s parents accounted for 7% of those interviewed.
Figure 4-2: Relationship to head
Most, 81% of the household heads were aged between 21 to 60 years. 18% were over 60
years old. Majority (28%) of the household head are between 30 and 39 years, followed by
age bracket of between 40 to 49 years (22%), the age bracket of 50 to 59 years is represented
by 14% of the population while those aged between 21 and 29 years account for 17% of the
household head.
These findings give a strong indicator of a suitable active labour pool that the project can
benefit from in order to meet its labour needs. The data also shows a low level of
representation by the youth (21-29 year) which could be attributed to migration of this group to
urban areas in the surrounding towns of Eldoret, Kapsabet and Nandi Hills.
A summary of these results is as shown in Table 4.3 and presented in Figure 4.3.
Table 4-3: Age and Marital Status of Respondents
Age of Respondents Valid Percentage

Below 20 1%
21-29 17%
30-39 28%
40-49 22%
50-59 14%
60+ 18%
Total 100%
Marital Status
Single 18%
Married 75%
Widow/Widower 7%
Divorced 0%
Total 100%

Figure 4-3: Age of respondents
With regard to marital statuses, 75% of the household heads were married, 7% were widowed
and 18% were single. None of those interviewed was divorced. These results can be
interpreted as indicative of strong family ties among the population and decisions on
household activities need to be inclusive of the spouses as much as possible.
A summary of these results is as shown in Table 4.3 and presented in Figure 4.4 below.
Figure 4-4: Marital status of respondents
In terms of education attainment of household head surveyed, 7.6% of them had not gone to
school, 17.2% had some primary level education and 15.2% had completed primary school.
Those with some secondary school level of education were 17.2%, and those that had
completed secondary level of education were 25.8%.Vocational level of training (2%), some
university (2%) and those who had completed university levels (7%) were the other levels of
education achieved in the area.
Overall, these figures represent fairly high literacy levels that are necessary with regard to
awareness creation during project implementation. Table 4.4 and Figure 4.5 below show a
summary of these results.
Table 4-4: Highest Level of Education Attained
Education level Valid Percentage

None 7.6%
Adult education 6.1%
Some primary 17.2%
Completed primary 15.2%
Some secondary 17.2%
Completed secondary 25.8%
Some university 2%
Completed university 7%
Vocational training 2%
Total 100%

Figure 4-5: Highest level of education
Table 4.5 presents results of persons with disability and orphaned children within
Keben/Lessos area. The survey findings indicate that of the 198 persons interviewed, only 3
households accounting for 1.5% of respondents had members of their families with disability.
This shows the population in the proposed area is able and has high potential to participate in
the high labour intensive activities occasioned by introduction of irrigated agriculture.
Households living with orphaned children were also investigated during the survey. Again,
results of the survey indicate that of the 198 respondents who answered this question only 5
had orphaned children accounting for a paltry 2.5% of respondents.
Majority of respondents (82%) belong to the protestant church while the catholic faith account
for 17% of the respondents. Interestingly however, 1% of Keben/Lessos residents still follow
their traditional faith.
These demographic characteristics have an impact on the economic conditions in the project
area and should be taken into account for future planning. Figure 4.6 presents summarized
results of the survey findings.
Table 4-5: Persons with Disability, Orphaned Children and Religion
Valid Percent
Persons with Disability
3 1.5%
Total 198
Orphaned Children
5 2.5%
Total 198
Religion
Protestant 82%
Traditionalist 1%
Catholic 17%
Total 100%

Figure 4-6: Religion
4.1.3 Household Incomes and Expenditures
Households‟ consumption expenditure refers to goods and services intended for consumption,
plus the value of goods and services received as incomes in kind and consumed by the
household or individual members.
During the survey, respondents were asked to state household source of income in the past
one year prior to the survey, how much they earned from various activities that the household
members engaged in and the amount of money used to consume various goods and services.
As shown in Table 4.6, farming (49%) is the main source of income for majority of the people
in Keben/Lessos project area. Other sources of income are income from temporary
employment (2%), income from remittances (2%), income from sale of livestock and livestock
products (15%), a combination of temporary employment and farming income (3%) and
income from both farming activities and business enterprises accounting for another 3% of the
various income sources.
These results confirm further the critical role that agriculture( crowing of crops and rearing of
livestock) as an economic activity play in meeting the livelihood needs of rural communities
within the survey area and by extension within the entire rural landscape of Kenya. Figure 4.7
portrays these results in a pie chart format.
Table 4-6: HHD Sources of Income
Sources of Income Valid percentage
Temporary employment 2%
Farming 49%
Remittances 2%
Livestock 15%
Business 18%
Farming and Business 3%
Temporary employment and Farming 3%
Temporary employment/ Farming/business 8%
Total 100%

Figure 4-7: Income source
With regard to how much households earned from the various activities that household
members engaged in, Table 4.7 presents the average income that was realized among the
households through engagement on various activities in the past one year prior to the survey.
The most important sources of income include income from sale of livestock products (Kshs.
48,570), selling crops that was harvested in the past season prior to the survey (Kshs.
38,872), income from formal employment (Kshs. 29,883), income from engagement in small
scale business enterprises such as shops, bars, butcheries, kiosk and hotels (Kshs. 17,573),
income from engagement in casual employment (Kshs. 15,661), income realized from
transport services (Kshs. 10,262) and livestock sales (12,965) are some of the major sources
of income among residents of the proposed project area.
Other average sources of income are as summarized in Table 4.7 below.
Table 4-7: Average Annual Income from Various Income Sources.
Income Source Average (Kshs)

Livestock sales 12,965.18
Sale of Livestock products 48,570.04
Shop/Bar/Butchery/Kiosk/Hotel 17.573.23
Transport services 10,262.63
Formal employment 29.883.84
Casual employment 15,661.62
Carpentry/selling timber/Furniture 3,550.51
Renting Agricultural equipment 7,120.71
Selling harvest of last season 38,872.22
Tailoring/Dress repair 877.02
Selling charcoal/Burning 530.30
Welding/Hardware 1,515.15
Grants/Bursaries 1,742.42
loans 10,692.42
KWFT funds 1,088.38
Harambees 1,356.06

The average annual and weekly amount of money used to consume various goods and
services was also estimated. As shown in the Table 4.8 below, most annual expenditures
were incurred in school fees and other equipments (Kshs. 51,851), buying food (Kshs.
22,421), clothing and personal expenses (Kshs. 9,497), housing construction and
repair(Kshs.10,481) and fuel expenses (Kshs. 8,268). Other average expenditures on various
household goods and services are as summarized in Table 4.8 below.
On weekly expenditures, most households spent their disposable income on transport (Kshs.
751), communication (Kshs. 238), repair and maintenance (Kshs. 106) and leisure (Kshs.
119). Other important weekly expenditures are on medical expenses (Kshs. 729), water bills
(Kshs. 87) and on electricity bills (Kshs. 104).
These results indicate the priority that farming families within Keben project area attach to
various consumer goods and services. What is also clearly reflected by these statistics is the
fact that most expenditures are directed towards consumption of basic household items i.e.
health, education, clothing etc, which is a reflection of low income status of the majority of
people within the area.
With implementation of the proposed irrigation project, this scenario is likely to change
significantly as farmers recoup more income by participating in irrigated agriculture and other
irrigation support services.
Table 4-8: Average Annual and weekly Expenditures on Various HHD Items
Annual Expenditures Average (Kshs)

School fees( tuition fees, books and uniforms etc) 51,851.36
Fuel expenditure 8,268.18
Housing(construction and repairs) 10,481.82
Household furnishing and appliances 1,495.71
Health insurance 1,069.39
Other health expenditures(e.g. medicine) 5,992.53
Financial institution(membership fees) 2,726.61
Gifts 1,407.83
Clothing and personal expenses 9,497.47
Renting agricultural equipment 3,746.46
Buying food 22,421.72
On-farm enterprise(bee keeping, processing crops) 279.29
Investment in own business(non-agricultural) 3,930.81
Buying livestock 2,678.28
Livestock expenses(feed, vaccination, veterinary) 1,746.77
Weekly Expenditures
Transport 751.62
Communication 238.28
Repair and expenditure 106.16
Leisure 119.49
Medical 729.29
Water 87.53
Electricity 104.04

4.1.4 Housing, Energy, Water and Sanitation
Living conditions within Keben/Lessos area can also be measured by housing standards and
the extent to which the population has access to safe water sources, good sanitation and type
of energy used among other social and economic infrastructure.
Table 4.9 gives information on how long people have lived in their present dwellings. 58% of
those interviewed had lived in their present dwellings for more than 10 years, 12% of
respondents have lived between 5 and 10 years while 8% of respondents stated that they had
lived in their present dwellings between 1 and 5 years. 4% of respondents had lived in their
present dwellings for a period of 6 to 12 months with another 18% of those interviewed
indicating that they had lived in their present dwelling for less than 6 months.
Table 4-9: Duration of living in Dwelling
Duration of Living in the Dwelling Valid Percent

More than 10 years 58%
5-10 years 12%
1-5years 8%
6-12 months 4%
Below 6 Months 18%
Total 100%
These findings give an indication that the materials used to build houses within the area are
fairy durable. Figure 4.8 below gives a pictorial representation of these findings.
Figure 4-8: Income source
On the other hand, housing is a basic need and owning a house gives one a sense of dignity
and security. Proper and adequate housing contributes significantly to better living standards
and household welfare. The type of material used in construction determines the quality and
durability of a house. The kind of material used is sometimes regional and cultural specific;
climate in particular is an important factor, as is the income status of the household.
Table 4.10 presents information on the roofing, wall and floor materials that households use to
build their dwellings. The most commonly used material for roofing is corrugated iron sheets,
with 85% of households living under them. Thatch/Grass and tiles/asbestos are the other
material for roofing accounting for 9% and 6% respectively.
Mud is the wall material most commonly used and represent 36% of households while stone
and wooden account for 20% and 23% of material used for walling respectively. Iron sheet
(3%) and unburnt bricks (4%) are other type of material used for the wall. The most commonly
used material for the floor is cement (50%), earthen (34%) and hardened dung (9%).Tiles and
wooden floor account for 5% and 2% respectively.

Table 4-10: Roofing Material, Wall Type and Floor Material
Valid Percentage
Roofing material
Corrugated iron sheet 85%
Thatch/Grass 9%
Tiles/Asbestos 6%
Total 100%
Type of wall
Mud 36%
Stone 20%
Wooden 23%
Fired bricks 14%
Iron sheet 3%
Unburnt bricks 4%
Total 100%
Floor Material
Cemented 50%
Wooden 2%
Earthen 34%
Hardened Dung 9%
Tiles 5%
Total 100%
In terms of energy access, there is high dependence on biomass as an energy source with
91% of the respondents using firewood as their main source of energy for cooking, 2% use
charcoal and LPG respectively while 5% of respondents use electricity for preparing their food.
With regard to energy for lighting, 37.4% of respondents use Kerosene for lighting, 33.8% use
electricity with 28.3% of farmers relying on solar as source of energy for lighting. Pressure
lamp is used by a paltry 0.5% of respondents.
Electricity (27%) and dry cell (44%) are mostly used for sound.15% and 14% of respondents
use battery and solar respectively. The heavy reliance on firewood presents a big concern for
serious deforestation while renewable energy technologies are less common. Table 4.11
below shows a summary of these findings.
Table 4-11: Energy for Lighting, Cooking and Sound
Valid Percentage
Energy for lighting
Kerosene 37.4%
Solar 28.3%
Electricity 33.8%
Pressure lamp 0.5%
Total 100%
Energy for cooking
Firewood 91%
Charcoal 2%
LPG 2%
Electricity 5%
Total 100%
Energy for sound
Electricity 27%
Solar 14%
Battery 15%
Dry cell 44%
Total 100%

In terms of household sanitation and hygiene, although 97% of the total respondents owned a
latrine while 3% did not own a latrine, most respondents own traditional latrines with 73%
using open pit latrine with wall and another 3% using pit latrine with wall but without a raised
slap.16% of Keben/Lessos residents use pit latrines with raised slap.
As defined by the WHO/UNICEF Joint Monitoring Programme, sanitation types considered

„improved‟ are flush toilets and pit latrines with a floor slab. This means that a reasonable
percentage of respondents do not have access to safe latrines. In addition, most of the toilets
(68%) lack hands wash facilities compromising further households hygiene situation.
Further environmental health investigation revealed that the average distance of the toilet to
water storage and cooking area were at 27.79 meters and 36.23 meters respectively. This
indicates that there are some possibilities of water and food contamination and outbreak of
water borne diseases especially because most households indicated that their latrines are not
of the improved type.
Table 4.12 shows information about toilet facilities, hand wash facility and average distance of
the toilet to water storage and cooking areas.
Table 4-12: Toilet, Hand Wash Facility and Toilet Distance to water and Food Areas
Valid Percentage
Toilet Facility
None 3%
Open pit latrine-no wall 3%
Pit latrine with wall 73%
pit latrine with raised slap 16%
VIP 5%
Total 100%
Hand Wash Facility
YES 32%
NO 68%
Total 100%
Average Distance of Toilet to water storage area
Mean 27.79m
Minimum 1m
Maximum 200m
Average Distance of Toilet to cooking area
Mean 36.23m
Minimum 0m
Maximum 300m
Table 4.13 and 4.14 presents a summary of the main sources of drinking water both during the
wet season and during the dry season, time taken to water source in both seasons and water
treatment methods used among households.
Rain water harvesting (34.8%) is the main source of water for domestic use within
Keben/Lessos project area during the wet season. Other sources of water for drinking during
the wet season are the protected well (20.7%), public tap (12.6%), borehole (9.1%), tap inside
the house (7.6%) and stream/river used by 7.1% of respondents.
Stream/river (28.3%) is the main source of water for domestic use within Keben/Lessos project
area during the dry season. Other sources of water for drinking during the dry season are the
protected well (25.3%), public tap (4.5%), borehole (16.7%), tap inside the house (7.1%) and
unprotected spring used by 16.7% of respondents.

According to World Health Organisation water is considered safe if it is obtained from the
following water sources; piped water, borehole, and protected spring and protected well.
Generally, the findings of the survey show that a large Proportion of population is using water
from safe sources.
Table 4-13: Water Sources in wet and dry seasons.
Valid Percentage
Domestic Water source in wet season
Tap Inside house 7.6%
Public Tap 12.6%
Protected well 20.7%
Unprotected well 4%
Protected spring 1%
Unprotected spring 3%
Borehole 9.1%
Stream/River 7.1%
Rain Harvesting 34.8%
Total 100%
Domestic Water source in dry season
Tap Inside house 7.1%
Public Tap 4.5%
Protected well 25.3%
Unprotected well 6.1%
Protected spring 1%
Unprotected spring 8.1%
Borehole 16.7%
Stream/River 28.3%
Rain Harvesting 3%
Total 100%
Treatment of water is fairly common although 38% of households do not treat the water they
use, 9% of households stated that they boil the water for drinking while 46% of those surveyed
add chlorine.
The time taken to collect water indicates the distributional aspects and adequacy of water
supply. From a poverty perspective, time taken to collect water is an indicator of the extent to
which human resources are spent in search of basic commodity. It is also a reflection of levels
of exclusion and disempowerment among households and communities through supply–side
constraints.
Results of the survey show that 67% of respondents take less than 15 minutes to get water
during the wet season, 19% take between 16 and 30 minutes, 9% of respondents take
between 46 minutes and one hour while none of the respondents take more than 60 minutes.
During the dry season however, the scenario is different as 56% of respondents take less than
15 minutes while 21% of Keben/Lessos residents take between 16 and 30 minutes.7% of
respondents take between 31 and 45 minutes,10% take between 46 minutes and one hour
with 6% taking more than an hour. Overall, reasonable time is used to collect water for
drinking within the project area. Figure 4.9, 4.10 and 4.11 below presents these findings in a
bar and pie chart formats.

Table 4-14: Water Treatment Methods and Time Taken to Source.
Valid Percentage
Time Taken to Water Source during the wet season
0-15 minutes 67%
16-30 Minutes 19%
31-45 9%
46-60 5%
More than 60 minutes 0%
Total 100%
Time Taken to Water Source during the Dry season
0-15 minutes 56%
16-30 Minutes 21%
31-45 7%
46-60 10%
More than 60 minutes 6%
Total 100%
Water treatment methods

Add chlorine 46%
No treatment 38%
Boil 9%
Total 100%
Figure 4-9: Source of water wet season
Figure 4-10: Source of water dry season

Figure 4-11: Water Treatment method Used
Figure 4-12 below presents summarized findings of the survey with regard to methods used by
respondents to store water for domestic use. Closed plastic (47%) and closed traditional pot
(36%) are most common methods of water storage. Other water storage methods used are
open tradition port used by 7% of respondents, open plastic (8%) and metal containers used
by 2% of respondents.
Figure 4-12: Storage of Drinking Water
Table 4-15 below presents results of the survey with regard to household‟s members
responsible for fetching water. Adult women (51%), young women (29%) and children (20%)
are household members mainly engaged in the business of fetching water.
Table 4-15: Responsibility of Fetching Water
Who is Responsible % YES % NO Total

Children 20 80 100%
Young women 29 71 100%
Adult women 51 49 100%
Young men 17 83 100%
Adult men 14 86 100%

4.1.5 Access to Health Services
Good health is considered a pre-requisite to the socio-economic development of any country,

since a healthy population is capable of participating in economic, social and political
development. Health constitutes the physical, mental and social well-being of the people and
not merely the absence of disease or infirmity.
During the survey, respondents were asked to state whether they had any incidence of
disease or accident two weeks prior to the survey and common diseases in the area. 40% of
the respondents had suffered from one kind of disease or the other or had experienced an
accident incident while 60% had not. These results suggest a fairy health population which is
important for the proposed irrigation project as healthy people are likely to be more productive
than unhealthy people.
Malaria (75.2%) is by far the most common disease followed by common cold reported by
17.2% of the respondents. Other diseases include typhoid (2.5%) and cholera cited by another
2.5% of those interviewed. Accidents account for 1% of the ailment in the project area. From
the key informant interviews, the fairly high rate of accidents in the area was attributed to
motor cycle accidents and lack of regulation in this sector of public transport.
Table 4.16 below gives a summary of these findings while Figure 4.13 shows pictorial
representation of common diseases in the area.
Table 4-16: Disease Incident and Common Diseases
Valid Percentage
Incident of Disease
YES 40%
NO 60%
Total 100%
Common Diseases in the area
Malaria 75.2%
Stomach ace 0.5%
Cholera 2.5%
Accident 1%
Common cold 17.2%
Typhoid 2.5%
Chest pain 1%
Total 100%
Figure 4-13: Most common diseases

As summarized in Table 4.17 below, public clinics (53.5%) and government hospitals (28.3%)
are the main facilities used for consultation among those reporting a health problem in the last
one month prior to the survey. Private hospitals and private clinics are consulted by 11.1% and
4.5% of the sick respectively. Church and NGOs facilities are consulted by a paltry 1.5% and
1% of the sick respectively. These findings have several implications. It could be that the
quality of services offered in public facilities are rather good and at close proximity to where
people live or that people might not afford the cost of similar services in private facilities or that
private facilities are scarce and far apart in the area.
Indeed, most respondents are satisfied with the health services offered in public facilities as
reported by 60% and 6% of respondents who are satisfied and very satisfied respectively
while 24% of respondents expressed dissatisfaction with health services. They cited several
reasons for dissatisfaction key among them being lack of drugs (95%) and high cost of
services (1.5%). Delay in provision of health services and far distance to the health facility
were other reasons for dissatisfaction cited by 1.5% and 1% of respondents respectively.
Access to health insurance is relatively low as only 31% of respondents are able to access this
service compared to 69% of respondents who have no access.
Table 4-17: Health Facility and Services, Dissatisfaction and Health Insurance
Health Facility Attended Valid Percentage

Government Hospital 28.3%
Private Hospital 11.1%
public clinic 53.5%
Private clinic 4.5%
Church facility 1.5%
NGOs facility 1%
Total 100%
Satisfaction with health services
Very satisfied 6%
Satisfied 60%
Indifferent 7%
Dissatisfied 24%
Very Dissatisfied 3%
Total 100%
Reason for Dissatisfaction
Very expensive services 1.5%
No drugs 95%
Un friendly health staff 1%
Delay in service provision 1.5%
Health facility is Far 1%
Total 100%
Access to Health Insurance
YES 31%
NO 69%
Total 100%
Average distance to health facility
Below 15 minutes 15.6%
15-30 minutes 36.4%
30-60 minutes 27.8%
1-2 hours 11.1%
More than 2 hours 9.1%
Total 100%

The average time taken to access health facilities is reasonable and could as well be the
reason why majority of the respondents prefer health services within the available health
facilities. From survey results, 15.6% of respondents stated that they access health services in
less than 15 minutes, 36.4% of those surveyed are able to get to the nearest health facility
between 15 to 30 minutes while those stated that one will spend between 30 to 60 minutes
accounted for 27.8% of respondents. Only 9.1% of residents sated that they spend more than
2 hours.
Figure 4-14: Health facility attended
Figure 4-15: Levels of satisfaction with health facility
As information contained in Table 4.18 reveal, access to mosquito net and the level of usage
is quite commendable.93% of respondents have access to mosquito nets and 92 % of all
household members sleep under a mosquito net among those who stated that they have
access to these nets. 7% of respondents do not have access to mosquito nets and 7.5% of
respondents reported that children below 5 years are the only one in their households who
sleep under such nets.
Table 4-18: Access to Mosquito Nets and Usage
Valid Percentage
Access of Mosquito Net

YES 93%
NO 7%
Total 100%
Who Sleeps Under the Mosquito Net
ALL HHD members 92%
Children below 5 years 7.5%
Pregnant mothers 0.5%
Visitors 0%
Total 100%

Figure 4-16: Access to Mosquito Nets and Usage
With regard to HIV awareness campaign, residents within the project area are highly aware as
stated by 91% of respondents. However, when probed further on whether respondents were
clearly knowledgeable of HIV/AIDS means of contraction and effects, 87% of respondents
stated that they are knowledgeable while 13% of them were not aware.
The main medium for communicating this information includes posters and public notices
(15%), through the radio (46%), public Baraza in the villages (17%), seminars (8%),
newspaper (3%) and institutions/clinics (11%).These results are summarized in table 4.19
below and presented in the pie chart format in Figure 4.17 and 4.18 below.
Table 4-19: Awareness and Source of information on HIV campaign
Valid percent
Awareness of HIV/AIDS Awareness Campaign
YES 91%
NO 9%
Total 100%
Source of information on HIV/AIDS campaign
Poster/public notices 15%
Radio 46%
Baraza 17%
Seminars 8%
Newspapers 3%
Institutions/Clinics 11%
Total 100%
Source: survey data, 2014
Figure 4-17: Awareness of HIV Campaign

Figure 4-18: Medium of HIV Awareness
4.1.6 Farm Labour
Farm labour is a very important input in farm production and its skill, knowledge quality,
availability, and the level of effort has a positive correlation with agricultural production. During
the survey respondents were asked the average number of members in the household
available to work on the farm, whether they experience labour shortage, employment of casual
and permanent labour and source of labour. Other labour issues investigated was the
characteristics of the people who hire out their labour, their contribution, household labour
contribution by gender and participation of household members in casual labour.
Results presented in Table 4.20 below show that most households approximately 3 members
available to work on the farm. Labour shortage is an issue in the area as 42% of respondents
stated that they have labour shortages. Those households experiencing labour shortages
were further asked to state whether they hire labour.
As results presented in Table 4.20 below indicate, 87% of respondents do not hire permanent
labour. However 13% of them hire this form of labour. On average permanent farm labourers
earn about Kshs. 2,500 per month. Apart from hiring permanent labour, respondents also hire
casual labour. This is a rather common practice in the area as 34% of farmers hire casual
labour and 66% do not. On average casual farm labourers earn Kshs. 424 per day.
With regard to the characteristics of the people who hire out their labour, local unemployed
livings within 5KM (91%) are the most reported labour providers. Others on a less scale are
non-local living more than 5KM (4%) and the local landless comprising another 4% of the
respondents.

Table 4-20: Average HH members available to work in the farm
Valid Percentage
HHD Members Available to Work
MINIMUM MAXIMUM MEAN
0 10 2.69
HHD Experiencing Labour Shortage
YES 42%
NO 58%
Total 100%
Employment of Permanent Labour
YES 13%
NO 87%
Total 100%
Permanent Farm Employee
0 3 1.61
Permanent Farm Employee Monthly wage Rate
0 5,000 2,557.85
Employment of Casual labour
YES 34%
NO 66%
Total 100%
Casual labour Employee
0 5 1.86
Casual labour Daily Rate
0 4000 424.035
In terms of the work they engage on, agriculture labour is the most common and was reported
by 96% of respondents. 1.5% of labourers engage in construction work while household work
and grazing livestock is reported by another 1% of the respondents respectively.15% of
respondents import labour from other locations mainly in neighbouring villages as reported by
55.5% and from the neighbouring community (26.6%) when demand for labour is high.
However what is worrying about results of the survey is that 10% of respondents stated that
there are differences in payment between men and women doing the same kind of work.
These results are presented in Table 4.21 below.
Table 4-21: People who hire out their labour and Kind of work they do
Valid Percentage
People who hire out labour
local unemployed people(within 5km) 91%
local landless 4%
Non local(more than 5Km 4%
Organised groups 1%
Total 100%
What They Do
Agriculture labour 96%
Household Work 1%
Construction 1.5%
Grazing Livestock 1%
Total 100%

Valid Percentage
Import Labour from Other Locations
YES 15%
NO 85%
Total 100%
Source of Imported Labour
Neigbouring Villages 55.5%
Western Region 44.5%
Total 100%
Labour Source when Demand is High
Within the Community 73.4%
Neighbouring community 26.6%
Total 100%
Gender Differences in Payments
YES 10%
NO 90%
Total 100%
As stated earlier, respondents were asked to rank the various labour types according to
degree of usage. Table 4.22 below gives a summary of results from survey analysis. From the
findings, household labour was ranked highly by 50% of respondents, moderately by 30%
while 11% of respondents ranked it as least used with 9% of respondents stating that they do
not use household labour. 65% of respondents did not use permanent labour, 9% ranked it
highly while 6% of respondents ranked it moderately and 20% ranked permanent labour as
least used.48% of respondents ranked casual labour as highly used,32% as moderately
used,17%ranked this labour as least used while 3% of respondents stated that they do not
hire casual labour.
Table 4-22: Labour Type According to Degree of usage
Valid Percentage
Casual labour
Highly used 48%
Moderately used 32%
Least used 17%
Not used 3%
Total 100%
Permanent labour
Highly used 9%
Moderately used 6%
Least used 20%
Not used 65%
Total 100%
HHD labour
Highly used 50%
Moderately used 30%
Least used 11%
Not used 9%
Total 100%
At the household level, respondents were asked to rate the contribution of different members
according to gender. 8.6% of those interviewed rated women labour as highly used, 37.4%
rated women labour as moderately used, 45.5% stated that it is least used while only 3.5% of
respondents stated that women labour is not used in their households.

Men labour contribution was rated highly by 57% of the respondents, 35 % stated that it is
moderately used, 4% rated men labour as least used while another 4% stated that it was not
used. 51% did not use children labour, 34% was of the view that it is least used while 8% were
of the view that it is moderately used. Only 7 % of respondents rated contribution of children to
household labour as highly used.
Table 4.23 below gives a summary of these findings.
Table 4-23: HHD Members Labour Contribution

Valid percentage
HHD labour contribution by women
Highly used 8.6%
Moderate used 37.4%
Least used 45.5%
Not used 3.5%
Total 100%
HHD labour contribution by men
Highly used 57%
Moderate used 35%
Least used 4%
Not used 4%
Total 100%
HHD Labour Contribution by Children
Highly used 7%
Moderate used 8%
Least used 34%
Not used 51%
Total 100%
Finally on labour matters, respondents were asked to state their monthly demand for labour
within a year. Table 4.24 below shows a summary of the monthly demand for labour as
reported by farmers within Keben/Lessos area. Monthly demand for labour are highest during
the month of April as reported by 66% of respondents, followed by the month of November
(56%) and the months of December and October that was reported by 41% of respondents
respectively. Other monthly demand for labour is as shown in the table below.
Table 4-24: Monthly Demand for Labour
Do you Experience Labour Demand

Month TOTAL
YES NO
January 4% 96% 100%
February 4% 96% 100%
March 29% 71% 100%
April 66% 34% 100%
May 28% 72% 100%
June 27% 73% 100%
July 22% 78% 100%
August 11% 89% 100%
September 17% 83% 100%
October 41% 59% 100%
November 56% 44% 100%
December 41% 59% 100%

4.1.7 Land holding size
Average land size in the project area is 6.2 acres with the least being 0.02 and the maximum
being 60 ha. Tables 4.25 and 4.26 below show the details of the land sizes per location.
Table 4-25: Land sizes per location
Land Size Per Location (acres)

Location Less than 1 1 -5 5-10 10-20 > 20 Total
acre
28 acres
40 acres
10 acres
11 acres
11
Frequency 100
Koilot
Percentage 28% 40% 10% 11% 11% 100%
Frequency 8 18 4 1 1 32
Sochoi
Percentage 25% 56% 13% 3% 3% 100%
Frequency 17 30 3 2 3 55
Lessos
Percentage 31% 55% 5% 4% 5% 100%
All Frequency 53 88 17 14 15 187
Locations Percentage 28% 47% 9% 7% 8% 100%
Table 4-26: Land size Descriptive statistics
Land Size Descriptive Statistics

Location Mean Minimum Maximum
Koilot 7.8 0.02 60
Sochoi 4.1 0.2 30
Lessos 4.6 0.1 41
All Locations 6.2 0.02 60
In section 3.9.2 the cultivated land was estimated to be 32% implying an average cultivation
capacity of 2 acres per holding. Estimates of land allocation per farmer will be based on the
actual sizes of the enlisted beneficiaries at the detailed design stage of the project.
4.1.8 Transport and Communication
Development of roads improves welfare through increased access to markets and other basic
services. Transport and telecommunication systems are also important determinants of the
physical costs of accessing markets. Poor infrastructure network restricts the development of
inputs and product markets. Feeder and secondary roads are needed to improve agriculture
produce marketability. A study by FAO has revealed that farmers within 7-10km of a main road
receive 85-160% higher price for their produce than those further away.
During the survey, respondents were asked the main means of transport they relied upon to
meet their transport needs, their rating of the rural access roads, use of the means of
transport, access to communication facilities and the rating of mobile phone and internet
connectivity.

Table 4.27 below shows a summary of the main means of transport and the rating of rural
access roads in the area. 9% of respondents rated the condition of the rural feeder roads as
good i.e. accessible year round while 26% of respondents rated them as average i.e.
accessible during the dry season only. However, what is notable with these findings, though, is
the fact that 65% of respondents rated the roads as poor i.e. inaccessible during the rainy
season. This is an issue that will require to be addressed through concerted efforts of relevant
stakeholders during project implementation because feeder roads are critical arteries of
marketing farm produce and accessing farm inputs from markets and trading centres.
The predominant mode of transport used by farmers in the Keben proposed project area is the
motor cycle accounting for 76% of all the means of transport. Pick-ups are used by 9% of the
respondents with another 5% relying on private taxi as a means of transport. 4% of
respondents prefer walking in order to meet the requirements of their day to day activities
while 2% of those interviewed stated that they use the bicycle and buses as their preferred
mode of transport respectively.
Table 4-27: Means of Transport and Rating of Road Condition
Valid Percentage
Rating of the rural access Road condition
Good (accessible year round) 9%
Average (accessible in dry season only 26%
poor (inaccessible during rainy season 65%
Total 100%
Main Means of Transport
Bicycle 2%
Private taxi 5%
Buses 2%
Pick-up 9%
Walking 4%
Motor cycle 76%
Total 100%
Figure 4-19: Standard of rural access roads
Figure 4-20: Main means of Transport

The means of transport mentioned above are used in various ways within the project area.
Transporting of goods to the market (51.5%), going to the market (36.4%), carrying the sick to
the hospital and clinics (15.2%), transporting farm inputs from the market (18.2%) and for
income generating activities (6.1%) were the major use of the means of transport mentioned
by respondents within the area.
The average distance covered by residents to access an all-weather road is 2.29 KM. The
means of transport used correlate somehow with the rating of 65% of respondents who stated
that access roads in the area are in poor condition. The use of these means of transport is as
summarized in Table 4.28 below.
Table 4-28: Use of Means of Transport and Average Distance to an All Weather Road
Percentage
Use of Means of Transport
Transport of goods to market 51.5%
To go to market 36.4%
Carry the sick to hospital/clinics 15.2%
For Income generating activities 6.1%
Transport inputs from the market 18.2%
For routine activities 40.9%
Mean Distance to an all-weather road
Mean 2.29KM
Minimum 0 KM
Maximum 20 KM
In terms of communication, use of mobile phones and listening to the Radio are the two mainly
used medium of communication. As results in Table 4.28 below indicate, 79.8% of
respondents have access to a radio while 96% of Keben residents can access a mobile phone
if the need to communicate arises.51.5% of respondents have access to the Television as a
medium of communication. Access to computers and the internet as in many other rural parts
of Kenya is still very low as only 11.1% of respondents stated that they relied on them to
communicate.
Those with access to mobile phones, 31 % rated the degree of connectivity as very good, 57%
of respondents rated mobile phone connectivity as good while 8% stated that the connectivity
was fair. 4% of respondents however felt that the connectivity was poor. Internet connectivity
was rated rather favourably with 10% of respondents stating that the connectivity was very
good, 45% of those interviewed were of the view that the connectivity was good while 25%
rated internet connectivity as fair.15% felt the connectivity was poor while those who felt the
connectivity was very poor accounted for 5% of respondents. What is notable from
observations made during field exercise is the fact that most internet access was through the
mobile phones.

Table 4-29: Access to communication facilities and network connectivity ratings
Valid Percentage
Access to Communication Facilities
Mobile phone 96%
Postal services 12.6%
landline 2.5%
Radio 79.8%
TV 51.5%
computer/internet 11.1%
Video/DVD 19.7%
Rating of Mobile phone Connectivity
Very Good 31%
Good 57%
Fair 8%
Poor 4%
Total 100%
Internet Connectivity Rating
Very Good 10%
Good 45%
Fair 25%
poor 15%
Very poor 5%
Total 100%
Figure 4-21: Quality of mobile phone and internet connectivity
Figure 4-22: Quality of internet phone connectivity

4.1.9 Level of literacy
Education plays an important role in human development by empowering people to improve

their well-being and enabling them to actively participate in nation building (UNDP, 1998)-
human development report. There is also an increased awareness that education is one of the
most valuable means of achieving gender equality and empowerment of women. The linkages
between education and poverty can be understood in two ways. Firstly, investment in
education as a poverty reduction strategy which can enhance the skills and productivity
among poor households, secondly poverty as constraint to educational achievement both at
the macro-level (poor countries generally have lower levels of enrolment) and at the micro-
level (children of poor households receive less education).
In terms of education attainment of household head surveyed, 7.6% of them had not gone to
school, 17.2% of respondents had some primary level education and 15.2% had completed
primary school. Those with some secondary school level of education were 17.2% of
respondents and those that had completed secondary level of education accounted for
25.8%.Vocational level of training (2%), some university (2%) and those who had completed
university levels (7%) were the other levels of education achieved in the area.
Overall, these figures represent fairly high literacy levels that are necessary with regard to
awareness creation during project implementation especially for training farmers on the
various aspects of irrigated agriculture and formation of water users association that require
leadership from among the beneficiary community.
Table 4.30 below show a summary of these results and figure 4.23 show a pictorial
representation of the findings.
Table 4-30: Highest level of Education Attained
Valid Percentage
Education level Attained
none 7.6%
Adult education 6.1%
Some primary 17.2%
Completed primary 15.2%
Some secondary 17.2%
Completed secondary 25.8%
Some university 2%
Completed university 7%
Vocational training 2%
Total 100%

Figure 4-23: Highest level of Education
Walking distance to basic services can be considered as an indicator of both provision and
coverage of such services and also the remoteness of households‟ dwellings. Results of the
survey indicate that both primary and secondary school are within reasonable distance. As
shown in the figure below, 48% of respondents spend below 15 minutes to access a primary
school, 38% of respondents stated that one will spend 15 to 30 minutes to reach the nearest
primary school while 8% of respondents stated that one will spend between 30 minutes and
one hour to reach the nearest primary school.
The distance to the nearest secondary school is also reasonable as more than 80% of
respondents are able to access a secondary school in less than an hour with 24% of
respondents stating that they are able to access the nearest secondary school below 15
minutes. These results explain the high level of public school usage in the Keben/Lessos area.
These findings are as summarised in Figure 9.2 and Figure 9.3 below.
Figure 4-24: Distance to Primary School
Figure 4-25: Distance to Secondary School

4.1.10 Farming knowledge and skills
Farming knowledge and skills is as a result of a combination of several factors among them
use of modern farming equipments, access to extension services and training, use of farm
inputs, value addition of farm produce, availability of reliable farm labour, access to credit and
mode of marketing farm produce.
During the survey, respondents were asked to state whether they had received advice from
extension service provider in the past one year, whether they listen to agricultural programs
aired on radio and TV, whether they practice value addition of their produce, mode of
marketing their produce, use of farm inputs, and whether they belong to farmer groups which
are important avenues of agricultural knowledge dissemination.
As figure 4.26 below shows, 43% of farmers had received extension services advice while
57% of respondents had not. However, even those who had received some extension services
advice, the level of satisfaction was an issue of concern as 35.4% of them rated the level of
satisfaction with the service as somewhat bad, 37.4% rated their level of satisfaction as
somewhat good while 5% of respondents rated the service as very bad. Only 22.2% of those
interviewed rated the services as good. Clearly, this is an area that will require the necessary
attention during project implementation because irrigated agriculture requires a lot of farmer
training in order for them to produce the high value crops.
Figure 4-26: Extension services in the area
Training in agricultural production and marketing is also an issue in the area as only 28% of
farmers had received this training compared with 72% who had not. These results are not
unexpected given that only 43% of respondents have access to extension service providers
and that only 39% of farmers are members of farmers group. Majority of Keben/Lessos
residents rely on the radio and TV programs to receive agricultural information as cited by
76% of farmers. The use of modern certified seeds for planting is also low as only 42% of
farmers use certified seeds, 8% of farmers‟ use pesticides while 5% of them use compost/
organic manure. Fertilizer usage is also rather low with 45% of farmers stating that they use
inorganic fertilizer in their plots of land. Results of these findings are as shown in figure 4.27 to
4.28 below.
Figure 4-27: Involved in production and marketing training

Figure 4-28: Use of farm inputs
Figure 4-29: Type of farm inputs
Land preparation is mainly done manually through hand digging as 94.9% of respondents
reported ownership of the hand hoe while weeding is done by use of the panga/machete as 97
% of those interviewed possessed these basic tools of farm production. The use of Ox-plough
to prepare land is not common in the area as only 0.5% of farmers in the area reported
ownership of ox-plough.
Use of hired labour is a common phenomenon in the area with 13% of respondents using
permanent labour compared to 66% who use casual labour. 15% of respondents import
casual labour from other locations outside the project area with 45% of those hiring casual
labour stating that it is not easy to get within the area when you need it. The use of casual
labour was rated as highly used by 48% of farmers, 32% rated it as moderate, 3% stated that
it is least used and 17% stated that they don‟t use it.
Figure 4-30: Use of casual labour

The use of permanent labour was rated as highly used by 9% of farmers, 6% rated it as
moderate, 20% stated that it is least used and 65% stated that they don‟t use it. These results
are as shown in figure 4.31 below.
Figure 4-31: Use of permanent labour
Figure 4.32 below presents the findings of the survey with regard to credit access and use.
35% of respondents had applied for credit one year prior to the study compared with 65% who
had not. The main source of credit was from the SACCO (29%), cooperative society (12%),
commercial bank (25%), shopkeeper (9%), other micro finance (9%), and Kenya women
Finance Trust (KWFT) that is preferred by 7% of respondents, relatives and friends (4%),
rotating savings and credit associations (3%) and from equity bank (1%).
Figure 4-32: Source of loan
In terms of marketing, 67.8% of respondents reported that they experience problems in

marketing their produce. This is not surprising given that 59.3% of farmers sell their produce to
middle men. 20.3% sell their produce in the local market and 20.3% rely on organised
marketing through cooperatives. Figure 4.33 below gives a summary of these findings.
Figure 4-33: Challenges to Marketing

Value addition as an indicator of farmers‟ skill and knowledge is a rare phenomenon within the
project area as only 8% of respondents stated that they add value to their farm produce
compared to 92% who do not.
These findings indicate that farmers in the area have inadequate knowledge and skills in
modern agriculture. They will therefore require training on irrigation water management,
irrigated crop management, operation and maintenance and entrepreneurship. This will
involve establishing irrigation demonstration plots and study tours to similar successful
irrigation projects in other parts of the country such as Mwea in Kirinyaga County and
Mitunguu in Meru County.
4.1.11 Past experience with Irrigation
During the survey, respondents were asked to state whether they were practicing any form of
irrigated agriculture, the current area under irrigation, how long they have been involved in
irrigated agriculture, whether they pay for irrigation water and source of the water, other
expenses incurred in irrigated crop production and their opinion on these cost, whether they
have training on irrigated agriculture, the current method of water abstraction and the
preferred method of irrigation if the proposed project is implemented.
As shown in Table 4.31 and presented in pictorial format in figures 4.34 to 4.40 below, 28 % of
respondents have practiced some form of irrigation or another within the proposed project
area. 41% of respondents have practiced irrigation for more than 3 years, 39% between two
and three years while those with less than one year experience account for 20% of
respondents. 7% of farmers pay for irrigation water which they mainly abstract from the
shallow well (45%). The operation and maintenance cost is however beyond reach of many
farmers as 43% rated these costs as too high while only 14% of respondents thought they
were low. 43% of irrigators felt the operation and maintenance costs were average.
In terms of capacity building, 81 % of respondents have no training on irrigation compared to

19% who stated that they received some training in irrigated agriculture. As regards the
method presently under use, 47 % use surface irrigation, 41% use the sprinkler while 6% use
buckets and the drip respectively. The most preferred methods of irrigation if the project is
implemented are the sprinkler (59%), drip (23%) and the surface system stated by 18 % of
respondents.
What can be concluded about these findings is that even though the community living within
the proposed project area does not have experience in modern irrigated agriculture, the
benefits that accrue from such a venture is enormous given the experiences from some of the
small holder farmers who are practicing some form of irrigated agriculture. Equally important,
is the fact that farmers in the area have some experience in basin and bucket irrigation.
This means the level of effort required to transform their agriculture from subsistence to
productive high-value, market oriented farming with impact on other sectors of the economy
will be minimal and cost effective. Water from the dam can also be harnessed for livestock use
and development of fishing ponds for fisheries, bee keeping and recreational activities.

Table 4-31: Respondent Experience with Irrigated Agriculture
Valid Percentage
Practice Irrigated Agriculture
YES 28%
NO 72%
Total 100%
How long they have practiced irrigated agriculture
Less than one year 20%
Two to Three years 39%
More than 3 years 41%
Total 100%
Do you pay for irrigation water
YES 7%
NO 93%
TOTAL 100%
Where they get water for irrigation
Shallow well
49.4% 45%
River/stream 27%
Boreholes 15%
Spring 5%
Rain harvesting 2%
Piped water 4%
Total 100%
Opinion on O and M
Too high 43%
Average 43%
Low 14%
Total 100%
Training on irrigation
NO 81%
YES 19%
Total 100%
Current method used in irrigation
Drip 2%
Water can 3%
Bucket/basin 69%
Sprinkler 22%
Surface/furrow 4%
Total 100%
Preferred method if project is implemented
Bucket/Basin 2%
Drip 8%
Surface/furrow 3%
Sprinkler 87%
Total 100%
Source: Survey Data, 2014.
Figure 4-34: Crops grown under irrigation

Table 4-32: Preferred crops under Irrigation if project is implemented
CROP 1 Ranking Crop 2 Ranking Crop 3 Ranking Crop 4 Ranking

Tomatoes Cabbages Kales Tomatoes
Cabbages Tomatoes Tomatoes Beans
Kales Kales Onions Maize
Maize Carrots Cabbages Onions/Potatoes
Figure 4-35: Source of irrigation water
Figure 4-36: Opinion on costs
Figure 4-37: Proposed main uses of irrigation water

Figure 4-38: Irrigation method used
Figure 4-39: Proposed Irrigation method
Figure 4-40: Challenges to irrigated agriculture
4.1.12 Ownership of Assets
Asset ownership in an indicator of people‟s lifestyles and living standards and can therefore
add nuances to the understanding of living conditions in the Keben/Lessos project area that go
beyond mere basic indicators such as dwellings, sanitation or drinking water access.
In terms of asset ownership 87.9% of the households had a radio, 94.9% of the respondents
possessed a Hand Hoe, 97% of the households possessed Pangas / machetes and 89.4%
owned at least one mobile phone. Other valuable items possessed include, Motor vehicle
owned by 15.7% of respondents, tractor and pickups were owned by 4.5% and 4.1% of
respondents respectively. Motor cycle was owned by 9.6 % of respondents, Television by 50%
of farmers, Rakes and Spade was owned by 62.1% of respondents while 55.5% of residents
owned Knapsack sprayer. Bicycle ownership was by 14.6% of farmers with Ox plough being
owned by a paltry 0.5% of respondents. Wheelbarrow was owned by 35.3% of respondents.

Even though these results may imply that the majority of respondents have basic assets of the
household, ownership of productive assets such as the ox-plough and the tractor is rather low
compared to other basic productive assets such as the hand hoe and the machete. These
findings can also be interpreted in terms of the small sizes of land owned in the area that does
not make it economically feasible to use mechanisation such as the tractor. The physical
terrain of the area (its generally hilly) could be the other limiting factor of using machinery in
farm production. Table 4.32 below gives a summary of these findings.
Table 4-33: Ownership of Various Assets
ASSET % owned last Season

Radio 87.9%
Mobile phone 89.4%
Motor vehicle 15.7%
Motor cycle 9.6%
Bicycle 14.6%
Computer 8.1%
Television 50%
Hand Hoes 94.9%
Rakes/Spade 62.1%
Knapsack sprayer 55.5%
Mkokoteni 4,5%
Wheelbarrow 35.3%
Panga/Machete 97%
OX-cart 1%
Donkey 5.6%
Ox plough 0.5%
Tractor 4.5%
Pick up 4.1%
4.1.13 Existing Farmer„s Organizations
Farmer organizations are important avenues for marketing farmers agricultural produce, for
dissemination of new technologies and information, help farmers to access credit for buying
agricultural inputs and generally offer social solidarity among individuals in the community.
Usually, irrigation cooperatives have a broader mandate that goes beyond management of
water for irrigation; they engage in commercial transactions including providing services such
as credit and marketing to their members.
During the survey, respondents were asked to state the number of self-help and cooperative
society they belong to, who in the household was involved with these self-help groups and the
cooperatives, position of leadership held, how the groups and cooperatives were started, their
main functions, Number of years with these groups and Cooperatives and whether some fees
were paid to these group and cooperatives and the average amount that was paid one season
prior to the survey.
Table 4.34 below presents information on the average number of self-help groups and
cooperatives that respondents belong to, household members who were involved in these
groups and cooperatives, and leadership position held. The maximum number of self-help
groups that members belonged to were 5 groups while for cooperatives the maximum number
were 3 cooperatives. With regard to household members involved, more husbands (56%) are
involved in cooperative societies compared to the self-help group (20%).The number of wives
involved in self-help groups account for 67% of respondents compared to 28% in the
cooperatives. Relatives are less involved in both self-help groups and in the cooperatives and
account for 5% and 4% of those interviewed respectively. Most of the respondents are mere
members both in the self-help groups (66%) and in the cooperative societies (99%).

Table 4-34: Self Help Groups, Cooperatives, HHD Members and Position Held
Valid Valid
Percentage percentage
Number of self-help Groups Number of cooperatives belonged to
Minimum Maximum Mean Minimum Maximum Mean
0 5
7.1 0.39 0 3
14.8% 0.82
Who was involved in self Help Group Who was involved81.5%
in Cooperative
Husband 20% Husband 56%
Wife 67% Wife 28%
Relatives 5% Relatives 4%
Both Husband and Wife 8% Both Husband and Wife 12%
Total 100% Total 100%
Position held in self Help Group Position Held in Cooperative
Chairman 12% Chairman 1%
Secretary 3% Secretary 0%
Treasurer 19% Treasurer 0%
Member 66% Member 99%
With regard to how the groups were formed, 81% of self-help groups were started by farmers
themselves while private firms helped to create 14% of the self-help groups with the other 3%
and 2% having been started as church projects and by NGOs respectively. Most cooperatives
(73.6%) were started by farmers themselves with the Government helping to create 21% of
them.
Private firms, NGOs, the church and other organizations had a minimal role in cooperative
creation having accounting for 2.6% of respondents respectively. The main functions of
cooperative societies are support of farmers to access agricultural inputs (48%), agricultural
produce marketing (23%) and availing savings and credit services as reported by 29% of
respondents.
For the self-help groups, their main functions is support to farmers with agricultural inputs
(40%), avail saving and credit avenues (33%), welfare assistance (12%), commerce (8%) and
participation in livestock business as reported by 7% of farmers. Table 13.2 below gives a
summary of these findings.

Table 4-35: Existing Self Help Group and Co-operatives details
Valid
Valid Percentage
percentage
How the self-help Group began How Cooperative was formed
Started by farmers alone 81% started by farmers 73.6%
Started as Church Project 3% Started
alone as church 2.6%
Started by NGOs 2% Started
project as GOK project 21%
Started by Private firm 14% Started by private Firm 2.6%
Others 2.6%
Main function of self-help groups Main function of Cooperatives
Agriculture inputs 40% Agriculture Inputs 48%
Savings/Credit 33% Savings/Credit 29%
Livestock Business 7% Agricultural produce 23%
Commerce 8% marketing
Welfare 12%
Number of years with the Self Help Group Number of years with the
Minimum Maximum Mean Minimum
Cooperative Maximum
0 11 3.36 0
Mean 50
Attendance to Group Meeting in the last Season Attendance
10.81 of Coop meeting in the
YES 30% YES
last season 69%
NO 70% NO 31%
Number of Group meetings last Season Number of Cooperative meetings last
Minimum Maximum Mean Minimum
Season Maximum
0 52 7.70 0
Mean 30
Paid Group Membership Fee Last season 4.73
Paid Cooperative Fee last season
YES 36% YES 31.5%
NO 64% NO 68.5%
Fees paid to the group last season Fees paid to Cooperative last season
Minimum Maximum Mean Minimum Maximum Mean
0 120,000 3581.61 0 4,500
539.39
4.1.14 Gender Issues
The term gender refers to the socially and culturally constructed difference between men and
women. Gender concerns the socially constructed roles and the resulting relationships
between women and men, girls and boys etc in terms of their rights, obligations and
opportunities in a specified group.
The relevance of gender concerns in irrigated agriculture emanates from the fact that in many
socio-economic settings, gender has been observed to constrain increased productivity.
Although resource endowment and other social factors may have a greater influence on
agricultural production than gender, it is also true that within a given social and economic
group, gender roles dictate the response to change and can therefore reinforce the constraints
on women and men.
During the survey, gender issues were analyzed in terms of decision making, i.e. percentage
of female headed households, roles played by different household members, resource control
in terms of who in the household is most responsible for making decisions on quantity of farm
produce that is marketed and how to use the money, household labour contribution by men,
women and children, whether there is difference in wage rate between men and women for
the same nature of work and their participation in farmer organizations.

50% of those surveyed were male while the remaining 50% were female. These results show
that both men and women are key stakeholders in decision making in the area, and as such
there is need to incorporate their views as much as possible in all the stages of the proposed
project. These findings are summarized in figure 4.41 below.
Figure 4-41: Gender of Respondents
In terms of household member‟s participation in domestic roles which is an indicator of the

time available to engage in other economically productive activities, results of the survey as
presented in Table 4.34 below show that the responsibility of fetching water lies mostly with
women. 51% and 29% of respondents cited adult and young women respectively as being
responsible for fetching water. Children‟s role is fetching water account for 20% of
respondents while adult and young men contribute 14% and 17% respectively. This skewed
role of women in fulfilling basic household requirements denies them time to participate in
other economically productive activities.
Table 4-36: Responsibility of Fetching Water
Who is Responsible % % Total

Children YES
20 NO
80 100%
Young women 29 71 100%
Adult women 51 49 100%
Young men 17 83 100%
Adult men 14 86 100%
With regard to household labour ranked according to their contribution and as shown in figure
4.42 below, Children contribution to household labour was rated as highly used by 7% of
respondents, 8% rated it as moderate, 34% stated that it is least used while 51% of those
interviewed stated that they don‟t use it.
Figure 4-42: Children contribution to HH Labour

As portrayed in figure 4.43 below, Men contribution to household labour was rated as highly
used by 57% of farmers, 35% rated this labour as moderately used, 4% of respondents stated
that it is least used with another 4% stating that they don‟t use it.
Figure 4-43: Men Contribution to HH Labor
Women contribution to household labour was also investigated during the survey. 37.4% of
respondents rated this labour as highly used, 45.5% rated women labour as moderately used,
3.5% stated that it is least used and 8.6% stated that they don‟t rely on women labour. Figure
4.44 below presents a graphical presentation of these findings.
Figure 4-44: Women Contribution to HH Labor
To test whether there are differences in wage rate between men and women for the same
work done, the survey questionnaire asked deliberate questions on respondent‟s knowledge of
such differences. 10% of respondents stated that such differences exist to the disadvantage of
women.
Clearly, this is an area that will require the necessary attention during project implementation
because irrigated agriculture is labour intensive and discrimination in terms of wages might
demotivate women whom the results of this survey has shown that they contribute the bulk of
household labour.
Figure 4.45 below show these results in pictorial format.

Figure 4-45: Differences in wage rates
In terms of household members involvement in farmer organizations, more husbands (56%)

are involved in cooperative societies compared to the self- help group (20%). The number of
wives involved in self-help groups on the other hand account for 67% of respondents
compared to 28% in the cooperatives. Given that cooperatives are more formalized, deal with
more money than self-help groups and influence major decisions, men more than women
have an upper hand in control of cooperatives societies and by extension the resources under
them.
These results are as presented in the pie chart shown in figure 4.46 and figure 4.47 below.
Figure 4-46: Member of HH involved with Self-help group
Figure 4-47: Member of HH involved with co-operative

Figure 4-48: Decision of quantity of crop to be sold
With regard to household decision making on how the money from farm produce is utilized,
and as results presented in figure 4.49 below shows, 38% of respondents stated that these
decisions are made by husbands, 20% of decisions are made by wives alone while 42% of
decisions are made by both husband and wife. Again these results show that men more than
women are making decisions on how the money from sale of farm produces should be utilized.
Figure 4-49: Decision on use of money for crop
Clearly, the information generated from gender analysis is useful in aiding planning of the
proposed development interventions and hence proper targeting with respect to allocation of
responsibilities and distribution of benefits.
4.1.15 Attitudes to Change
To test farmers attitude to change, the survey questionnaire asked deliberate questions on
respondent‟s awareness of the proposed Keben/Lessos Dam and irrigation development
project, how they received the information about the project, whether they would support the
project, willingness to cede land if the proposed irrigation pipeline passed through their plots of
land, their opinion on how the project should be financed and their willingness to contribute
towards the project cost and if not, the reason behind the unwillingness to contribute. The
anticipated benefits from the project and potential problems that are likely to be occasioned by
project implementation were also investigated.
Table 4.37 below shows summarized results of the survey findings. 80% of respondents were
aware of the proposed project while 20% were not aware. Given that the community
mobilization process had not been completed, this is a very encouraging finding and may as
well point to the fact that the local community is really excited and eager to have the project
implemented in their area as soon as is possible.
Indeed, when asked about their source of information, 32.9% of the respondents stated that
they received information from either their friends or their relatives while 59.6% received
information through village meetings (Baraza) and 4% got the information through the local
authority personnel. 2.5% of respondents received information about the project through the
extension service providers. Only 0.5% of respondents stated that they received information
through the media.

These results attest to the importance of informal sources of communication among

community members in the area. Equally important to note is the high number (93%) of
respondents who expressed the need to have the project in the area. This is a good indicator
of project ownership, support and sustainability.
Table 4-37: Project Awareness, Information Source and Project Support
Valid Percentage
Project Awareness
YES 80%
NO 20%
Total 100%
Source of Information on the Project
Extension service 2.5%
Village Baraza 59.6%
Friends/Relatives 32.9%
Media 0.5%
Local authority 4%
Total 100%
Support of the Project
YES 93%
NO 7%
Total 100%
With regard to respondent‟s willingness to cede land if the irrigation pipeline passes through
their plots of land and the reason that may make them unwilling to cede land, 92% of
respondents are willing to cede their land while only 8% are not willing. A follow up question
on those unwilling to cede land revealed very pertinent reasons. 90% of those unwilling to
cede their land stated that they have nowhere else to settle while the remaining 10% stated
that they own no other land. These are pertinent issues that will require to be explained to
members of this community during the community mobilization phase of the project.
What is significant from the survey findings is the fact that farmers acknowledge that they have
a stake in project financing. Even though 59% of respondents stated that the government of
Kenya should finance the project, 4% of respondents were of the view that farmers alone
should meet the cost of the project with a similar percentage stating that farmers assisted by
the government should oversee the funding of the project. 5% of respondents would like the
project financed by farmers, the government and the donor community. Only 5% of
respondents would like donors alone to finance the project while 1% of respondents stated
that they do not know who should fund the project. These findings are as summarized in the
table 4.38 and presented in pictorial format in figure 4.50.

Table 4-38: Willingness to Cede Land, Reason Against and Project Finance
Valid Percentage
Willingness to cede land for irrigation pipeline
YES 92%
NO 8%
Total 100%
Reason against
Has nowhere else to settle 90%
Owns no other land 10%
Total 100%
How to Finance the project
By Donors 5%
Farmers 4%
By GoK 59%
Donors and GoK 22%
Farmers and GoK 4%
Donors/GoK/Farmers 5%
Do not Know 1%
Total 100%
Figure 4-50: Opinions on financing
Willingness to contribute towards the project is also quite remarkable.85% of respondents are
willing to contribute towards the project cost. Only 15% of farmers are not willing to contribute
towards the project but cited genuine reasons such as lack of money (83%) and the fact that it
is the government‟s responsibility to fund such projects as reported by 17% of those surveyed.
On how they should contribute towards project cost, 26.3% stated that they are willing to give
cash, 51.5% stated that they were willing to contribute in kind through supply of locally
available materials and their own labour while those willing to contribute both in cash and kind
accounted for 22.2% of respondents.
Table 4-39: Contribution towards Project Cost and Reason Against.

Valid Percentage
Willingness to contribute to the project
YES 85%
No 15%
Total 100%
In cash 26.3%
In kind 51.5%
Both 22.2%
Total 100%
If no, WHY
Have no money 83%
It is Governments responsibility 17%
Total 100

Farmers are also expecting to realize some benefits from the proposed project. These benefits
include improved lifestyle/reduced poverty/economic development that was cited by 24% of
respondents, improved sources of income (14%), improved farm produce (12%), food security
(18%), availability of reliable water (14%), creation of employment (8%),water for domestic
use (3%), time will be saved to undertake other economic activities (3%), there will be
improved sanitation and the that there is possibility of keeping livestock among farmers who
are not doing so as cited by 2 % of those surveyed. Figure 4.51 below shows the various
anticipated benefits from the project.
Figure 4-51: Anticipated benefits
The anticipated benefits notwithstanding, farmers are also aware that the proposed project is
likely to pose some challenges. These problems include increase in water borne diseases,
poor maintenance of the irrigation infrastructure, high cost of project implementation, the
likelihood of people being displaced from their current farmlands, poor management of the
project after implementation, insecurity issues due to many immigrants into the area,
inadequate water for domestic and livestock use, breakages of the distribution pipes, lack of
cooperation from the end users, corruption among the management team and flooding among
other challenges. Figure 4.52 below shows the various anticipated problems from the project.
Figure 4-52: Anticipated Problems with the project
From the results of the survey and observations made during the field exercise, the consultant
is convinced that farmer‟s attitude to change within Keben/Lessos area is very positive. The
support of local leadership in terms of mobilization towards realization of various project
components thus far has been excellent. Furthermore, the youthful nature of population (82%
of respondents is below 60 years) will enhance their receptivity to the introduction of new
technologies such as the proposed Dam and irrigation project.

4.1.16 Environmental Aspects
Environment is one of the most important resources of a country. Maintaining and

understanding the environment one lives in is important both in terms of individual health as
well as the wellbeing of society as a whole. Without sound environmental management,
development activities in key sectors such as agriculture, industry, infrastructure, commerce,
and energy can lead to significant environmental degradation that can undermine economic
growth.
This section presents data on farmers perceived environmental problems within Keben/Lessos
project area, how farmers dispose their rubbish, likely environmental challenges as result of
implementing the proposed project, sanitation challenges and their mitigation measures,
common tree species and their use, notable sensitive habitats, main sources of information on
environmental issues and what they suggest can be done to mitigate these problems.
Figure 4.53 presents information on major environmental problems. Soil erosion (28%),
climate change (26%) and reduction in agricultural production stated by 19% of respondents
are some of the major environmental problems experienced within the project area. Other
problems though on lesser percentage are loss of soil erosion fertility (9%); invasive species
that was reported by 7% of respondents, famine and drought (5%) and flooding that was
reported by 6% of respondents.
Figure 4-53: Anticipated Problems with the project
Figure 4.54 shows the main mode of solid waste disposal adopted by households within the
project area. The most common mode of solid waste disposal is throwing waste in household
compost pit, which 58% of households use. The second most widely used mode is burning
used by 36% of households. The other method of disposing solid waste includes throwing it
into the open land that is practiced by 6% of respondents.
Figure 4-54: Main mode of solid waste disposal

Figure 4.55 below shows a summary of major sources of information on environmental

matters within the area. The major medium of receiving information on environmental matters
is the radio which was reported by 80.6% of respondents. Meeting and trainings accounted for
14.5% of information source. 4.8% of respondents do not know any source of information on
environmental matters.
Figure 4-55: Source of information on Environmental issues
With regard to what should be done to mitigate environmental problems, a number of

measures were suggested. 16.2% of respondents thought that re-forestation is the best
solution while 59.6% of those interviewed cited public education as a mitigating factor. Control
of soil erosion as mitigating measure was suggested by 10.6% of farmers. Other measures to
address environmental problems include heavy penalty on polluters (1.5%) and terracing
(1%). Further, 2 % of respondents were of the view that it is only the Act of God that can
resolve the environmental problems in the area while 1% stated that nothing can be done.
Interestingly, 7.1% of respondents do not know what to do. These findings are as summarized
in figure 4.56 below.
Figure 4-56: Mitigation measures for Environmental issues
With regard to sanitation challenges that affect the people of within Keben/lessos project area
several problems were highlighted. Lack of water and garbage disposal area is the main
challenge reported by 24% of respondents. Unclear water (20%), shortage of water as a
challenge on its own (15%),lack of proper hand washing equipment (13%), pest and diseases
(4%), stagnant water (4%), overflow of pit latrines (3%) and collapsing well and latrines are
stated by 1% of the respondents are the other sanitation challenges in the area. Figure 4.57
below gives a summary of these findings.

Figure 4-57: Sanitation Challenges
On what should be done to address sanitation challenges experienced in the area, several
mitigating measures were suggested by those interviewed. Public awareness and use of the
mass media was suggested by 28% of respondents respectively.16% of respondents sated
that sanitation improvement should be done by availing tapped water to the households while
provision of proper water and garbage disposal was cited by 12% of respondents. Other
measures to address sanitation challenges as stated by 4% of respondents respectively were
the use of public posters and through vaccination. Figure 4.58 below shows a summary of
these findings.
Figure 4-58: Sanitation improvements
The most common tree species within the project area are Cyprus that reported by 50% of
respondents while Blue gum account for 24% of tree species. Other tree species include
acacia (5%), gravellia (8%), avocado (5%) and Nandi frame (3%) among others. These
findings are as summarized in figure 4.59 below.
Figure 4-59: Common tree Species

With regard to the uses of these trees, the most common uses are for fetching firewood, for
fruit/food, sale of timber for ornamental value and for medicinal value. These findings are as
summarized in figure 4.60 below.
Figure 4-60: Uses of tree Species
Notable sensitive habitats within the project include forests (58%), wetlands (13%), cultural
sites (11%), sloppy lands (9%) and dams (6%) among other sites. During the detail design
stage, these sites will require further investigations to specifically identify their actual location
and their potential impact on project implementation. These findings are summarized in the
figure 4.61 below.
Figure 4-61: Notable Sensitive habitants
4.1.17 Food Security
Good nutrition is the cornerstone of survival, health and development. Well-nourished children
perform better in school, grow into healthy adults and eventually give their children a good
start in life. Well-nourished women face fewer risks during pregnancy and childbirth, and their
children set off on firmer development paths, both physically and mentally.
During the survey, respondents were asked whether they themselves or any member of their
households were able to eat all the three meals in a day, whether they missed any meal due
to inadequate food and whether some famine relief food was received as a result of food
shortages and if so the source of the food aid. Respondents were also asked to state whether
the food items they require are available in the local market and whether they can afford to
buy food from their local markets.

Finally those interviewed were asked to state the time taken to feed their households with their
own harvest. Table 4.40 below presents results of the type of meals consumed in the past one
month prior to the survey. 99.5% of respondents stated that their household members
consumed three meals in a day within the past one month prior to the survey. Even though
these findings portray a relatively food secure community, 0.5% of the residents reported that
some of their members consumed supper only.
Asked whether those who missed some meals due to inadequate food, 8% of respondents
said they missed meals due to inadequate food compared to 92% of respondents who had no
cases of inadequate food.
On whether those without regular food supply received relief food, results of the survey show
that the use of relief food is not common among those interviewed as only 3% of respondents
reported to have received food relief at one time or another with the government of Kenya
(100%) being the main suppliers of relief food. The issue of relief food notwithstanding, it is
important to note that 91% of the respondents reported that the food item they require is
available in the local markets and that 89% of those interviewed stated that they can afford the
available food in the local market.
Table 4-40: Monthly and Weekly HHD Food Consumption Patterns, Relief Food and
Source
Valid Percentage
Meals consumed by HHD members
Supper only 0.5%
All three meals 99.5%
Total 100%
HHD members who Missed meal due to inadequate food
YES 8%
NO 92%
Total 100%
HHD Members who Received food aid
YES 3%
NO 97%
Total 100%
Source of relief food
GOK 75% 100%
Total 100%
Available of food in the local market
Available 91%
Scarcely available 8%
Not available 1%
Total 100%
Can afford food in the Market
YES 89%
NO 11%
Total 100%
Food being a basic need, the amount of household expenditure that is apportioned to
purchase food is an indicator of the wealth status of a household and when this share has
decreased, there is strong suggestion of a clear improvement in household wellbeing.
During the survey, respondents were asked to state time taken to feed their households with
food from their own harvest. As survey results summarised in table 4.41 below shows, majority
of farmers (70.8%) in the Keben/Lessos area are able to feed their families with food of own
production up to the next season, 25% of them are able to do so for 3 months and those who
had not harvested any crop accounted for 2% of respondents.

Table 4-41: Time Taken To Feed HHD Members with Own Food
Time taken to feed HHD with own produce Valid %

2 weeks 0.54%
One month 0.54%
2 months 0.54%
3 months 25.2%
Up to next season 70.8%
Did not harvest any crop 2.1%
Total 100%
Figure 4-62: Time taken to feed HH with Harvest
4.2 Domestic Water Supply Area Socio-Economic Conditions
This section of the report provides a brief overview of the socio-economic characteristics for
Keben/Lessos target domestic water supply area residents based on data gathered through
baseline survey, field survey, general observations and consultations with the residents, local
leaders and government officers. A detailed analysis is presented in Annex IV, in Volume II of
this Report.
The purpose of the study was to conduct a socio-economic baseline survey of the domestic
water supply project area so as to gather baseline data that will be used to evaluate the
viability of the project and if the project is implemented, to monitor and evaluate the impact of
the proposed intervention among the resident community.
4.2.1 Methodology
(a) Survey Area
Keben dam water supply project will cover Koilot, Sochoi, O‟Lessos, Kibabet, Chepkunyuk,
Tartar, Lelwak and Siwo locations within Nandi County. The project will also supply water to
Kapsabet and Nandi Hills Towns. The water supply project targets all the sub locations in all
the 8 rural locations and the 2 towns.
The first 3 locations; Koilot, Sochoi and O‟Lessos are set to benefit from both water supply
and irrigation while the other 5 locations; Kibabet, Chepkunyuk, Tartar, Lelwak and Siwo
locations have only been considered for domestic water supply.

(b) Sampling procedure
A comprehensive list of all households including the number of their population was obtained
by the consultant from the 2009 population and Housing census volume 1A (Population
distribution by administrative units). Considering all 8 locations the sample size was 5.5% of
the total number of households from each sub-location. In total, 892 households were
interviewed.
(c) Sample Coverage
According to the 2009 population census, the domestic component of the project targets about
60,049 persons spread out in 141 square kilometers. Assuming a 3.8% growth rate, the
population of the project area currently stands at 72,359 persons. Table 4-42 below gives
summarized information with regard to population density in the 8 locations targeted for water
supply from the dam alongside Kapsabet and Nandi Hills towns.
Table 4-42: Population information for Keben Water supply project area
Location Population(2009) Area (Sq. km) Population Density

Koilot 10,715 41.2 260
Sochoi 4,127 16.2 255
O‟Lessos 4,554 10.5 433
Kibabet 3,166 8.5 372
Chepkunyuk 5,686 12.5 454
Lelwak 3,598 12.6 286
Siwo 3,450 8.4 412
Tartar 5,148 16.7 309
Nandi Hills 6,377 5.9 1,085
Kapsabet Township 13,228 8.5 1,558
Total 60,049 141
According to the table above, Kapsabet town has the highest population density with 1558
persons per square kilometre while Sochoi has the least at 255 persons followed closely by
Koilot at 260 persons per square kilometre.
Table 4-43 and 4-44 gives summarized information with regard to number of households and
the sample size selected to represent each sub location within the 8 locations and within
Kapsabet and Nandi Hills towns.
Table 4-43: HHDs information for Irrigation Water supply Socio-Economic survey
Location Sub location HHDs(2009) Sample size
Koilot 424 21
Keben 577 29
Koilot Cheptuingeny 519 26
Sigirai 494 25
Chepngtuny 204 10
Sochoi 437 22
Sochoi
Lolduga 370 19
O‟lessos 439 22
O‟Lessos Mogoon 301 15
Kapkorio 271 14
Total 10 4036 203
For the first three locations the detailed analysis is provided in section 4.1.

Table 4-44: HHDs information for Domestic Water supply Socio-Economic survey
Location Sub location HHDs(2009) Sample size
Kibabet 133 7
Kibabet Kipkoror 383 19
Kibiok 96 5
Chepkunyuk 678 34
Kipsergech 111 6
Chepkunyuk
Kapchuryai 295 15
Ndoroto 133 7
Tartar 556 28
Tartar
Kapkorio 882 44
Lelwak 407 20
Lelwak Tigityo 146 7
Oldoldol 185 9
Siwo 134 7
Siwo Choimim 244 12
Chebilat 258 13
Township 3688 184
Kapsabet
Kapngetuny 1942 97
Kapngetuny 1374 69
Nandi Hills Tururo 107 5
Kipsamoo 349 17
Total 20 12,101 605
4.2.2 Brief Findings of the Survey
Table 4-45: Brief summary for Domestic Water supply Socio-Economic survey
 Male=53%
Sex of Respondents
 Female=47%
 Single=23%
Marital Status  Married=71%
 Widow/Widower=5%
 Divorced=1%
 Below 20=3%
 21-29= 32%
 30-39= 28%
Age
 40-49= 19%
 50-59=9%
 60+=9%
 None=3.6%
 Adult Education= 2%
 Some primary= 16.3%
 Completed primary= 20%
Education Attainment
 Some secondary=13.4%
 Completed secondary= 23.5%
 Some University= 4.5%
 Completed University= 9.4%
 Vocational=7.3%

 Temporary Employment= 11%

 Farming= 41%
 Remittances= 1%
 Sale of Livestock= 1%
 Sale of livestock products=3%
Sources of Income
 Business= 22%
 Permanent Employment=17%
 Charcoal burning= 1%
 Sale of previous season produce= 2%
 Loan=1%
Roof Type
 Corrugated iron sheet=94.3%
 Thatch=3.3%
 Tiles/Asbestos=1.7%
Wall Type
 Mud=44%
 Wooden=6%
 Stone= 21%
Housing type  Fired bricks=24%
 Iron sheet=2%
 Unburnt bricks=3%
Floor Type
 Cemented =60%
 Wooden=1%
 Earthen=27%
 Hardened dung=10%
 Tiles=2%
Energy for Cooking
 Firewood=69%,
 Charcoal=18%,
 LPG=9%
 Electricity=2%
 Keresone=2%
Energy for Lighting
 Kerosene=38%,
 Solar=15.8%,
Energy type
 Electricity=44.6%
 Pressure lamp=0.1%
 Candle=0.3%
 Torch=0.6%
Energy for Sound
 Electricity=45.1%,
 Solar=7.4%,
 Battery=13.1%,
 Dry cell=30%
 None= 1%
 Open pit no wall=4%
Toilet facility  Pit latrine with wall=58%
 pit latrine with raised slap= 13%,
 VIP =15%.
 Flush=6%

 Yes=36%
Hand Wash facility  No= 64%

 Public tap= 7.1%

 Tap inside the house=4.5%
 Protected well=25.3%
Sources of water for
 Unprotected well=6.1%
Drinking
 Stream/River=3%
 Borehole=16.7%
 Spring=9.1%
Water treatment
 Boil =9%
methods
 Add chlorine=46%
 No treatment=38%
 Malaria=50%
 Cholera=1.8%
Common diseases  Accident patient=2%
 Common cold=33%
 Typhoid=5%
 Chest pain=1.2%
 Government Hospital=69%
 Private hospital=8%
Health facilities
 public clinic=19%
 Private clinic=3%
 Church facility=1%
 Payment for consumed water
 Yes=37%
 No=63%
Willingness to change  Willing to pay for current water supply
existing water supply  Yes=61%
source  No=39%
 Want to change current water supply
 YES=87%
 No=13%
 Tap inside house=66.6%
 Public tap=25%
 Protected well=3.5%
Preffered water source
 Borehole=2.5%
 Protected spring=1%
Willingness to pay for
 YES=94%
improved water
 NO=6%
services

 Project awareness
 Yes=44%
Project awareness  No=56%
and support  Project support
 YES=98%
 NO=2%

Preferred Means of  In cash=20.5%

contributing to the  In kind=42.9%
project cost  Both=36.6%

5 HYDROLOGY AND WATER RESOURCES STUDY
5.1 Introduction
The proposed Keben dam will be constructed on Mogobich River, within Kimondi river sub
basin in the upper Yala River catchment. This hydrological study of the dam sites, seeks to
evaluate the water availability to fill the proposed dam development project and to provide
adequate water for the proposed irrigation project and domestic water supply to Kapsabet and
Nandi hills towns. Summaries of the Hydrology Study findings are presented in subsequent
sections while details are presented in Hydrology Report Annex II, Volume II of this Report.
The Mogobich River originates from North Tinderet Forest as three spring eyes and flows from
south-east to north-west. It joins Ngeju stream, then Cheplelachbei to form Kibiok which then
drains into the larger Mokong River which subsequently flows, into the Kimondi River, which in
turn drains into Yala River.
The Keben dam and irrigation scheme falls within the area drained by the Kimondi River and
its tributaries has a catchment area of about 250km2, see table 5-1.
Table 5-1: Upper Yala Basin details
Name of River River Sub - Basins Catchment area (Km2) Length ( km)
Mogobich 1FD 250 20
Mokong 1FD 230 25
Kibabet 1FD 389 10
Kimondi 1FB 378 34
Kimondi 1FC 272 25
The largest single drainage system in the project area is formed by the Kimondi River and its
tributaries from upstream to downstream. The River Kimondi catchment can be divided into six
sub-catchments as follows, the River Mogobich, Cheplelachbei, Kibiok, Mokong, Kibabet and
Kimondi Sub – Catchments. See the Yala Basin map figure 5.1.
5.1.1 Characteristics of the Kimondi river basin
The primary watershed characteristics governing stream flow can be divided into four
categories:
i. Precipitation characteristics and basin area;
ii. Characteristics that affect hydrologic abstractions and runoff volumes such as
land use and vegetation (land cover), soils, and antecedent moisture
conditions;
iii. Topographic characteristics that affect runoff response time, such as
watershed shape, drainage pattern, watershed slope, and stream channel
slope and;
iv. Characteristics that affect the subsurface base flow, such as soils, soil
moisture, vegetation, channel bed materials, stream channel length, geology
and groundwater table.
These characteristics affect different aspects of stream flow hydrograph and therefore need to
mention briefly in the study. The characteristics of the Mogobich river sub- basin are as
follows:
(a) Location
The proposed Keben dam is located along Mogobich River, in Nandi East Sub County in
Nandi County.

1FB
1FC
KIMONDI RIVER
1FA
CHEPLRLA
CHBEI
RIVER
MO
RIV GOBI
RIVER MOKONG RIVE ER CH
YALA 1FE GA
RA
G
R
KIB
OL
IR AB
ET
1FD
IVE RIV
R E R
EDZAWA RIVER
YALA ZAABA RIVER

R IVER 1FF KEBEN DAM
1FG
RIVER
YALA
LAKE
VICTORIA
RIVER/STREAM
FD SUB-BASIN
LAKE VICTORIA
KEBEN
DAM
YALA RIVER BASIN

DEVELOPMENT PROJECT
FIGURE 5-1 O
(b) Topography and size
The topography and size of the watershed influences how much and how quickly rain water
reaches the river, steep sloped basins are often associated with quick response to rainfall
events in terms of flashy runoff, while a flat basin will not.
The Mogobich sub-basin is part of the larger Uasin Gishu plateau which is flat to gently
undulating. The general slopes on the flat crests ranges from 0-2% but increases on the valley
sides where it may rise to 15% in some areas.
The topography is generally flat with shallow and wide river valleys and depressions, generally
undulating with wide river channels that drain gently into the lower flat land. The maximum
catchment altitude is at around 2,480 m while the dam site is at 2,350 m a.s.l. The topography
has a direct influence on surface runoff for the Keben dam.
(c) Vegetation and Land Cover
Vegetation affects the hydrologic abstractions and runoff volumes through canopy
interception, evaporation and evapotranspiration dynamics.The vegetation in the Mogobich
sub-basin varies from the source areas to downstream as follows: highlands are covered by
heavily forested, comprising of woodlands, bush land and scrubland. However, human
activities have significantly reduced the land under this type of vegetation with only small
pockets remaining in the lowlands.
(d) Agro ecological and Land use
Land use and land cover affects the runoff characteristic of the basin, the land treatment
practices, affect infiltration processes and therefore affects groundwater. The modification of
land surface by the various land uses have varying effects on the runoff characteristics of a
given drainage area, as it affects the hydrologic abstractions and runoff volumes.
5.1.2 Rainfall variation with altitude in the project Area
Climate is often considered the driving factor for stream flow, and it is spatially and seasonally
variable in the Mogobich sub-basin in the Kimondi River basin, within the Yala River drainage
basin. The climate of the project area is heavily influenced by its geographical location and
altitude. It varies with altitude from upstream to downstream as follows:
Rainfall upstream areas: The mean annual rainfall is 1,898 mm, at Tinderet tea estate
station at an altitude of 2,072 m a.s.l.
Rainfall downstream: The mean annual rainfall is 1,557 mm, at Kapsabet District office
station at an altitude of 1,998 m a.s.l. The rainfall is bimodal, long rains in March-May and
short rains in August-September, see table 5-2.

Table 5-2: Rainfall distribution in the project area
No. and altitude 8935018 and 1998m 9035263 and 2072m

Name of Station Kapsabet, SC. Office Tinderet Tea Estate
January 50 89
February 70 89
March 118 140
April 194 276
March 208 249
June 160 146
July 106 177
August 205 202
September 151 154
October 96 146
November 82 134
December 57 96
Annual. Rainfall. mm 1497 1898
The rainfall is bimodal, long rains in March-May and short rains in August-September, see
table 5-2, May is the wettest month in the long rains period and September is the wettest
month in the short rains period.
Temperatures: The temperatures at Kapsabet SC office see table 5-3
Table 5-3: Temperatures in the project area
Month Mean max. Mean temp. Mean min. Abs. min.

January 25.5 18.1 10.7 3.9
February 25.7 18.3 10.8 5
March 25.9 18.6 11.3 5.6
April 26.1 18.8 11.5 6.1
March 23.4 17.1 10.8 5.6
June 22.8 16.7 10.5 5.6
July 22 16.2 10.4 3.9
August 22.1 16.1 10.1 4.4
September 22.2 16.1 10 4.4
October 24.4 17.5 10.6 5.6
November 25.4 18.1 10.8 5
December 24.3 17.5 10.6 5
5.1.3 Geology and Hydro-geology:
The geology of the project area is characterized by mainly 3 m layer of top soil with
moderately weathered rock (gneisses) to 20 meters deep where slightly similar weathered
rock is encountered. This shows a good foundation condition to take the dam wall structure
and, the project area is said to have good groundwater potential. More details are provided in
dam studies in the next chapter.

5.1.4 Soils
The soil type is one of the factors that affect surface runoff in a watershed. Altitude,
topography, climate, anthropogenic and the geology discussed above have resulted to various
soils types of the project area. The type of soil affects the hydrologic abstractions, runoff
volumes and subsurface base flow of a catchment. Soils of low Permeability have low flow
potential, than highly permeable soils which tend to allow more infiltration and greater
groundwater contribution to the base flow of the stream.
(a) Hydrologic Soil Groups
The hydrologic soil groups of a development area are pertinent to best management practice
design for BMP. The predominant soil group will control the effectiveness of infiltration facilities
or the suitability of an area for impounding water.
Group A is sand, loamy sand or sandy loam types of soils. It has low runoff potential and high
infiltration rates even when thoroughly wetted. They consist chiefly of deep, well to excessively
drained sands or gravels and have a high rate of water transmission.
Group B is silt loam or loam. It has a moderate infiltration rate when thoroughly wetted and
consists chiefly or moderately deep to deep, moderately well to well drained soils with
moderately fine to moderately coarse textures, the soils of project area belongs this group.
Group C soils are sandy clay loam. They have low infiltration rates when thoroughly wetted
and consist chiefly of soils with a layer that impedes downward movement of water and soils
with moderately fine to fine structure.
Group D soils are clay loam, silty clay loam, sandy clay, silty clay or clay. This HSG has the
highest runoff potential. They have very low infiltration rates when thoroughly wetted and
consist chiefly of clay soils with high swelling potential, soils with a permanent high water
table, soils with a claypan or clay layer at or near the surface and shallow soils over nearly
impervious material.
The soils in the project area as described in section 3.8 largely fall in Group D.
(b) Infiltration Rate of the soils in the Project Area
Infiltration is governed by two forces: gravity and capillary action. While smaller pores offer
greater resistance to gravity, very small pores pull water through capillary action in addition to
and even against the force of gravity.
The rate of infiltration is affected by soil characteristics including ease of entry, storage
capacity, and transmission rate through the soil. The soil texture and structure, vegetation
types and cover, water content of the soil, soil temperature, and rainfall intensity all play a role
in controlling infiltration rate and capacity. For example, coarse-grained sandy soils have large
spaces between each grain and allow water to infiltrate quickly. Vegetation creates more
porous soils by both protecting the soil from pounding rainfall, which can close natural gaps
between soil particles, and loosening soil through root action. This is why forested areas have
the highest infiltration rates of any vegetative types.
The top layer of leaf litter that is not decomposed protects the soil from the pounding action of
rain, without this the soil can become far less permeable. In chaparral vegetated areas, the
hydrophobic oils in the succulent leaves can be spread over the soil surface with fire, creating
large areas of hydrophobic soil. Other conditions that can lower infiltration rates or block them
include dry plant litter that resists re-wetting, or frost. If soil is saturated at the time of an
intense freezing period, the soil can become a concrete frost on which almost no infiltration
would occur. Over an entire watershed, there are likely to be gaps in the concrete frost or
hydrophobic soil where water can infiltrate.
Once water has infiltrated the soil it remains in the soil, percolates down to the ground water
table, or becomes part of the subsurface runoff process. The basic Infiltration rates of various
soils are shown in Tables 5-4 and 5-5.

Table 5-4: Basic Infiltration rates for various soils
Soil Type Range of Basic Infiltration Rate (mm/hr)

Sand >30
Sandy Loam 20 to 30
Loam 10 to 20
Clay Loam 5 to 10
Clay 1 to 5
Table 5-5: Generalized Values of run-off factor
Catchment soil types Runoff factors (Kr)

Rocky and impermeable 0.8 to 1.0
Slightly permeable, bare 0.6 to 0.8
Slightly permeable, partly cultivated or covered with 0.4 to 0.6
the vegetation
Cultivated, absorbent soil 0.3 to 0.4
Sandy bare soil 0.2 to 0.3
Heavy forest 0.1 to 0.2
Source: Guidelines for design, construction and rehabilitation of small dams and pans
in Kenya)
5.1.5 Drainage
The Mogobich sub-basin exhibits a dendritic drainage pattern, and the drainage system is
composed of several streams and rivers which flow all year round (perennial) due to high and
reliable rainfall. Major rivers include Kimondi, Kibabet, Kibiok Cheplelachbei Mokong, and
Mogobich.
There also swamps such as Kingwal and waterfalls such as Chepkiit on Kipkaren River and
Tindinyo falls, within the basin. The drainage pattern is in an east to west direction into the
Mogobich River.
5.1.6 Water Source (water body)
The main water source for the proposed Dam and Irrigation Project is Mogobich River which is
perennial, though low flows are experienced during the dry season. Hydrological data has
been collected/generated and analysed with the aim of assessing the availability of water for
irrigation and domestic water supply. Since there is no gauging station on River Mogobich, the
data has been generated and analysed from previous studies of the area as well as nearby
meteorological stations and Kimondi River.
The Mogobich River originates from a high point in the Tinderet forest at 2480 m altitude, and
joins the Cheplelachbei River at the confluence at 1980 m above sea level. It has a length of
approximately 20 kilometers from the source to the confluence with Cheplelachbei along the
main stream.
5.1.7 Rainfall data Analysis
The purpose of rainfall data collection portion of the hydrological study of the project; was to
collect all the available data for the parameters that significantly affect stream flows in the
basin. Historical rainfall conditions are the best guide to future stream flow conditions in the
basin. Because historical data will form the primary basis for predicting future stream flows in
the basin, the rainfall data collection effort was one of the most important steps in completing
the hydrological analysis for the Keben dam project.
To achieve this, data on all seven climatic parameters (rainfall, evaporation, humidity,
temperature, sun shine hours, wind, radiation,) were collected. The collected data was then
organized, processed and analyzed.

(a) Rainfall data source
The climatological evaluation was based on two meteorological stations, namely Tinderet tea
estate station No.9035263 and Kapsabet District office station No. 8935018 for the dam
hydrology. These stations are in representative sites within the catchment, and the data was
obtained from the Kenya Meteorological Department, Nairobi, see table 5-6.
Table 5-6: Availability of climatic data
Station name Station number Altitude (m) Type data Period of data
Tinderet tea No.9035263 2072 rainfall available
1990-2013
estate
Kapsabet 8935018 1998 rainfall 1969-1988
District office
Timboroa forest 8935137 2952 rainfall 1990-2010
station
Eldoret met 8935181 2120 evaporation 1993-2013
(i) Infilling of Missing Rainfall Data
The purpose of this task was to use the collected data and reliable data years, to fill in the gap
so as to develop continuous and consistent records of all parameters needed to estimate the
present and future stream flows in the basin. Accurate rainfall analysis requires complete and
consistent rainfall data at all critical points in the basins.
(ii) Quality control of River flow data
The rainfall data were subjected to various quality control checks to identify erroneous data.
The QC methods included:
 Visual examination of raw and plotted data.

 Calculation of the statistical properties (means, running means, max, min, standard
deviation, etc)
(iii) Long term average climatic data
The long term climatic rainfall data for Tinderet tea estate station, table 5-7.
Table 5-7: Long term rainfall data
Month Mean Maximum Min

January 71.96 300.5 4.6
February 57.7 254.3 0
March 124.03 312.1 0
April 224.74 489.4 75.1
March 232.8 487.2 98.4
June 154.43 260.5 53.8
July 149.12 246.9 29.4
August 171.75 304.3 70.4
September 154.32 286.4 10.1
October 149.12 263.4 15.2
November 103.59 452.4 29.6
December 54.62 160.9 0

(b) Areal Rainfall
The rainfall obtained for particular stations relates to point rainfall. For runoff prediction
purposes, the catchment averaged rainfall is required. This will be less than point rainfall; and
it reduces as the catchment area increases. The catchment average rainfall can be
determined from the point rainfall by applying an area reduction factor or multiplier factor. The
Transport and Road Research laboratory (TRRL) gives a reduction factor formula which was
used in this case as follows:
ARF = 1 – 0.044A0.275
A is the catchment area in km2 = 250 km2 for the Mogobich sub-basin
ARF = (the reduction factor or multiplier factor),
ARF = 0.8
As shown in table 5.8, the mean annual rainfall at, Tinderet tea and Kapsabet stations is 1653
mm and 1403 mm respectively. The ARF was applied to estimate the rainfall in the whole
basin including the Keben dam site.
Table 5-8: Mean monthly and annual areal rainfall in the project area
Rainfall (mm)
Month Tinderet tea Kapsabet Sub-
Basin/dam site Basin/dam site
estate County Office
January 72 58 58 46
February 58 46 68 54
March 124 99 97 78
April 224 179 181 153
March 233 186 182 146
June 154 123 157 126
July 149 119 160 128
August 172 138 172 138
September 154 203 118 94
October 149 119 89 71
November 104 83 89 71
December 55 44 39 31
Total 1648 1397 1410 1136
Mean 138 116 117 94
(c) Temporal Distribution of Rainfall
This rainfall analysis is based on actual storms although even design storms can be used.
Storms differ in a number of characteristics which have a significant effect on the hydrological
design. The major characteristics are intensity, duration, volume and frequency which are all
interdependent.
The rainfall distribution in the upstream parts of the catchment is represented by the Tinderet
tea estate station figure 5-2; note the bimodal nature of the distribution, with a single peak in
May and September. In the project area, rainfall distribution also exhibits a bimodal pattern,
long rains in the months of March-May and short rains in August-September. May is the
wettest month during the long rains and September during the short rains period. See figures
5-3 and 5-4.

Figure 5-2: Mean monthly rainfall at Tinderet tea estate
250
200
Rainfall (mm)
150
100
50
0
J F M A M J J A S O N D
Month
Figure 5-3: Mean monthly flow at the Keben dam site
180
160
140
120
Rainfall (mm)
100
80
60
40
20
0
Month
Figure 5-4: Mean monthly rainfall at Kapsabet District office
200
Rainfall ( mm)
150
100
50
0
Month

(d) Areal Probabilistic Rainfall
The rainfall frequency for the project area depends on the season. It is high during the long
rains and low during the short rains season. The rainfall duration also follows the same trend
as the frequency, and all of these influence the availability of water supply. Rainfall and runoff
are correlated as the amount of rainfall affects runoff as indicated by hydrograph trends, but
watershed and channel processes affect the transformation of rainfall to runoff.
(e) Design Rainfall
Design rainfall is defined as the total amount of rain during the cropping season at which or
above which the catchment area will provide sufficient runoff to satisfy the crop water
requirements. If the actual rainfall in the cropping season is below the design rainfall, there will
be moisture stress in the plants; if the actual rainfall exceeds the design rainfall, there will be
surplus runoff which may result in damage to the structures.
The design rainfall is usually assigned to a certain probability of occurrence or exceedance,

see table 5-9. The design rainfall at the dam site, determined by applying the ARF = 0.8, on
the station data.
Table 5-9: Design rainfall (mm)
Probability (%) of Rainfall at Tinderet tea estate

Rainfall at dam site
exceedance station
95 15.20 12.16
90 29.60 23.68
80 60.00 48.00
75 69.32 55.45
50 132.60 106.00
25 194.50 155.60
10 246.00 196.80
5 286.40 229.12
2 380.60 304.48
From table 5-9, the monthly design rainfall (75%) exceedance rainfall is 69.32 mm for Tinderet
tea estate station and 55.45 mm at the dam site.
(f) Probable Maximum Precipitation (PMP) Estimation
The probable maximum precipitation is defined as the greatest or extreme rainfall for a given
duration that is physically possible over a station or basin. From the operational point of view,
PMP can be defined as that rainfall over a basin which would produce a flood flow with
virtually no risk of being exceeded.
There are two approaches for estimating the PMP: The first approach uses the maximization
and transposition of real or model storms which requires a large amount of data, a situation
not obtainable in the Mogobich River sub-catchment. However the PMP for any part of Kenya
can be obtained from PMP Isohyetal map of probable maximum precipitation, Obasi and
Nimira, 1977), and for Mogobich sub-basin, it was estimated to be PMP = 200 mm.

(g) Effective Rainfall
Effective Precipitation (EP) is the amount of precipitation that is actually added and stored in
the soil. During drier periods less than 5mm of daily rainfall would not be considered effective,
as this amount of precipitation would likely evaporate from the surface before soaking into the
ground. Effective precipitation enters the soil and becomes available to the plant. Effective
rainfall (or precipitation) is equal to the difference between total rainfall and actual
evapotranspiration. It considers losses due to runoff, evaporation and deep percolation. The
equation used in the calculation is:
Effective Precipitation (mm) = (RAIN - 5) x 0.75, or (75 % probability rainfall).
Using this equation, the computation of the effective mean monthly and mean annual rainfall
for Tinderet station and its corresponding amount at the dam site based on the Tinderet
station data are shown in table 5-10.
Table 5-10: Effective monthly and annual rainfall in the project area (mm)
Item Tinderet station Keben dam site

Mean monthly rainfall 138 116
Effective monthly rainfall 100 83
Mean annual rainfall 1648 1397
Effective annual rainfall 1232 1044
(h) Excess Rainfall
Excess rainfall is the portion of the rainfall that contributes to direct surface runoff (runoff that
enters the stream during or soon after the storm). The excess rainfall is the difference between
the total rainfall (measured amount) and the rainfall (precipitation losses) due to infiltration and
interception (depression storage and canopy interception), this is the rainfall responsible for
the peak of the runoff hydrograph.
Excess rainfall = total rainfall – rainfall losses.
The excess rainfall computation results are shown the results in table 5-11.
Table 5-11: Excess rainfall in the project area
Station Tinderet tea estate Kapsabet District

Total annual rainfall (mm) 1648 office
1410
Total annual loses(mm) (annual 100 100
evaporation)
Excess rainfall (mm) 1548 1310
Total annual rainfall Dam site (mm) 1397 1136
Excess rainfall at dam site (mm) 1297 1036
From table 5-11, the excess rainfall at the dam site based on the Tinderet station is 1,297 mm,
and 1,036 mm based on Kapsabet station.

5.1.8 Runoff and Annual catchment Yield Analysis
(a) Runoff coefficients
The design of water harvesting schemes requires the knowledge of the quantity of runoff to be
produced by rainstorms in a given catchment area. It is commonly assumed that the quantity
(volume) of runoff is a proportion (percentage) of the rainfall depth.
Runoff [mm] = K x Rainfall depth [mm]
An analysis of the rainfall-runoff relationship and subsequently an assessment of relevant

runoff coefficients should best be based on actual, simultaneous measurements of both
rainfall and runoff in the project area. As explained above, the runoff coefficient from an
individual rainstorm is defined as runoff divided by the corresponding rainfall both expressed
as depth over catchment area (mm):
But for the project area, the runoff coefficient has been estimated from the catchment
characteristics and using standard runoff tables, the catchment for the proposed dam site can
be described as being slightly permeable, heavily forested and k= 0.35, was adopted for the
study and the computed runoff is shown on table 5-12.
Table 5-12: Mean monthly runoff computations
Mean monthly rainfall Mean monthly runoff

Month K = coefficient
(mm) (mm)
January 72 0.35 25.2
February 58 0.35 20.3
March 124 0.35 43.4
April 224 0.35 78.4
March 233 0.35 81.55
June 154 0.35 53.9
July 149 0.35 52.15
August 172 0.35 60.2
September 154 0.35 53.9
October 149 0.35 52.15
November 104 0.35 36.4
December 55 0.35 19.25
Total 576.8
(b) Runoff analysis
The amount of water harvested from the catchment area is a function of the amount of runoff
created by the rainfall on the area. This runoff, for a defined time scale, is calculated by
multiplying a "design" rainfall with a runoff coefficient. As not all runoff can be efficiently
utilized (because of deep percolation losses, etc.) it must be additionally multiplied with an
efficiency factor.
From the catchment topography and land cover evaluation, a runoff coefficient of K = 0.35, is
appropriate for the Mogobich River sub-catchment, and using this, the mean monthly runoff
can be estimated using the design rainfall (75% reliability, K = 0.35. Based on Tinderet tea
estate station, the design rainfall is 69.32 mm and design runoff is 24.262 mm at the dam site.
These values have been adjusted by ARF=08, see table 5-13.

Table 5-13: Design rainfall (mm) (75 %) and runoff at the dam site
Tinderet tea estate station Keben dam site

Rainfall Runoff Rainfall Runoff
69.32 24 55 19
(c) Annual runoff (catchment yield)
The annual runoff or catchment yield, „Y‟, is based on the expected annual runoff from a
catchment and is an important factor in assessing the feasibility of a dam and in determining
the required height of the embankment. The latter is important to allow the dam designer to
size the dam to suit expected inflow and estimate the area that can be irrigated. It is estimated
as follows:
Y = Rr x A x 1000
Where:
Y is the mean annual runoff (catchment yield) m3

Rr is the annual runoff (mm) of the catchment based on the runoff coefficient (576.8 mm)
A is the catchment area (11.7 km2)
The annual runoff for the catchment (the catchment yield in an average year), Y, in m3, is
given by:
Y = Rr x A x 1 000
= 576.8 x 11.7 x 1000
= 6,748,560m3/year
About 6.75 MCM
(d) Other Climatic Variables in the Basin
Apart from rainfall, the other climatic parameters are equally important. The other climatic
parameters in the project area have been estimated from the Eldoret met station, see details
in section 3.7.3 of this report.
5.1.9 Evapotranspiration
Evapotranspiration (ETo) is the total amount of water lost through evaporation in the soil and
transpiration ("breathing") of the plants. The annual evapo-transpiration is 1,380 mm, see table
3-6 section 3.7.3. This is quite high water losses, which has an implication on the water
availability in the basin.
5.1.10 Net Evaporation from the Reservoir
Because of its nature, evaporation from water surfaces is rarely measured directly, except
over relatively small spatial and temporal scales (Jones 1992). Evaporation from water is most
commonly computed indirectly by one or more techniques. These include; pan coefficients ×
measured pan evaporation, water balance, energy balance, mass transfer, and a combination
of energy balance and aerodynamic techniques.
The selection of the "best" technique to use for a particular computation is largely a function of
the data availability, type or size of the water body, depth and the required accuracy of the
estimated evaporation. The most commonly used method in the Kenya for estimating
evaporation from small, shallow water bodies, is to measure evaporation from a standard pan
and then multiply by a coefficient. The potential annual evaporation Eo for the project area is
estimated as 1,840 mm see table 3-6 section 3.7.3.

5.2 Hydrology
5.2.1 River Gauging Stations
In this section the report endeavors to evaluate the hydrologic historical data of the Mogobich
River and surrounding basins, so as to be able to see the prevailing hydrological trends in the
project area. The gauging stations include Mokong 1ED01, Kibabet 1FD02 and Kimondi
1FC01, see table 5.14.
Table 5-14: Hydrological network in the Kimondi River basin
Catchment Data
RGS code River type condition Rating
area (km2) period
1FD02 Mokong Staff closed Not rated unknown unknown
1FD01 Kibabet Staff Closed not rated Not rated 34 1965-72
1FC01 Kimondi staff closed rated 829 1965-87
From table 5-14, there is no regular river gauging station on Mogobich river and therefore, the
hydrological analysis for the project was based on daily and monthly river flow data from
station Kimondi 1FC01, which captures all the water from the upper parts of the Yala basin
including Mogobich river system, this station is most downstream and the only main regular
river gauging station (RGS) on the Kimondi river basin within which Mogobich sub-basin falls.
The data from this station was used to give the available and abstractable water for the
project.
5.2.2 Evaluation of the existing data
This station Kimondi 1FC01 was selected because of the following reasons:
 It is the only main station with some data in the Kimondi River catchment, and within the
project area, which is the focus of the study, and so it could be used to estimate the water
volumes entering the project area from upstream parts of the basin.
 It had fairly good quality data for some reasonable period (42 years of record), the data
from this station was sufficient to give the correct picture of the water resources situation
in the project area. This station was used in the preliminary study for the Keben dam.
Table 5-15: River flow summary for Kimondi 1FC01
River flows (m3/sec)

Month
Mean Max Min
January 1.94 3.8 0.733
February 2.11 3.15 0.787
March 1.97 4.15 0.498
April 3.8 8.97 0.114
May 6.16 13.2 3.86
June 6.23 12.33 1.92
July 9.34 20 2.49
August 17.9 32 2.95
September 13.8 24.4 2.73
October 7.34 11.7 3.79
November 5.5 10.1 3.46
December 2.81 4.75 1.71
annual 6.6

5.2.3 Hydrological analysis
Historical hydrological conditions are the best guide to predict future stream flow conditions in
the basin. Relevant historical hydrological data was obtained, reviewed and processed for
analysis. The specific hydrologic parameters or data elements collected included, daily and
monthly stream flow from existing and discontinued RGs in the basin, daily or monthly
diversion records from all significant diversions in the basin, annual summaries, water right
data in the basin, sediment transport data and water quality data.
5.2.4 Base Flow
Base flow (also called drought flow, groundwater recession flow, low flow, low-water flow, low-
water discharge and sustained or fair-weather runoff) is the portion of stream flow that comes
from "the sum of deep subsurface flow and delayed shallow subsurface flow". It should not be
confused with groundwater flow. It is the discharge into a stream-flow from natural storages,
particularly sustaining flow between rainfall events. The base flow can be estimated using the
equation:
Direct flow (DF) = Total Flow (TF) - Base flow (BF)
The base flow can be estimated in two ways; by statistical method or modeling. Using the
statistical method, it is estimated using the base flow index (BFI), which is a measure of the
amount of low flow in a river during dry or low flows, used to characterize low flow and
groundwater recharge in a catchment. It is calculated as follows:
BFI = Base flow / total flow or Lowest mean monthly flow / mean annual flow x 100.
Using the equation above, and the lowest monthly flow for Kimondi at 1FC01, which is 0.498
m3/sec and a mean annual flow of 85.45 m3/year the BFI was computed. This gave a base
flow index of BFI= 0.58 for the basin, which was then used in the equation; Direct flow (DF) =
total flow (TF) - Base flow (BF), to estimate direct flows as 3.83 m3/sec and the total flow 6.6
m3/sec was obtained as the mean monthly flow from the flow time series, and this was
transferred to the Mogobich river basin and the dam site, see the results in table 5-16.
Table 5-16: Flow characteristics at the Mogobich River and the Keben dam site
Catchment area Flows (m3/sec)

Dam site
( km2) Total flow Direct flow Base flow
Kimondi 1FC01 829 6.6 3.83 2.77
Mogobich sub-basin 250 1.99 1.16 0.83
Keben dam site 11.7 0.093 0.054 0.04
From table 5-17, the direct flow at the dam site is 0.054 m3/sec, base flow is 0.04m3/sec and
the total flow is 0.093 m3/sec

5.2.5 Basin Groundwater Recharge
Groundwater recharge has been defined as the process of addition of water to the saturated
zone. Because it is almost impossible to measure directly, recharge is usually estimated by
indirect means. The Relationship of Krishna Rao was used as follows:
Krishna Rao gave the following empirical relationship to determine the ground water recharge
in limited climatological homogenous areas, the equation is:
R = K (P - X)
R is net recharge (mm) and P is mean annual precipitation (mm)

The following relation is stated to hold good for different rainfall amounts;
R = 0.20 (P - 400) for areas with P between 400 and 600 mm
R = 0.25 (P - 400) for areas with P between 600 and 1000 mm
R = 0.35 (P - 600) for areas with P above 2000 mm
where, R & P are expressed in millimeters
At the Keben dam site:
P = 1,397 mm (mean annual basin rainfall)

R = 0.25 (1,397-400)
R = 249.2 mm (the net ground water recharge
(R) in the project area is 249.2 mm)
5.2.6 Naturalized flow
The naturalized river flows for the Mogobich River and at the dam site shown in table 5-17 and
5-18.
Table 5-17: Naturalized mean monthly flows at the dam site
Flows m3/sec
Month Dam site flow m3/day
Mogobich River Keben dam site
January 0.59 0.028 2385.7
February 0.63 0.029 2547.4
March 0.59 0.028 2385.7
April 1.14 0.053 4609.6
May 1.85 0.087 7480.5
June 1.87 0.088 7561.4
July 2.80 0.131 11321.9
August 5.37 0.251 21713.7
September 4.14 0.194 16740.2
October 2.20 0.103 8895.7
November 1.65 0.077 6671.8
December 0.84 0.039 3396.6
95,710.2
2,871,306 m3/yr

Table 5-18: The mean monthly and accumulated flows at the dam site
Month flow m3/sec

Mean monthly flow Accumulated mean monthly flow
January 0.035 0.035
February 0.035 0.069
March 0.035 0.069
April 0.069 0.104
May 0.104 0.173
June 0.104 0.208
July 0.156 0.260
August 0.312 0.468
September 0.243 0.555
October 0.130 0.373
November 0.095 0.225
December 0.052 0.147
5.2.7 Flow dependability (reliability analysis)
The evaluation of the present water resource situation in the project area was carried out by
analyzing mean daily flows over the years. Flow duration curve was constructed to indicate the
available water resources at various time periods. A flow duration curve shows graphically the
relationship between any given discharge and the percentage of time that this discharge is
equaled or exceeded.
A flow duration curve is helpful to provide answers to the following and related hydrological
questions asked frequently.
 Does the river have uniform flow or does its flow fluctuate widely?
 What are the low-flow and high-flow river characteristics, i.e., is the river flashy?
 What percentage of the time does the river flow at certain discharge levels?
 If the river is to be used for, provide water supply, what percentage of time can the
river support such services?
Flood frequency analysis was also carried out, so as to give the probability of occurrence of
the various flood levels at the gauging and the dam sites. Flow analysis was carried out to
estimate the low flows in the Kimondi and Mogobich Rivers. This is important in the
justification of the need for water storage in the Mogobich sub-basin. The details of the
analysis of the data from the two stations 1FC01 is discussed below. The flow reliability
analysis of the Kimondi River at 1FC01 and Mogobich River at dam site, at various
exceedance levels, the results are shown in tables 5-19 and in figure 5-5
Table 5-19: Flow reliability at Kimondi 1FC01
Reliability (%) flow (m3/sec)

2 29.7
5 21.0
10 16.9
50 4.17
75 2.37
80 2.15
90 1.44
95 0.959
From table 5.20 and figure 5.4, at the (Q95) the environmental flow dry weather flow or
threshold discharge for river Kimondi at 1FC01 is 0.959 m3/sec, Q80, normal flow is 2.15
m3/sec and the flood flow Q50 is 4.17 m3/sec, from the data analyzed (1965- 1982).

Figure 5-5: Flow duration curve for Kimondi River at 1FC01
35
30
25
flow ( m3/sec)
20
15
10
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120
% exceedance
5.2.8 Monthly flow reliability analysis
The Monthly flow reliability in the Kimondi River varies from month to month at various
probabilities, table 5.19. At (Q80), the min flow in the critical months of January-February
ranges between 0.733 - 0.787 or 63,331.2.6 m3/day – 67,996.8 m3/day respectively. This was
transposed to the Mogobich River and the dam site using catchment area proportioning.
5.2.9 The Drainage Area Ratio Method (basin area proportioning method)
This method was used to interpolate the river flow data from the gauging station at 2EE07 to
the proposed dam sites. This method assumes that the stream flow at an un gauged site for
the same stream is the same per unit area or at least responds in the same fashion as that of
the nearby, hydrologically similar stream gauging station used as an index, in this case
1FC01.
The dam catchment area was estimated from the topographic maps, digital elevation models
or GIS, stream flow statistics were computed for the index station 1FC01, the statistics were
then divided by the basin area to get the stream flow per unit area of the index station, and the
value obtained is multiplied by the area of the un gauged (dam catchment) to get the
estimated statistics for the dam site.
This method was most suitable for the Mogobich River sub-basin, because the two rivers:
Kimondi and Mogobich rivers are in the same upper Yala River basin, in fact, Mogobich River
is a tributary of the Kimondi River and therefore they have a lot of similarities in basin
characteristics and on climatic characteristics; therefore the river flow per unit area is assumed
to be the same.
The general area ratio equation is:
Q un gauged = Q gauge (A ungauged /A gauge)
Where:
Q un gauged: is the flow at the un gauged site (proposed Keben dam site)
Q gauge: is the flow at the gauged site (at Kimondi 1FC01)
A un gauged: is the catchment area (km2) of the un gauged site (11.7 km2, upstream
of the proposed Keben dam)

A gauge: is the catchment area upstream of gauging station (1FC01).
This method allows the estimation of the availability of water at the dam site based on historic
long-term information of the gauging station 1FC01. The catchment area for the station 1FC01
is 829 km2, and that of the Mogobich River catchment is 250 km2, while that of the Keben dam
site is 11.7, km2.
A ratio of = 0.30 for Mogobich River basin and, a ratio = 0.014 for Keben dam site, were used
to transpose the flows from Kimondi river to The Mogobich and the Keben dam site, using the
basin area proportioning, see the results in table 5.20 and figures 5-6 and 5-7.
5.2.10 Generated flow reliability at the Mogobich River basin and dam site
The dependable flows for the Mogobich River basin and the dam site are as shown in tables
5-20 and 5-22 and figure 5-6 and 5-7.
Table 5-20: Flow duration curve for Mogobich and Keben dam site
Reliability flow (m3/sec)

(%) Mogobich River basin Keben dam site
2 8.91 0.51
5 6.3 0.36
10 5.07 0.29
25 2.81 0.16
50 1.25 0.07
75 0.711 0.04
80 0.65 0.03
90 0.43 0.03
95 0.29 0.02
5.2.11 Monthly flow reliability analysis
The Monthly flow reliability in the Mogobich River varies from month to month at various
probabilities, table 5-22. At (Q80), the flow in the critical months of January-March ranges
between 0.19 - 0.22 m3/sec or 16,416m3/day –19,008 m3/day respectively.
At the dam site, the flows in these months‟ ranges between 0.011 – 0.016m3/sec or 973.44
– 1,123.2 m3/day, see tables 5-21.
Table 5-21: Monthly flow reliability at the dam site
Month Mogobich River outlet Keben dam site

Q80 flow m3/sec Q80 flow m3/day Q80 flow m3/sec Q80 flow m3/day
January 0.22 19,008 0.013 1123.20
February 0.236 20,390.4 0.016 1347.84
March 0.190 16,416 0.011 973.44
April 0.417 36,028.8 0.024 2096.64
May 1.215 104,976 0.070 6065.28
June 1.032 89,164.8 0.058 5016.96
July 0.116 10,022.4 0.067 5765.24
August 2.805 242,352 0.162 14002.56
September 3.12 269,568 0.180 15575.04
October 1.389 120,009.6 0.081 6963.84
November 1.191 102,902.4 0.068 5915.52
December 0.531 45,878.4 0.030 2620.80

Table 5-22: Estimated annual flows at the Mogobich River outlet and dam site
Dependable flow (MCM)

Dependability level (%)
Mogobich basin outlet Keben dam site
80 20,498,400 1,093,248
75 22,422,096 1,366,560
50 39,420,000 2,186,496
Figure 5-6: Flow duration curve for Mogobich River at the outlet
10.00
9.00
8.00
7.00
FLOW ( M3/SEC)
6.00
5.00
4.00
3.00
2.00
1.00
0.00
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
% EXCEEDANCE
Figure 5-7: Flow duration curve for Keben dam site
0.6
0.5
0.4
FLOW ( M3/SEC)
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
% EXCEEDANCE

Table 5-23: FDC characteristics at the Mogobich River and dam site (m3/sec)
Kimondi Mogobich
Threshold (%) Description Keben dam site
1FC01 catchment
Q95 Reserve 0.959 0.29 0.02
Q80 Normal 2.15 0.65 0.03
Q75 2.37 0.711 0.04
Q50 Flood 4.17 1.25 0.07
5.2.12 Environmental flow
River flows are a critical factor for the creation and maintenance of river and floodplain
morphology and their associated fauna, flora and ecosystem services. Extensive and
comprehensive evidence exists showing the damaging impacts of artificially low flow regimes
on fish, invertebrates, plants and river morphology.
In the present study, the method to be used will be guided by the definition of EFA as “an
assessment of how much of the original flow of a river that should continue to flow down it and
onto its floodplains in order to maintain specified, valued features of the ecosystem” Tharme
(2003).
According to the WRMA 2007 rules, the Q95 flow, (the flow that is equaled or exceeded 95 %
of the time (based on naturalized flow) is adopted as a minimum flow standard in Kenya, see
table 5-24.
Table 5-24: Environmental flow for the three sites
Threshold (%) Description

Kimondi Mogobich Keben dam
1FC01 catchment site
Reserve/Environment
Q95 0.959 0.29 0.02
al flow
From table 5-24, the environmental flow Q95 at the Kimondi River 1FC01, is 0.959m3/sec or
82,857.6m3/day, at Mogobich River is 0.29m3/sec or 25,056m3/day and at the dam site, it is
0.02 m3/sec or 1,728 m3/day.
5.2.13 Flood Frequency analysis
Understanding the peak flood characteristics for the project area is a must for the success of
the dam project; the various design flood computation methods are discussed as follows:
5.2.14 Inflow Design Flood
The criteria for selection of inflow design flood for safety of dam as per International Standards
are:
(a) International Commission on Large Dams (ICOLD)
This commission has laid down the norms for categorization as large dams.
 More than 15 m height measured from the lowest portion of the general foundation
area to the crest
 A dam between 10 m and 15 m height provided it complies with at least one of the
following conditions:
(a) Length of the crest of dam is not less than 500 m

(b) Capacity of reservoir formed by the dam is not less than 1 MCM
(c) Maximum flood discharge dealt by the dam is not less than 2000 m3/s
(d) The dam had specially difficult foundation problem
(e) The dam is of unusual design
(f) The dam is located on highly seismic zone

(b) Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) Guidelines
Flood Selection for Design (or Evaluation): The selection of the design flood should be
based on an evaluation of the relative risks and consequences of flooding, under both present
and future conditions. Higher risks may have to be accepted for some existing structures
because of irreconcilable conditions. When flooding could cause significant hazards to life or
major property damage, the flood selected for design should have virtually no chance of being
exceeded. If lesser hazards are involved, a smaller flood may be selected for design.
However, all dams should be designed to withstand relatively large flood without failure even
when there is apparently no downstream hazard involved under present conditions of
development.
Downstream Effects: Safety design includes studies to ascertain areas that would be flooded
during occurrence of the design flood and in the event of dam failure. The areas downstream
of the project should be evaluated to determine the need for land acquisition, flood plain
management, or other methods to prevent major damages. Information should be developed
and documented for disseminating to downstream interests regarding the continuing risks of
flooding.
(c) Kenyan standards
In Kenya, the Water Resources Management Authority (WRMA) recommends minimum

design floods for hydraulic design of dam spillways on the basis of risk associated with
drainage that may occur downstream on the event of embankment failure. Classification of
dams is also based on the height, reservoir impoundment area and the dam catchment. The
Tables below show the classification of dams and recommendations for spillway design flood,
as per WRMA regulations, see tables 5-25 and 5-26.
Table 5-25: Classes of dams
Maximum depths of Reservoir Catchment area

Class of dam
water at NWL (m) Impoundment (m3) (m2)
A (Low risk) 0-4.99 <100,000 <100
100,000
B ( Medium risk) 5-14.99 100-1,000
1,000,000
C (high risk) >15.0 >1,000,000 >1,000
Source: Water management rules, draft-June 2006
Table 5-26: Recommended design periods for the design of spillway
Class of dam Minimum return period (Years)

A (Low risk) 1 in 50
B ( Medium risk) 1 in 100
C (high risk) 1 in 500
Source, Water management rules, draft-June 2006
The following criteria were adopted in previous studies in Kenya;

 River diversion works – 50 year return period
 Temporary works during dam construction – 50 year return period
 Dam spillway structures – Probable Maximum Flood (PMF)
The objective of flood frequency analysis is to estimate a high (peak) flow corresponding to a
specific return period of occurrence, for dam design. This is to ensure that the flood water to
be released through the spillway should not create flooding downstream. Thus a balance has
to be worked out between the economy, efficiency in regard to flood moderation and safety.

Flood analysis can be based on, (i) Annual maximum peak discharges, (ii) Instantaneous peak
flow), the runoff coefficient which is derived from the relationship between recorded flood
hydrographs and concurrent rainfall. However, in this study, the peak flows were estimated
from the precipitation data for Tinderet tea estate station, this because there is no River flow
data for Mogobich River and the Kimondi River data at 1FC01 was too short for flood analysis,
see table 5-27.
Table 5-27: Design precipitation using rainfall from the Tinderet tea estate station
Return Period Distribution

(Year) LN2 LP3 Gumbel EVI GEV
2 1,609 1,661 1,595 1,583 1,646
5 1,955 1,960 1,963 1,934 1,977
10 2,165 2,103 2,207 2,166 2,145
20 2,355 2,213 2,441 2,388 2,276
50 2,589 2,325 2,744 2,677 2,411
100 2,757 2,393 2,971 2,893 2,492
500 3,133 2,512 3,495 3,392 2,627
1000 3,291 2,552 3,720 3,606 2,669
10000 3,806 2,649 4,469 4,318 2,762
Goodness of fit
Std error 74.014 48.812 93.659 98.614 53.176
Corr. Coef r 0.978 0.989 0.967 0.967 0.991
Chi-square 1.667 2.833 1.667 1.667 2.833
As shown in table 5-27 and Figure 5-8, different probability methods were used to ensure the
results were reliable, as each method has its own strengths and weaknesses based on the
assumptions they make. The probability distributions used in the analysis were, the lognormal
II, log Pearson III, Gumbel, the Extreme value index (EVI), and the generalized extreme value
(GEV). Each of this probability makes certain assumptions about the catchment‟s
characteristics and hence slightly different results.
Figure 5-8: Design precipitation using rainfall from the Tinderet tea estate station
Design precipitation using rainfall from the Tinderet tea estate station
Return
5,000 LP3
period
4,500 LN2
(T) (m m )
Probable Flood Flow (m3/s)
4,000
LP3 2 1661
3,500
3,000 Gumbe l 5 1960
2,500 10 2103
EVI
2,000 20 2213
GEV
1,500
50 2325
1,000
100 2393
500
0 500 2512
1 10 100 1000 10000 1,000 2552
Return period (yrs) 10,000 2649

The goodness of fit test was done using, standard deviation, correlation coefficient and the
Chi-square statistic, and the, (LP3) distribution with the lowest standard deviation, = 48.812
and highest correlation coefficient r = 0.989, was picked as the best fit of flood data of the
river, and was used to generate design rainfall intensities for estimating the design floods for
the dam site, see table 5-28.
The rainfall intensity were estimated for the rainfall at the various return periods and then used
in the rational formula as follows:
Rational formula:
Q = CIA
C runoff coefficient = 0.35

I rainfall intensity (mm/hr)
A catchment area of the dam (11.7 km2)
Table 5-28: Design peak floods based on Tinderet rainfall
Return period Lp3 (III) rainfall Peak flow

Rainfall intensity
(Year: T) ( mm) (m3/sec)
PMF 54.57
Q10,000 2,649 19.83 81.21
Q1,000 2,552 19.11 78.25
Q500 2,512 18.81 77.03
Q100 2,393 4.70 19.25
Q50 2,325 4.51 18.47
Q20 2,213 4.05 16.59
Q10 2,103 3.5 14.33
Q5 1,960 2.9 11.87
Q2 1,661 1.2 4.91
From table 5.28, the estimated design floods at dam site are, 18.47 m3/sec for the 50 year
event and 19.25 m3/sec for the 100 year event, 77.03 m3/sec for the 500 year event, 78.25
m3/sec for the 1,000 year event and 81.21 m3/sec for the 10,000 year event, while the PMF is
54.57 m3/sec. From these results, the PMF will be experienced at the dam site between 100
year and 500 year flood events.
5.2.15 Probable maximum flood (PMF)
Determination of PMF begins with the determination of the probable maximum precipitation,
the PMF is the flood which is a direct result of PMP or is the highest flood a region will ever
experience or Flood that may be expected from the most severe combination of the critical
meteorological and hydrological conditions that are reasonably possible in a particular area.
PMF is the flood which is a direct result of PMP or is the highest flood a region will ever
experience or Flood that may be expected from the most severe combination of the critical
meteorological and hydrological conditions that are reasonably possible in a particular area.
According to Obasi and Nimira (1977), the probable maximum flood PMF, is given by the
following regression curve formulae:
PMF = (0.094 pmp –9.86) A 0.75
Where:
PMF: Probable Maximum Flood m3/sec
A: Catchment area (km2) of the project.

PMP: Probable Maximum Precipitation for upper Perkera = 200 mm (obtained from PMP
Isohyets map Obasi and Nimira, 1977); m3/sec as the PMF for the project area, using the
above equation, see the results in table 5-30.
Table 5-29: Probable maximum flood at the Mogobich basin and dam site
Site Catchment area (km2) PMF (m3/sec)

Mogobich basin outlet 250 562.07
Keben dam site 11.7 54.57
5.3 Sedimentation
The sedimentation rate depends on the soil erodability of the soils of the basin, precipitation
and the river capacity. There are no existing records of sediment flow rates form Mogobich
River. Thus, the sediment loading rate used in the study of the dam was determined from
rates used in the design of other dams in Kenya and the observation made in the catchment
area. The Practice Manual for Water Supply Services in Kenya provides some guidelines in
estimating the sediment load as given in the table 5-31.
Table 5-30: Rates of erosion and sediment load
Erosion class Sediment load (m3/km2/year)

Low 500
Moderate 1000
Heavy 1500
The fact that the Mogobich River catchment is fairly sloppy and it is heavily forested with only
small patches of grazing fields, this suggests that the basin experiences low – moderate levels
of soil erosion and consequently low levels of sediment load of 650 m3/km2/year, this agrees
with preliminary studies report, which had indicated a rate of 450 m3/km2/year for the
Mogobich River basin.
5.4 Water Rights (Water Demand)
The water rights (permits) data are not very reliable guides for the assessment of existing
water demands, nor are they sufficient basis to project future water demands especially in the
Mogobich River, this is so because of the following reasons: Water abstractions are not
required for manual abstractions from rivers and wells, water abstractions are not required for
insitu use of water, mechanical means of abstractions are very much underestimated and
there are several illegal abstractions not captured in the data bank.
5.4.1 Distribution of water Demand in the Mogobich River Basin
There are no any water projects upstream of the proposed Keben dam site and the only
project on this River is the Sochoi Chebororer Ngeny forest water Association, water project,
whose intake is downstream of the proposed Keben dam, and so it will not affect the inflow
into the dam.

5.4.2 Water resources management Authority (WRMA) Compensation flow Rules
WRMA‟s Catchment Management Strategy for the various River Catchments includes many
targets and strategic actions, with target timelines dating until the year 2013. The Q 95
exceedance flow is regarded as the basic minimum reserve flow that must be released to
meet ecological needs, Q80 is the normal flow and Q50 is the flood flow. Compensation flow is
the reserve flow plus the normal flow based on water rights of the stream users.
5.4.3 Compensation flow
This is the flow that should be released downstream of an intake or diversion on a river for
environmental flow and to take care of the water rights downstream. Therefore it consists of
the estimated environmental flow and the total abstractions based on normal flow,
downstream of an intake. This information was be obtained from the regional offices of the
water resources management authority records as they are indicated on water abstraction
permits and water abstraction authorizations for normal flow only and not flood flow
abstractions
5.4.4 Water availability at Mogobich River
From the results of hydrological analysis, the flow with 80 % reliability available in the
Mogobich River basin for normal flow abstractions and flow with 50 % reliability available in
the Mogobich River basin for flood flow abstractions. The reserve flow for the Mogobich River
will be the flow with 95 %, reliability available in the River for ecological needs. When the
present water rights were taken into account, the water availability determined.
From the results of hydrological analysis, the flow of 0.04 m3/sec or 3,456 m3/day with 80 %
reliability is available in the Mogobich River basin at the dam site for normal flow abstractions
and flow of 0.08 m3/sec or 6,912 m3/day with 50 % reliability is available in the River basin for
flood flow abstractions at the dam site.
The reserve 0.02 m3/sec; or 1,728 with 95 % reliability is available in the Mogobich River at
the dam site for ecological needs. From the results of hydrological analysis, there is 0.04
m3/sec or 3,456 m3/day, flow with 80 % reliability available in the River for normal
flow/irrigation abstractions.
The total water demand in the Mogobich River basin is shown in table 5-32.
Table 5-31: Total water demand in the Mogobich River Basin
Year Water demand in m3/day

S 2012 2022 2032
oDomestic consumption 505 685 833
uHealth Institutions 2.3 3 3.6
r Education Institutions 43 55 67
c Livestock water demand 132 132 132
e Commerce 100 300 500
: Total Water demand 782.3 1175 1535.6
Source: Preliminary study report for the Keben dam (2010)
Note that all the water rights indicated in table 5-33, are downstream of the proposed Keben
dam site, hence they have no effect on the inflows into the proposed dam.

Table 5-32: Water availability at Mogobich River at the dam site
River/standard 50 % reliability flow 80 % reliability flow 95 % reliability flow

m3/sec m3/day m3/sec m3/day m3/sec m3/day
Mogobich River
0.07 5990 0.03 2995 0.02 1498
at dam site
Existing
0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
demand
Balance 0.07 5990 0.03 2995 0.02 1498
From the analysis in table 5-32, and after taking note that there are no water rights in the
Mogobich River upstream of the proposed dam at 80 % flow reliability, and without dam there
is 0.03 m3/sec, translating to 2995 m3/day available flow at this point, for normal flow
abstractions. The Q80 is the river flow that is exceeded 4 out 5 years and the Q95 is flow that
is exceeded 95% of the time (reserve flow); the flow to be retained in the river for downstream
riparian uses. The flood flow Q50 is 0.07m3/sec; or 5,990m3/day for flood flow abstractions.
Therefore, there is already 2995m3/day available, without dam.
5.4.5 Water Quality
Historical water quality data for the project area is not available, but data based on some
samples taken from proposed dam sites that the water is neutral, soft, with slight amount of
mineral matter, slight organic pollution due to decaying vegetation matter and hence possible
bacterial contamination and in terms of irrigation; the water is chemically suitable for irrigation.
In terms of irrigation, the water was chemically tested for suitability; see the results in table 5-
33.
5.4.6 Sodium concentration in the Mogobich River at the dam site
Many crops do show sodium toxicity, the toxicity guidelines of table 5-33, use of sodium
adsorption ratio (SAR) as an indicator of the potential for a sodium toxicity problem which is
expected to develop following surface irrigation with a particular quality of water.
Interpretation of analytical data: This water is suitable for irrigation purposes and can be
used on all soils with all crops.
Table 5-33: Water quality for the Mogobich River at the proposed intake
Sample Ref. Intake

Lab. No./2014 8963
pH 7.83
Conductivity, mS/cm 0.12
Sodium, me/litre 0.58
Potassium, me/litre 0.11
Calcium, me/litre 0.48
Magnesium, me/litre 0.60
Carbonates, me/litre ND*
Bicarbonates, me/litre 1.53
Chlorides, me/litre 0.96
Sulphates, me/litre 1.37
Sodium Absorption Ratio 0.79
* - Not Detected

5.4.7 Hydrological Impacts of the proposed dams on the river basins
There are several hydrological impacts of dam construction in a river basin, this includes;
 Magnitude of the extremes: Dams are quite effective at accomplishing what they were
designed to do as the most dramatic shifts occur in the decreased magnitude of 1-day
maximum flows. A somewhat different pattern emerges for minimum flows, minimum flows
tend to increase following impoundment, but this is most true for the longer duration events.
 Changes in hydrograph variability equally profound effects have occurred in parameters

associated with the shape of the hydrograph. The characteristics of the hydrograph, as
revealed by show significant changes in the number of reversals and in mean rise rates and
fall rates. Besides greatly modifying the sequencing of hydrograph peaks, the day-to-day rate
of change is also dramatically affected, especially for the rise rate of the hydrograph.
 The pulsing response of flows serves critical riparian functions, Changes in the
frequency and duration of flows of a particular stage and discharge can significantly disrupt
terrestrial and aquatic ecology.
 Changes in the timing of flows whether these dams are flood control, irrigation, or
hydropower, they are all associated with storing water for subsequent releases. This storing
component significantly affects the release timing and greatly disrupts the pre-impact natural
flow regime‟s expected timing of flows. This effect occurs on the scale of total monthly stream
flow and in the timing of extreme maximum and minimum flows in the river, especially during
rain seasons, as they reduce to allow reservoir storage (filling).
 Modifies temperature and local climatic conditions, like temperature

6 DAM STUDIES
6.1 Introduction
The main factors affecting dam site selection include: topography, suitable foundation and
suitable spillway site among others. The topography of the dam site should as far as possible
be where the river has a narrow valley which opens out upstream to create a large reservoir
basin. Selection of the dam type should be based on the available dam construction materials
(Quantity and quality). The final decision on the dam axis selection should have due
cognizance of the required foundation treatment works e.g. Grouting etc.
6.2 Topographic Survey
A Topographic survey of the proposed dam site was conducted as summarized in this section
and detailed in Survey Report presented in Annex III in volume II of this Report.
6.2.1 Survey Equipment‟s and Facilities
 Topcon RTK Geodetic GPS;

 Pentax Total Station;
 Leica Robotic Total Station;
 Camera, Hand held GPS and,
 Data downloading and post processing software.
6.2.2 Methodology
The topo-surveys were carried out using differential GPS surveying method namely, Real
Time Kinematic surveys. Real time kinematic survey (RTK) involves the use of radio
communication for real-time relay of corrections to rover positions from the base. Coordinates
from RTK were then processed to accuracies below 2 centimeters.
6.2.3 Dam and Intake Survey
The proposed dam (intake) site along Mogobich River was surveyed using Topcon Geodetic
(RTK) GPS. Information collected includes the 3 Dimensional positions of the river bank, river
bed and the areas to the right and left of the river for flood protection design. The river was
surveyed downstream and upstream from the cross-section position given by the engineer.

6.3 Dam sites selection and axis optimization
6.3.1 Dam sites selection and axis optimization methodology
i) Review of previous studies such as Identification of a Multipurpose Water Resources

Development Project in the Yala Basin in Kenya by NELSAP and topographic maps of
scale 1:100,000 of the area. Potential dam sites identified and their coordinates
identified.
ii) A reconnaissance field site visit conducted by the Project Team Leader, Irrigation and
Dam Engineer. The team walked along the river valley to confirm and locate new dam
sites. Extent of Area to be surveyed was also identified.
iii) Dam sites surveyed capturing all details and high quality topographic layout contour
plans were produced;
iv) Subsequently, another desk review and site visit undertaken to confirm the data and
assumptions made thus far.
v) For the most optimum dam axis, Elevation-Area-capacity curves were prepared for
each of the proposed dam site.
vi) Dam heights determined by considering the free board, dead storage and active
storage based on the irrigation and domestic water supply requirements downstream.
vii) Dam freeboard was determined to consist of reservoir level rise due to flood (routed),
wind set up of the water surface and wave action and run up of waves on dam
embankment slope.
viii) Dam axis profiles were plotted and dam dimensions and upstream and downstream
slopes determined to obtain the dam volumes based on standard norms.
ix) A comparative analysis was then made to determine the most economical dam axis
for each of the selected dam sites forming two developments options at draft
feasibility stage.
x) Preliminary designs, cost estimates and financial analysis were done for the two dam
sites (1and 2) at draft feasibility stage.
xi) Presentations of these analyses were made in two consultative workshops to the
client and project stakeholders.
xii) Dam site No.2 was selected to proceed to the current final feasibility stage.
xiii) For the selected dam site, geological and geotechnical investigations sites were
mapped and marked out on the prepared topographical layout plan.
6.3.2 Identified Potential dam sites
At draft feasibility stage three potential dam sites were identified along the Mogobich River.
Dam site No.1 (identified in previous studies) is approximately 1km downstream of the
selected dam site (Dam site No.2), while dam site 3 is approximately 10.3 km further
downstream. See location co-ordinates in Table 6-1 and figure 6-1.
Table 6-1: Potential dam sites location co-ordinates
Potential dam sites location coordinates (UTM, Arc 1960)

Dam site ref.
X (m) Y (m) Z m)
Dam site 1 (Development Option 1) 760386.333 15264.001 2318
Dam site 2 (Development Option 2) 760958.779 14687.228 2340
Dam site 3 (Future Development ) 751561.365 18814.746 1976

NOTES AND LEGEND
LESSOS
Projection: UTM zone 36N
Datum: Arc 1960
ELWAK
KEBEN
MOGOBICH
POTENTIAL DAM SITES LAYOUT PLANS

LESSOS/KEBEN DAM &
IRRIGATION DEVELOPMENT
PROJECT
FIGURE 6-1 0
From figure 6-1, Dam site No-3 is at a lower elevation than the irrigation command area while
dam site 2 is at the highest elevation. Based on this, dam site 3 would involve pumping water
for irrigation and domestic water use while dam sites No 1 & 2 would be under gravity system.
6.3.3 Analysis of potential dam sites 1, 2&3 storage efficiencies and capacities
At draft feasibility stage, the analysis of the 3 potential dam sites was done with respect to the
dam design criteria established as presented in Annexe IV in Volume II of this Report. A
summary of the analysis is presented in table 6-2 below.
Table 6-2: Summary of Potential Dam Sites Analysis
Zoned Earth Fill Embankment Dam – Identified Keben Dam Sites

Dam Site Ref. 1 2 3
2
Catchment Area (km ) 13.6 11.7 42.2
Reservoir Depth (m) 35 40 24
Embankment Height (m) 38 45 27
Crest Width (m) 6 6 6
Length (m) 762 882 971
3
Maximum Reservoir Volume (m ) 1,824,232 6,471,529 18,870,913
Total Volume of Earthworks (m3) 625,838 1,228,993 722,301
Storage Efficiency 2.9 5.0 26
Reservoir fetch (m) 585 1063 2521
Annual Storage Capacity (MCM) 1.8 6.47 18
From analysis above, dam site 3 has the highest maximum reservoir volume while dam site 1
has the least. In terms of earthworks however, dam site 2 has the highest volume of
earthworks (approximately 1.9 times that of the dam site 1 and 1.7 times that of dam site 3).
Consequently, the storage efficiency for dam site 3 is the highest at 26, followed by Dam site 2
at 5. Dam site 1 has the least at 2.9
The 3 Dam sites 1, 2 and 3 have annual storage capacities of 1.8 MCM; 6.47 MCM and 18.0
MCM respectively. Out of the 3, dam site 2 was selected to proceed to the current final stage
while the other two were recommended for domestic water supply to the county.
6.4 Selected Dam site description and axis optimization
At the current stage, the selected dam site (Damsite No.2) has been further analyzed and axis
optimization done to establish the best dam axis with maximum storage potential.
6.4.1 Dam site description and axis selection
The proposed Keben dam site is about 1 km upstream of dam site No.1 (identified in previous
studies). The dam site was found to be the most suitable because it is at a narrower part of
the valley and has a suitable spillway route on the right hand side of Mogobich River. It is also
positioned near at the confluence of Kipsigiryo River, a tributary of Mogobich River.

6.4.2 Dam axis identification and optimization
The selected dam site has been further analyzed for dam axis optimization. Four dam axes
were identified as shown in Figure 6-2. The location coordinates are as shown in Table 6-3.
Table 6-3: Identified Dam Axis Location Co-ordinates
Coordinates at River Valley bank (UTM, Arc 1960)

Dam axis ref.
X (m) Y (m) Z (m)
1 760765.393 14825.964 2340
2 760828.755 14751.499 2342
3 760902.799 14680.648 2342
4 760970.795 14646.734 2342
Figure 6-2: Dam axis optimization at proposed Keben Dam site II
Selected Dam
Axis
6.4.3 Storage efficiencies for identified and selected dam axis
Storage Efficiency SE was computed follows SE = SR/VE

Where SE = Storage Efficiency
SR = Reservoir Storage Volume (m3)
VE = Volume of embankment (m3)
Table 6-4 provides the details of the identified dam axis characteristics.

Table 6-4: Dam Axis Characteristics for proposed zoned earth fill embankment dam
Dam Axis No. Units 1 2 3 4

Reservoir Height m 40 38 38 38
Total Dam Height m 45 43 43 43
Crest Width m 6 6 6 6
Length m 881.5 824.1 741.6 723.7
3
Reservoir Capacity (m ) 6471529 5365634 4083791 3437355
3
Volume of Earthworks-Fill (m ) 1228993 1273707 1059873 945920
Volume of Earthworks-Cut (m3) 53432 50605 45892 44080
3
Total Volume of Earthworks (m ) 1282425 1324312 1105766 990000
Storage Efficiency 5.04 4.05 3.69 3.47
Reservoir Fetch m 1063 966 863 792
From the results above, Dam axis 1 has the highest storage efficiency at 5.04 and has thus
been selected to determine the maximum storage capacity at the selected dam site.
6.4.4 Maximum Reservoir Capacity for the selected dam axis
The reservoir storage volume for the selected dam axis 1 has been computed from the survey
data of the reservoir area as shown in Table 6-5. The resultant Depth area capacity curve has
also been developed as shown in Figure 6-8.
Table 6-5: Selected dam axis Depth – Area - Capacity Curves data
Contour Water Incremental Gross Cumulative

Elevation Depth Reservoir Surface Area Storage Volume Storage Capacity
(m) (m) (ha) (m3) ( m3)
2340 0 180.56 0.00 0.00
2342 2 1,086.72 1,267.28 1,267.28
2344 4 4,775.39 5,862.10 7,129.38
2346 6 9,435.61 14,211.00 21,340.38
2348 8 18,657.43 28,093.04 49,433.42
2350 10 28,208.68 46,866.11 96,299.53
2352 12 39,160.30 67,368.98 163,668.51
2354 14 51,703.05 90,863.35 254,531.85
2356 16 67,106.53 118,809.58 373,341.43
2358 18 83,641.37 150,747.90 524,089.33
2360 20 114,124.65 197,766.02 721,855.34
2362 22 152,047.24 266,171.88 988,027.23
2364 24 184,416.51 336,463.74 1,324,490.97
2366 26 214,683.81 399,100.32 1,723,591.29
2368 28 246,647.77 461,331.59 2,184,922.88
2370 30 279,625.07 526,272.84 2,711,195.72
2372 32 315,860.02 595,485.09 3,306,680.80
2374 34 352,152.32 668,012.34 3,974,693.15
2376 36 391,087.78 743,240.10 4,717,933.24
2378 38 436,261.70 827,349.48 5,545,282.72
2380 40 489,984.89 926,246.59 6,471,529.31

The key parameters derived in the above data include:
 Proposed Normal Water Level = 2380.00m amsl

 Embankment Crest Level = 2385.00 m amsl
 Draw-off Invert Level = 2340.00 m amsl
 Dam Height = 45 m, Reservoir Depth = 40m
 Dead Storage (30 Year design life) @ 650 m3/km2 Catchment Area (CA) per year
 CA= 11.7 km2, therefore Dead Storage = 30x650x11.7 = 228,150 m3.
Figure 6-3: Depth-Area-Capacity Curves Chart for Dam Site 2 – Axis 1
As shown above, a maximum capacity of 6.47 MCM of water can be stored at a reservoir depth of 40
m. However, considering the dead storage volume and assuming that the dam will be filled once a
year the annual capacity thus becomes 6.24 MCM;
Live storage = (6,471,529 – 228,150) = 6,243,379 m3
In view of the above the consultant proposes the following measures to be put in place to maintain the
intended live storage capacity of 6.47MCM.
 The dam be filled throughout the year to capture the maximum catchment yield of 6.75 MCM:
 The dam catchment is well preserved to minimize the rate of sediment inflow to the dam thus
allowing the utilization of the dead storage reserve volume.

6.5 Water Balance Studies
6.5.1 Annual Water Demand Estimates and Allocation
Water demand estimates and allocation has been based on two main areas that would create
a major impact to befit a flagship project status as envisioned by the Nandi county government
as well as meet the objectives of the expanded irrigation program as envisioned by the NIB.
The two approaches being efforts at achieving the broader Vision 2030 in 2017-2022 Mid
Term Plan.
i. Domestic water supply to 2 towns and 8 rural locations inline with the Nandi County
Government Intergrated Development Plan.
ii. Irrigation of over 500 ha inline with the expanded irrigation program under NIB;
Domestic water demand projections have been made inline with population growth projections
derived from the last census held in the year 2009 (ref section 4.2). Considering a construction
phase of 3 years for proposed infrastructure, the Initial year was set to year 2018 i.e 9 years
from the last census. The future and ultimate demands were then projected in 10 year
intervals to 2028 and 2038 respectively.
For Domestic Water Supply component, the following assumptions were made:
 Inter censual population growth rate of 3.8% for both towns and rural locations;
 Demand of 20ltrs per head per day for people without connections in the rural areas
and 20litres per head per day for people without connections in the low class housing
in the urban areas (Water Design Manual 2005).
 Additional allocation of 20litres per head per person in the urban areas has been
considered to take care of other uses. Therefore a total of 40 liters per head per day
for urban has been considered.
For irrigation component the demand has been estimated based on 4 months crop water
requirements using sprinkler/overhead method system and based on the the proposed
cropping pattern.
The resultant water demand estimates and allocations for the 3 time horizons are as
presented in table 6-1 while detailed calculations are presented in Irrigation and Domestic
water demand calculation sheets in Annex VII, in Volume II of this report.
Table 6-6: Annual Water Demand Estimates and Allocation from selected damsite

S/No. Component Year 2018 Year 2028 Year 2038
Domestic Water for 2 Towns and
1 0.81 1.17 1.69
8 Rural locations
4 Total Water Demand 6.11 6.47 6.99
5 Max Dam Capacity (selected dam site) 6.47 6.47 6.47
As shown above the selected dam is able to meet the projected future water demands for both
domestic supply and irrigation up to the year 2028. The current study has thus considered the
water demand up to year 2028. To meet the ultimate demand in the year 2038, the consultant
recommends development of the two other identified potential dam sites 1 and 3.

6.6 Geology and Geotechnical Studies
A preliminary review of the site conditions for the proposed Keben Dam site No.2 has been
conducted as summarized in this section and detailed in Geology and Geotechnical Report
presented in Annex V, in volume II of this Report.
6.6.1 Geology of proposed dam sites and irrigation areas
According to the Geology of the Kapsabet-Plateau Area map (Degree sheet 34, S.W. Quarter;
D.J. Jennings, 1964), The proposed dam sites 1&2 fall in the Agglomerate phonolitic
composition with subsidiary tuffs and lava flows (tertiary zone) while the irrigation area
predominantly falls in lower phonolite (tertiary zone). The geological description and features
of the proposed Keben Dam sites and irrigation area are illustrated in Figure 6-4.
Figure 6-4: Geological map of the Kapsabet plateau area
(Source: Geology of the Kapsabet-Plateau Area, Degree sheet 34, S.W. Quarter; D.J. Jennings, 1964)
6.6.2 Geomorphology and Soil Formation
The area around the proposed dam axis consists of clear section with only grass cover and
other sections with dense indigenous forest cover. The reservoir area falls within an area with
an ongoing shamba system with sections of artificial cypress trees and indigenous forest.
The river beds have been cut into the less resistant bedrock. While the valley sides expose
boulders.

Trial pits will be excavated to cover both the dam foundation, borrow sites as well as the
reservoir areas. The materials will be sampled and laboratory tests performed to determine
key engineering parameters viz: Plastic limit, Plasticity index, Maximum dry density (MDD),
Optimum Moisture Content (OMC) and liquid limit.
Figure 6-5: Keben Dam Site No.2 and Surrounding areas Characteristics
6.6.3 Geotechnical issues for Dam and Spillway Design
(a) Soil Conditions
Geotechnical investigations will be carried out for Trial Pits (TPs) sited to form an array
covering the valley basin and the side slopes. The tests will reveal if there are adequate good
clayey soils suitable for construction of an earth fill embankment dam at the selected dam site.
The full laboratory tests for the materials will be as follows:
 Soil classification
 Particle size analysis
 Particle size distribution
 Quick Undrained Triaxial Test (Remoulded) (BS 1377-8:1990)
 Constant Head Permeability Test (Hydrometer) (BS 1377-2:1990)
 MDD and OMC (BS 1377-5:1990) at 200°C.
 Atterberg Limits (LL, PL, PI, SL) (BS 137-2:1990)
 One dimensional consolidation test (BS 1377-5:1990)
 Direct shear test box
The more lateritic soils available at shallow depths will be used for construction of the dam
crest road and the pervious downstream zone of the embankment.

(b) Bedrock depth and Foundation
The depth and condition of the rock at the dam foundation will be determined from the Trial
Pits and Boreholes drilled at the locations shown in Figure 6-9.
The following insitu and laboratory tests to BS or ASTM standards will be conducted on the
rock samples.
 Rock slake durability test (Index)

 Aggregate crushing value (ACV)
 Specific Gravity
 Water Absorption
 Unconfined compressive strength of the rock core
 Point Load Test
 Sodium Sulphate Soundness
 Petrographic Analysis
(c) Foundation Permeability
The center of the valley has hard bedrock and thus the permeability is expected to be low. On
the abutments there are more permeable soil layers due both to lateritic soils. The test on
permeability (K) for the soils at the sloppy abutments will be determined from laboratory and
insitu tests.
6.6.4 Assessment of Potential Construction Material Sites
(a) General
The dam will require impervious clays for the core, other earth fill for supporting zones filter
sands, rock fill (toe and filters) and aggregate for concrete production. Preliminary search for
material to build the impervious core for the dam has been made on the planned impoundment
area for the reservoir for extraction of materials so as to minimize environmental and other
impacts. Further search for construction materials is still going on.
(b) Clay for Embankment Core
Sources of clay are distributed along both sides of the valleys at the dam site but their
suitability will be based on the laboratory test results. The more clayey material is likely to be
found in areas below the selected dam axis.
Figure 6-6: Possible potential borrow areas for clay core material
NB: Refer to figure 6-7.

(c) Aggregate for Concrete
Aggregates for the production of the required relatively small quantities of concrete for
construction works for spillway, weir, chute channel, intake tower, draw off/scour conduit,
valve chambers, retaining walls, etc will be purchased from the existing supply operating
quarries within Kapsabet Township and surrounding areas. See locations of the existing
quarries in the project area in figures 6-7 and 6-8.
Figure 6-7: Potential construction materials site map
Figure 6-8: Quarry No. 1 in Koilot and No2 in Sochoi within the project area
NB: Refer to figure 6-7.

(d) Sand for Filter
There is no naturally occurring sand in the vicinity of the dam site and so one feasible option is
use geotextile fabric in place of sand filter. This is usually a good substitute to the sand gravel
filter for horizontal and vertical filter designs. It can also be considered to mechanically crush
the abundant stones and rocks found in the area to achieve the sand gravel material for filter
use.
6.6.5 Geotechnical Investigations-Field and Laboratory Tests
After gaining an appreciation of the main geological units and rock types to be expected and
information on local soil types the site was visited by conducting a walk over survey to record
the geological and geomorphological data. The scope of site investigations and locations for
tests was then set out as shown in Figures 6-9.
Figure 6-9: Site investigation plan for the selected dam site for Keben Dam site 2
The first stage is the soil investigation by excavation of Test Pits and auger holes in
conjunction with in situ tests. The excavation will be done by manual labour. Bulk samples will
be collected and taken for laboratory tests. The field geotechnical investigation works will be
supervised by an experienced qualified technician. Local people will be hired for the manual
labour works. The test pits will be excavated in the dam site and spillway sites and 20 DCPs
were carried out; both at the pit.
There will be sixteen (16) pits were carefully designated and logged to record the soil profile,
classify the soil units and record the physical properties and ground water conditions. Clear
photographs will be taken of the pit sides.

The geotechnical drilling works will be carried out by a contracted qualified/licensed company
and will comprise of eight boreholes to a maximum depth of 30 m (see Table 6.7 below).The
drilling procedure will comprise of augering through the soil, with standard penetration tests
(SPT), conducted at approximately 1.5 m, intervals, and bulk soil samples also retrieved. At
intervals of about 5 m in the soils variable head in situ permeability tests will be conducted.
Once bedrock is reached the drilling method will change to coring to retrieve samples of the
rock. In situ permeability tests in the rock will be conducted by the Lugeon method.
Geotechnical logs will be prepared from both the augured and cored sections of the
boreholes.
Laboratory tests will be conducted at the selected materials laboratory and will aim to obtain
data on the physical nature of the soils to assess the foundation conditions, and the properties
of remoulded soils for use in the embankment. The latter tests will be conducted on samples
from the potential borrow sites and will include compaction tests, shear strength tests and
permeability tests.
Table 6-7: Depths of the boreholes
Inclination from
Borehole Location Length of Borehole
vertical
KBH-01 Keben 0° 20
KBH-02 Keben 0° 25
KBH-03 Keben 0° 20
KBH-04 Keben 0° 20
KBH-05 Keben 0° 20
KBH-06 Keben 0° 25
KBH-07 Keben 0° 25
KBH-08 Keben 0° 30
Tests of samples rock for aggregate will assess the physical properties of the rock fragments,
their weathering resistance and durability. A petrographic assessment will also be made to
assess the potential for alkali reactivity or other deleterious effects. Figure 6-14 presents the
dam site with the planned sub-surface investigations locations and designations. Geophysical
investigations will comprise of Vertical Electrical Sounding (VES) and Seismic refraction
surveys (SR) as described here below.
Vertical Electrical Sounding (VES)
ER-KD-01 – Centre line – Across valley 750 Meters

ER-KD-02 – Parallel to valley – Left bank 500 Meters
ER-KD-03 – Parallel to valley – Right bank 500 Meters
ER-KD-04 – Spillway Channel normal to line 100 Meters
Seismic Resistivity (SR)

SR-KD-01 – Centre line – Across valley 750 Meters
SR-KD-02 – Parallel to valley – Left bank 500 Meters
SR-KD-03 – Parallel to valley – Right bank 500 Meters
SR-KD-04 – Spillway Channel normal to line 100 Meters
The final instructions and locations for the VES and SR field surveys will be instructed by the
consultant.

6.7 Dam instrumentation
6.7.1 General
Instrumentation is provided to adequately monitor the behaviour of the dam body and its
foundation. The instrumentation scheme outlined in this report is based on the assumption that
the behaviour of the dam and its foundation should be checked according to modern criteria
for dam monitoring.
During the construction time manual readings of installed instrumentation must be performed.
A system of automatic data acquisition system is outlined as an option to manual readings
during operation of the dam. Independent of manual or automated readings, an adequate dam
safety organization and management is a prerequisite.
The embankment dam has relatively extensive instrumentation and should be installed both in
the dam body and in its foundation.
The instrumentation plays an important part in the long-term safety monitoring of the dam.
Therefore the selected instrumentation should consist of recognized and reliable apparatus.
The seismic monitoring is not directly part of the safety monitoring but the consultant proposes
that it could be nominated as a subcontract of the main contract.
6.7.2 Instrumentation Layout
The instrumentation has been arranged in 8 sections of the dam with 4 sections each in both
the left and right side of the embankment dam. The instrumentation will be used to monitor
deformations, earth pressures, pore pressures, seepage and water levels in the dam on a long
term basis. It is therefore necessary to use electrical instrumentation for a great part of the
monitoring and connect these instruments to an automatic data acquisition system.
Moreover the deformations of the dam shall regularly be surveyed by a geodetic measurement
system. The Instrumentation system is designed for observing and estimating the safety of the
structures during construction and operation of the dam. The monitoring during construction is
also important for the evaluation of the long-term behavior of the structures.
6.7.3 Dam monitoring instrumentation
The monitoring of the dam is intended to include the following installations and instruments:
(a) For deformation measurements
 Geodetic network including;

o Observation pillars
o Benchmarks
o Reference marks
 Inclinometers for horizontal deformations.
 Magnetic settlement rings for vertical deformations (installed with inclinometers)
 Hydraulic settlement cells
(b) For pore pressure and water level measurements in dam body and foundation
 Vibrating wire piezometers ( in the embankment fill and foundation)

 Open standpipe piezometers (in the ground downstream of the embankment dam)
(c) Earth pressures
 Vibrating wire load cells

(d) Seepage
 V-shaped sharp edged weir plates (V-notch)

 Water level sensors
(e) Water level in the reservoir
 Ultrasonic level sensor
6.7.4 Geodetic network
(a) Geodetic reference system
The main purpose of the system for geodetic monitoring is to track the displacements of the
dam crest by high-accuracy geodetic measurements. The monitoring needs a reference
system of observation pillars located downstream of the dam.
The network design reflects the necessity for a reliable measurement system with control of
the stability of initial (starting) points and reference marks of the reference networks.
The network is designed as a length-angle system based on 6 datum pillars. The coordinates
shall be determined in the coordinate system Arc 1960 UTM Zone 36N.
(b) Geometric leveling system
Precise leveling will consist in traverses of the dam crest using the base benchmarks, located
in two groups at each end of the embankment dam.
6.7.5 Reference marks on the dam crest
On the dam a total of 35 reference marks will be constructed with built-in centered device for
installation of the signal (reflecting prism) and leveling reference mark for vertical
measurements. The reference marks are installed on the downstream side of the dam crest.
6.7.6 Instruments
(a) Open standpipe piezometers
The creation of the reservoir leads to changes of the water table regimes in the banks due to
certain by-pass filtration under the dam. For that reason it is necessary to install seven open
standpipe piezometers (Casagrande piezometers). These piezometers should be installed as
early as possible, preferably before starting the dam construction, in order to have the actual
groundwater conditions registered for as long time as possible before the presence of the
reservoir which will influence the ground water table.
The depths of these piezometers will be determined during the drilling to ensure that the
groundwater table is encountered. PVC pipes 42 mm Ф will be placed in borehole of 100 mm
diameter. The water receiving part of the pipe will have a length of 3m. The top part of the
piezometer has to be strengthened with a steel pipe embedded in concrete. The top of the
steel pipe must be provided with a cap and the location of the cap should be well protected to
avoid damages. The water level in the open standpipe piezometers will be measured with a
cable tape provided by adequate lighting or sound indicator to register contact with water.
(b) Vibrating wire piezometers
Vibrating wire piezometers are selected as the best type of instrument for measuring pore
pressures. The experience of this type of piezometers is favourable both with respect to
accuracy and reliability. Moreover vibrating wire instruments can be used in automated data
acquisition systems.

Pore pressure gauges in form of vibrating wire piezometers are to be installed in dam
foundation to check the effectiveness of the grout curtain and the drainage to ensure that the
uplift forces below the dam are within established limits during operation.
Piezometers will be placed in boreholes in the foundation soil below the downstream shell of
the embankment dam. The piezometers in the foundation will register any pore pressure build-
up during the placement of the dam body and during the operation of the reservoir; these
piezometers will monitor the influence of the reservoir on the pore pressures and the
effectiveness of the grout curtain.
Piezometers should be installed in the embankment fill to measure the pore pressure build-up
in the dam core during construction and the pore pressure during operation. These
piezometers will together with the open standpipe piezometers downstream of the dam give
an idea of the groundwater levels in presence of the reservoir.
Piezometers in the horizontal filter layer under the downstream dam body will show the
effectiveness of the filter zone to reduce internal pressures in the dam body.
(c) Hydraulic settlement cells
Settlement of the soil foundation below the embankment will be monitored together with the
internal deformation of the embankment fill during construction by hydraulic settlement cells.
Thus settlement cells will be installed on the foundation of the downstream dam body when
founded on soil with a thickness over rock of at least 5 m. The measured settlements during
construction will be used to estimate expected future settlements and the size of camber
needed.
Hydraulic settlement cells will also be placed in the dam body where the dam is founded on
rock (in the river section). The cells will be placed about 15 m above the foundation and will
measure settlements of the earth fill when the remaining fill is placed. These measurements
will be used to calculate the compressive characteristics of the earth fill.
The hydraulic settlement cells will require a measuring station in each section and level where
such cells are to be installed. Water filled tubes lead from the cell to the measuring station
which shall be installed lower than the cell in order to be able to read the settlements. The
data reading will be done manually in measuring station on the downstream side of the dam.
(d) Inclinometers with settlement rings
Inclinometers with magnetic settlement system are to be installed in the embankment dam.
The installation shall be such as to allow measurements of horizontal movement by an
inclinometer probe. The vertical deformations shall be measured by a probe lowered inside the
inclinometer casing sensing the magnetic ring plates placed in the fill or magnetic spiders
installed in the borehole.
(e) Total Pressure Cells
Total pressure cells (load cells) will be installed in some sections to measure the earth
pressure in the core fill to check that the weight added above the installed pressure cell
corresponds to the weight of the fill and that no arching or hanging effects reduce the vertical
stress in the core. The vertical stress in the core needs to be higher than water pressure at the
measuring level. The pressure cell locations are close to the piezometers to be able to
estimate the effective stress at the specific location. These cells can be of vibrating wire type.
(f) Water level gauge
The water level in the reservoir is suggested to be measured by a radar (acoustic) device
installed on a cantilever on the upstream side of the dam.

(g) Seepage Measuring Weir
The water from the drainage holes in the gallery in the bottom of the dam will be measured by
weirs. The weirs are located in the end of drainage ditches in the gallery. A weir consists of a
steel plate with a triangular sharp edged notch through which the water will flow. The weir will
be installed in basins with horizontal bottom. The overflow height of all weirs will be measured
manually by staff gauges but can also be automated by the installation of an electrical water
level sensor. The capacity of water measuring weirs should be minimum 30l/s (V-notch)
Seepage through the embankment should be monitored when the reservoir filling starts and
continue during operation. The dam design includes a pipe embedded in draining material at
the downstream dam toe and the leakage water will be diverted to two measurement weirs,
one on each bank.
(h) Automatic data acquisition system
The system for transfer of data will be constructed with a hierarchical structure. The instrument
signals from the different sensors in an instrumented section will be transmitted by individual
cables to multiplexers on the downstream side of the embankment dam. One multiplexer will
serve for two instrumented sections and may receive cables from the data loggers in the
instrument layout. Each multiplexer will be connected by one single cable to two secondary
stations or data loggers, one on each side of the dam for the embankment instrumentation.
The secondary stations will collect and transmit the information from the instruments in the
dam body. The secondary stations are connected to the central measuring station (CMS) by
cable, which may be an optic fibre cable in which case converters are needed. The treatment
of information, creation of data base, estimation of the current state will be made by CMS. The
visualization of the measured values will be given on a computer screen. It is possible to
transmit the data from the CMS by telemetry, such as GMS or via satellite, to the headquarters
of the responsible entity as NIB Flood Monitoring System.
The CMS should also include registering of water levels in the reservoir and of tail water level.
The meteorological data provided from the meteorological station installed should be
registered in the CMS. In case seismic instrumentation is installed these data should also be
included in the CMS.

Lessos/Keben Dam and Irrigation Development Project Final Feasibility Report
7 EXISTING AGRICULTURE
7.1 Introduction
The overall goal of the agronomy study, on irrigation component is to assess the potential of
Koilot, Sochoi and Ol‟Lessos locations to have irrigated agricultural production using current
and potentially available water. In addition, the study will aid in establishing the optimal
irrigation methods, types of crops to be grown, crop husbandry and how the crops will be
produced, and marketed. The study will also give recommendations that will improve the
farming systems appropriate for the project area thus improving the food security of local
inhabitants.
This section of the report highlights the main findings of the agronomy study while details are
presented in Agronomy Report in Annexe VII, in Volume II of this report.
7.2 Existing Crops
7.2.1 Crops grown in the project area
Various crops are grown in the project area and include:
 Cereals: Maize, F/Millet, Sorghum;

 Pulses: Beans and Peas;
 Root crops: Potatoes, and Cassava;
 Horticultural crops: Tomatoes, Cabbages, Kales, Spinach and Onions;
 Fruit crops: Passion fruits, Avocadoes, Tree tomato and bananas;
 Industrial crops: tea, coffee, sugarcane and pyrethrum.
Other crops such as French beans, sugar snaps, capsicum, baby corn, brinjals and chilli were
once grown for export. However, due to lack of continuous supply because of poor rains in the
second season, the export business collapsed. The farmers are however hopeful that with the
new project they can revive the export business.
7.2.2 Existing Cropping Pattern
The three locations within the targeted Keben Irrigation Project produce an array of crops such
as Maize, beans, kales, tomatoes, finger millet, potatoes, carrots, cabbage, spring onions,
bulb onions, tea, pyrethrum and coffee. Fruits such as avocadoes, passion fruits and bananas
are grown across the area.
 In K1 block, maize, beans, peas and horticultural crops are grown with a small area
with small scale tea.
 In K3 block, maize, beans, peas and horticultural crops are grown with a small area
with tea.
 S1 block has crops similar to K1 and K3 but with no tea.
Currently farmers grow crops only in one season while the remaining period of the year the
land is used for grazing. The wet season runs from late March/Early April to August while the
dry spell starts in October through to March. The low market prices for maize have led to some
farmers turning to horticulture, especially passion fruit production for export. The crops are
grown in pure stand on the large farms while small scale farmers intercrop maize and beans.
Early maturing varieties are preferred to maximize on rainfall.

7.2.3 Yield Potential of crops currently under production
The crops currently under production and their yield potential in the project area are provided
in the table 7-1 below. Farmers also keep dairy cattle as one of the major enterprises.
Table 7-1: Currently produced crops and their yield potential
Enterprise Current production levels Potential production Remarks

Per Total Per
Total
(ha) unit Production (ha) unit
Production
area B-bags T- area
Tons
Recommended
varieties
Maize 10,370 25 259,250B 10,400 32 332,800B become scarce
during the
planting season
Beans 5,500 12 66,000B 6,650 20 133,000B Don‟t use

certified seeds
F/Millet 57 10 570B 70 15 1,050B Don‟t use
certified seeds
Sorghum 46 9 414B 50 15 750B Don‟t use
certified seeds
Cassava 15 12 180T 30 25 750T
Has a high
potential of
S/Potatoes 40 15 600T 50 20 1,000T expansion
along the Nandi
hills
Sugar 2010 100 201,000T 2060 140 288,400T escarpment
cane
Coffee 45 15 675T 60 25 1,500T
Tea 10,140 16 162,240T 10,200 20 204,000T
Bananas 45 20 900T 50 25 1,250T Mostly grow

traditional
varieties due to
Expansion
inadequacy
limited due toof
I/Potatoes 110 160 17,600T 130 200 26,000T the
lackimproved
of certified
varieties.
seed
Cabbages 38 15 570T 45 20 900T
S/Onions 10 15 150T 15 20 300T
B/Onions 7 14 98T 15 20 300T
Kales 172 12 2,064T 180 15 2,700T
Chilies 4 2.5 10T 10 4 40T Production

limited due to
Tomatoes 24 35 840T 30 15 450T lack of ready
market
P/Fruits 80 10 800T 120 20 2,400T Readily
adopted crop
Avocadoes 8 15 120T 15 25 375T Production of
due to its high
none
returnsgrafted
Local Very
varietypopular
is high
5 4 20T 10 6 60T
vegetables production
Source: Ministry of Agriculture, livestock and fisheries, Achievement Report, 2014. limited by lack
of adequate
rains
7.2.4 Use of farm inputs
Based on agro-socio economic survey findings, Land preparation is carried out using tractors
while herbicides are used to weed twice in a season on the larger farms while hand hoes are
used on the smaller farms. Fertilizer use is common with an average of one bag per acre of
DAP while CAN of a similar amount is used for top-dressing. On average farmers get 20bags
per acre of maize in a good season. Figure 7-1 gives the fertilizer use in the project area.
Figure 7-1: Fertilizer use in the study area
7.3 Existing Agro-Economy
7.3.1 Producer prices
Producer prices fluctuate from season to season depending on quantity of produce available.
The price fluctuations are due to poor production and reliance on rain-fed agriculture. Table
7.2 shows the average market prices of most traded commodities.
Table 7.2 Market situation and commodity prices
S.No Crop Unit Price Low Price High Source
1 Tomatoes Crate 600 2400 Lessos
2 Onions kg 45 80 lessos
3 Garlic 1 No. 30 30 lessos
4 Capsicum 3 No. 20 20 lessos
5 Dhania Bunch 10 10 lessos
6 Cabbage 1 No. 15 30 lessos
7 Sukuma Bunch 10 10 lessos
8 Carrots Kg 20 35 lessos
9 Potatoes 2kg tin 30 80 lessos
10 Oranges Bag 4000 4000 Machakos
11 Mangoes Crate 900 1300 Marakwet
12 Bananas Each 5 10 Uganda
13 Passion Fruits Kg 40 70 Sochoi
14 Green Maize
Source: Preliminary market survey at lessos town August 2014

7.4 Extension services
Farmers in the irrigation area have received training on agricultural production with projects
targeting both crops and livestock. Based on agro-socio economic survey findings, 57% of the
respondents indicated that they had received regular extension services with the government
being the main service provider. The services are provided on demand and also seasonally
through projects and various media.
Radio is the most popular mode of transmission of agricultural messages. The service
providers were rated as somewhat good to very good in their knowledge of topics of
discussion (Figure 7-2).
Figure 7-2: Perceived level of knowledge of extension service providers
The various projects through which farmers have received extension messages, their
objectives and impact are listed in Table 7-3 below.
Table 7-3: Various projects and their impact in the target area
Name Objectives Impacts/Outcomes

1. Facilitate increased productivity
and agricultural outputs.
2. Promote conservation of the
environment and natural resources
Improved food security for 28,371
through sustainable land use
Households.
NALEP practices.
GOK 3. Facilitate accessibility of
Extension messages disseminated to 14,699
affordable credit and quality inputs
farmers
to farmers.
4. Promote market and product
development by adopting a value
chain approach.

- Introduction of high value crops such as

passion fruits
1. Empowerment of small scale
- CBO formation from CIGs e.g. Lessos
farmers.
Horticultural growers
2. Strengthening capacity of
association.(LHOGRASS) thus enhancing
extension.
NALEP SIDA marketing of farm produce
3. Strengthening community
- Improved incomes from the CBOs and CIGs
capacity.
- Introduction of new technologies e.g. rockets
stoves, use of jiko liners as a brooder
- Farming technologies imparted to 11,000
farmers
- One access road i.e. Kogamei-Siwo road
has been improved thus enhancing
To improve the marketing of marketing of horticultural produce and
SHoMaP smallholder horticultural reducing post-harvest losses
produce - One group i.e. Sinendet horticultural group
given a tomato processor for value
addition.
Increase food security initiatives - 14 funded groups have been effectively
through support to resource monitored by the DCU on the grant
poor community groups by utilization.
NMK providing grants for capacity - One CBO i.e. Lessos Farmers‟
building/empowerment, up- Cooperative funded to a tune of Kshs 2
scaling food security initiatives million for installation of a milk cooler thus
and creating a revolving fund. enhancing marketing of milk.
- A total of 10 model farmer groups
Increase in production of identified and members trained on modern
Horticultural crops both in terms skills of horticultural production.
SHEP UP
of quantity and quality, hence - The first 5 model groups have so far
increase in incomes increased their horticultural crop yield by
49 %
- Design for proposed Kapnyemis dam
developed and EIA done for the
WATER Water harvesting for improved same.
HARVESTING food security - Agro forestry Tree Nursery being
established for at the proposed dam
site
Source: Ministry of Agriculture, livestock and fisheries, Achievement Report, 2014 and Field
surveys in the project area.
7.5 Existing Farmer Groups
According to the baseline survey, good number of farmers also belong to farmer groups that
have been started by farmers themselves (81%) through which they carry out various
activities. The different reasons why farmers form groups include:
 To carryout agricultural activities and marketing

 For savings and credit
 As a welfare group
 For commerce and business development
 For livestock production activities

7.6 Constraints in crop production
Most of the farmers indicate that poor rainfall in the second season is the leading constraint in
-crop production. Other constraints are given in table 7-4 below;
Table 7-4: Some constraints in crop production as indicated by farmers
Production
Suggested possible solution
constrains
Training on control & safe use and disposal of chemicals.
Pest and diseases
Engage in common interest groups to improve affordability
Use of uncertified Seed bulking, keep own seed per local varieties groups contribution
seed for produce keeping & purchase of seed
Lack of labour during
land preparation and Group formation to pool resources and purchase of farm machinery
planting
Few technical staff Training and capacity building of farmers
Use of compost and Farm Yard Manure, Group formation and
engage in income generating activities, Form marketing groups
High cost of inputs
which will ensure marketing of produce and buying of inputs at cost
effective prices
Believe that fertilizer Training, soil testing and use of compost and manure to improve
spoil the soil soil fertility
Water harvesting for domestic and Agricultural use
Erratic Rainfall
Tree planting
Low technical know-
Provision of technical know-how through group training
how
Disease/pests Income generating activities – purchase of pesticides
7.6.1 Major pests and diseases
Pests and diseases (Table 7-5) are the main constraints in crop production and farmers have
a challenge in their control. The main pesticides are readily available though not affordable.
Table 7-5: Major pests and diseases, occurrence and treatment in commercial
crops
Crops Major pests Occurrence Treatment Major Occurrenc Treatment

disease e
Stalk borer
Nil
Eel worm, April rains, maize
Actellic
Maize Maize weevil during streak Rare None
Super
Greater grain storage, virus
Scania
borer
Tobacco
white fly common Spray dime-
Beans
Long stripped occurrence thoate
beetle
Cutworm, red Blight
Copper
spider mites Bestox Blossom
common oxychloride
Tomatoes American boll Alpha Tata end rot
occurrence Dithane
worm , Dimethoate Bacterial
Milraz
Birds wilt

7.6.2 Marketing
The other major constraint in agricultural production is marketing of the produce. Farmers
indicated that they had problems finding markets for their produce. When asked where they
sold their produce, the majority indicated that their main outlets were the local markets and
middlemen (Figure 7-3). These were preferred because they are close to the farmers and so
the farmer spends little in terms of money and time selling his/her produce. This has the
disadvantage of offering low prices which discourage the farmer from producing more. In the
more organised horticultural industry, contracting companies were used. The cooperatives that
were once popular are not preferred mainly due to poor management and corruption which
often leads to their collapse.
Figure 7-3: The main marketing channels for agricultural produce
7.7 Constraints in livestock production
Livestock keeping is the most important livelihood activity in the villages. It brings food and
money and also improves wealth status. The majority of people are involved in livestock
production across the target area. The common livestock kept are cows, goats, sheep,
donkeys, poultry, dogs, cats, guinea fowls and doves. People keep donkeys for transporting
produce and water. The breeds of cattle are improved species mainly for dairy. There are a
few dairy goats while the black headed doper is the main sheep breed. Indigenous chicken
have become popular as they are easier to keep and fetch good prices in the market as they
are more preferred. These breeds are adapted to the environment, and there are species that
have high productivity.
When asked if they owned cows, 93% of the households indicated that they have at least a
cow with the upper limit being 6 cows. On average the households have 3 cows which if they
sell they get an average of Ksh 30,000 per animal. 75% of households indicated that they
have an average of 4 sheep. One sheep fetches Ksh 2,000 per head at the current prices.
Goats are also kept with 54% of the respondents keeping them. On average a household in
the study area has 4 goats. Other livestock kept are pigs 21%, rabbits 27% and 7% poultry.
There is high disease prevalence which includes Trypanosomiasis, Foot and Mouth Disease
(FMD), Contagious Caprine Pleuro Pneumonia (CCPP), Heart water, New Castle Disease
(NCD), Chronic Respiratory Disease (CRD), Anaplasmosis, Soft CRD. The main disease
challenges throughout the year are given Table 7-6.

Table 7-6: Livestock activities and veterinary services
Type of Available By who Adequacy Affordability

Reliability (2)
service (Y/N) (1) (Y/N) (Y/N)
Artificial
N - - - -
insemination
Vaccination Y GoK N N Poor
Clinical
Y Private N N Fair
services
Meat
Y GoK N N Fair
inspection
General
N GoK N Y Poor
husbandry
When ranked in terms of importance, the farmers gave the following ranking for various
livestock diseases.
Table 7-7: Major livestock diseases in the area
Month Challenges to production

January Tick infestation, Mosquitoes and Biting flies
February Goat diseases - Abortion, anaplasmosis, ivui, diarrhoea.
Cattle – ephemeral buces (matumbo), Thrypanosomiasis
(kiathi) Poultry – F/typhoid, Newcastle, soft tick, fleas.
March Goat – Abortion and pneumonia.
April Marketing, ticks
May Worms, mosquitoes
June Poultry – Newcastle disease
August Dry season starts
September Lack of pasture
October Lack of pasture, poor body form
November Lack of pasture, poor body form
December Marketing
Mass slaughter (meat) for various celebrations
When ranked in terms of importance the farmers gave the following ranking.
Table 7-8: Common diseases of livestock kept in the study area
Livestock
Disease Rank Treatment method (1)
type
1. East Coast Fever 2 Tick control and medication by vet office
Cattle 2. Pneumonia 1 Vaccination and good feeding regime
3. Worms 3 De-worming
1. CCPP 1 Control of ticks using oxytetracycline
Goats
Control of ticks using oxytetracycline and
3. Anaplasmosis 2
vaccination
Sheep Control of ticks using oxytetracycline and
2. Anaplasmosis 2
vaccination
Chicken 1. Fowl pox 2 Vaccination
2. Small pox 1 Vaccination
3. Typhoid Vaccination
Source: Field Surveys in the project area
There are emerging livestock such as rabbits, guinea fowls and quails which exist but their
numbers are not known. The donkey is an important animal in the household as it is mainly
used to carry loads over the long distances that farmers have to travel to the markets.

7.7.1 Livestock production problems and proposed solutions
Farmers in the area face a number of livestock production challenges for which they have
come up with a number of possible solutions.
Table 7-9: Ranking of livestock production challenges and solutions
Production problem (1) Rank (2) Possible solutions

1. Livestock diseases 1 Paravets, farmer training
2. Livestock water 2 Small scale water supply
Pasture/fodder improvement &
3. Inadequate pasture 3
conservation
4. Stock market 4 Open livestock markets
5. Low market prices 7 Market direct to consumer market
6. Credit facility 5 Title deeds
7. Animal pests (ticks) 6 Develop cattle dips.
7.7.2 Livestock products marketing problems and solutions
Livestock marketing is not a big challenge in the area as farmers keep few high quality
livestock.
Table 7-10: Ranking of livestock marketing challenges and solutions
Marketing problem (1) Ranks (2) Possible solution

1. Low stock prices 5 Marketing groups (organized)
2. Long distances to market 2 Stock market development
3. Poor roads 1 Road improvement / rehabilitation
4. Market information inadequacy 3 Sourcing market information
5. Low value addition skill 4 Training in value addition

8 DAM AND IRRIGATION DEVELOPMENT OPTIONS
8.1 Introduction
8.1.1 Irrigation Development Constraints
As pointed out in section 2.4 of this report, about 42% of the estimated irrigation potential in
the country can be developed with the available water resources while the rest require water
harvesting and storage to be realized. Other constraints identified at the national level include:
 Application of inappropriate technologies in irrigation practices;

 Challenges related to economies of the farming enterprise;
 Management capacity of smallholder schemes.
In the project area in Nandi County, competing interests from other water uses was identified
as one of the constraints to irrigation development.
Based on views of the project stakeholders noted in two consultative workshops conducted
(refer to workshop minutes at the draft feasibility stage), domestic water supply to Kapsabet
town and Nandi hills town was perceived to have more impact from the county flagship project
status accorded to Keben dam. This is primarily due to the industrial status of the towns as
well as need to enhance sanitation conditions in the towns amid reducing the cost of electricity
for the existing pump fed systems to the town.
Other irrigation development constrains noted in the project area include:
 Slopes above 8 % recommended for irrigated agriculture in some areas calling for
adequate conservation measures to be put in place;
 Varying command levels to different blocks calling for adequate pressure regulation;
 Limited experience in irrigated agriculture among the beneficiaries;
 Competing land uses/preferences such as tea and dairy farming;
 Dependable rainfall calling only for supplemental irrigation;
 Cases of poor water management in the existing domestic water supply system;
8.1.2 Opportunities for Irrigation Development
Nandi County is endowed with expansive rich agricultural land whose productivity can be
further improved through irrigation. Other opportunities for irrigation development in the county
include:
 Available water resources in Mogobich, Ngechu, Cheplelachbei and Kibiok Rivers,
which can be used to irrigate a substantial area within the proposed area.
 Forested catchment of the rivers assuring sustainability of the water sources;
 Soils suitable for growing a variety of crop species under irrigation;
 Threats like the Maize Lethal Necrosis Disease (MLND) calling for need to explore
other options to the farmer in place;
 Available labour in view of population increase projections;
 Ready market both locally in Kapsabet, Nandi hills and even for export via Eldoret
airport;
 Ongoing climate change making dependence on rain-fed agriculture more risky;
 Suitable topography for gravity fed systems;
 Four months with no production that can be fully utilized;
 Ongoing efforts at irrigated agriculture calling for a technical intervention;
 The expanded irrigation programme offering opportunities for irrigation expansion
even in highland areas;
 Kenya‟s vision 2030 that focuses on reducing the reliance of the economy on rain fed
agriculture.

8.1.3 Need for Intervention
As pointed out in section 1.3.2 of this report, the main aim of the irrigation component of the
project was to offer an alternative means of livelihood to the farmers living near the forest edge
to deter them from deforestation activities. This was mainly for purposes of environmental
conservation in a bid to conserve the dam catchment. On the other hand the Nandi County
Integrated Development Plan as reviewed in section 2.7.2 of this report identifies the main
challenge to food security in the county as mono-cropping and too much land being dedicated
for tea farms.
Observations made during round 2 of fieldwork (refer to photo plates G) further reveal that
uptake of land for tea farming is ongoing alongside mono cropping and land being left
farrow/idle after harvesting. However efforts at irrigated agriculture were also noted calling for
a need for a technical intervention in order to compliment them.
Further to the above, a review of the existing agriculture in section 7.2.1 reveals that high
value crops such as French beans, sugar snaps, capsicum, baby corn, brinjals and chilli were
once grown for export. However, due to lack of continuous supply because of unreliable rains
in the second season, the export business collapsed.
The above challenges call for intervention by offering alternatives to the existing rain fed
agriculture. One of the solutions is introduction of supplemental irrigated agriculture so as to
enable the farmer in place grow different varieties of crops throughout the year.
8.1.4 Proposed Dam and Irrigation Development Options
In view of the above, the consultant proposed two development options for both dam and
irrigation components at the draft feasibility stage. Preliminary designs and comparisons were
also carried out for the proposed development options and financial viability established for
each option.
A brief of the proposed dam development options as presented at draft feasibility stage
alongside the selected option is presented in the subsequent section.
8.2 Proposed Dam development Options
8.2.1 General Considerations
The following factors were taken into consideration while identifying the possible dam
development options.
 Review of the previous studies and design from available literature;

 Available construction materials within close proximity to the dam site;
 Estimated irrigation water requirements and projected domestic water demand;
 Maximum possible storage for the proposed dams;
 Terms of reference of the consultancy services;
 Workshop proceedings and recommendations from key stakeholders specifically the
Nandi County Government;
 Environmental and social Impact assessments;
 Existing topography and catchment characteristics.

8.2.2 Dam Development options as at draft feasibility stage
Two dam development options were considered based on two different potential dam sites
with different characteristics as presented in figure 8-1 and described below:
Dam Development Option No.1: This option considered the utilization of dam site no.1 for
water storage. The site was proposed in the previous studies and was also found to be
suitable for dam development in the current study. It has a maximum storage of 1.8 MCM or
3.334 MCM (if filled twice a year) and a catchment area of 13.6 km2.
Dam Development Option No.2: This dam site is located at approximately 1 km upstream of
Dam no.1. It has a storage capacity of 6.47 MCM and is capable of commanding the proposed
project area. It has a catchment area of 11.7km2
Table 8-1: Comparisons of Dam Development Options
Dam Option No.1 Dam Option No.2
1. Has lower development cost It has a higher development cost than 1
Has a longer axis hence higher development

2. Shorter dam axis than option No.2
cost
3. Design life of up to 30years Design life of up to 30years
4. Embankment is Zoned Earth fill Embankment is Zoned Earth fill
5 Has maximum capacity of 1.8 MCM Has a capacity of 6.47 MCM
6 Dam height is 38m Dam height of 45 m
Has a smaller reservoir area (16 ha) The reservoir area is larger Reservoir (59 ha)
7 hence less impact on the natural than that of Dam No.1 hence more impact on
vegetation and wildlife the natural vegetation and wildlife
Available storage can only meet the The available storage is sufficient to meet the
8 irrigation demand for 316 ha in the 4 estimated demand for irrigation of 888 ha
months targeted for supplemental and domestic water supply for a projected
irrigation. demand of up to 10 years.
Construction costs of the proposed Construction costs of the proposed dam is

9
dam is Kshs. 1,921,789,076 Kshs. 2,873,588,953
Reservoir capacity is 1,559,032 m3 Reservoir capacity is 6,243,379 m3

10 considering a 30 year design life for considering a 30 year design life for the dead
the dead storage capacity storage capacity
Cost per cubic meter of storage is Cost per cubic meter of storage is
11
Kshs 1,232 Kshs 460
12 Normal Water level is at 2350m amsl Normal Water level is at 2380m amsl
It is approximately 800m from the

It is approximately 1,200 m from the nearest
13 nearest access road (Keben-
access road (Keben-Mogobich Road).
Mogobich Road).
The above dam development options were presented in workshop no.2 and development no.2
adopted to proceed to final feasibility study.

15,950
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
NOTES AND LEGEND
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Projection: UTM ZONE 36N
X
X
X
X
15,850
X
X
X
X
X
X
Datum: ARC 1960
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
NWL - Normal Water Level
X
X
X
15,750
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
RHS - Right Hand Side
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
15,650
X
X
X
X
X
Irrigation Conveyance
X
LHS - Left Hand Side
X
X
X
X
X
Pipeline
X X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
15,550
X
X
X
X
2300 Contour line
X
X
X
X
KBN4
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
15,450
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
Drawoff/Bottom Outlet Box Culvert

X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
Proposed Dam Axis

X
X
X
X
KBN5
X
X
Dam Embankment
X
X
Mogobich River
X
X
X
X
760,600
X
X
Toe
X
X
15,350
Existing Pipeline
X
X
take
ng In
X
X
Existi
X
X
Spillway am
X
X
Chute channel stre 2.5)
X
X
wn
X
Do pe=1
:
Fenceline
X
X
(slo KBN1
X
X
KBN3
X
X
15,250 15,250
X
X
760,400
KBN6
Survey Benchmark
X
X
Ir
eam :3) r
X
X
str ig
Up pe=1 a
X
X
tio
(slo
X
X
n
X
X
Co
X
X
nv
Stilling Basin
X
X
M ey
an Water Tank
X
X
15,150
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X og
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
ob ce
X
X
Dam Crest Road KBN2
ic pi
760,200
X
X
h pe
X
X
Ri lin
X
X
ve e Spillway
X
X
r
Chute channel
Proposed Irrigation
X
X
Concrete Ogee Weir
X
X
X
X
15,050
Conveyance Line
X
X
Spillway Inlet
M
X
X
og
X
Channel
X
X
ob
X
X
ich
X
X
Concrete Ogee Weir
X
X
Ri
Dam 2 Reservoir Area
ve
X
X
r
X
X
14,950
X
X
Spillway Inlet
X
X
X
X
Channel
X
X
Drawoff/Bottom Outlet Box Culvert
X
X
Dam 2 Earthfill
X
X
X
X
Embankment
X
X
X
X
14,850
eam
str 2.5)
X
X
wn :
Do pe=1
X
X
(slo
X
X
X
X
Dam 1 Reservoir Area
X
X
X
X
am )
stre
759,700
759,800
759,900
760,000
760,100
760,200
760,300
:3
X
X
Up pe=1
X
X
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
(slo
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
X
X
14,750
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Dam site 1 Earthfill
X
X
X
X
X
X
14,650
Embankment
X
X
Mog
obic
X
X
h Riv
e
X
X
r
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
14,550
X
X
NW
X
X
X
X
L=
X
X
X
X
23
X
X
80
X
X
m
X
X
14,450
X
X
am
X
X
sl
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
14,350
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
14,250
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
14,150
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
14,050
X
X
l
ams
X
X
38 0m
X
X
=2
NWL
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
13,950
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
759,700
759,800
759,900
760,000
760,100
760,200
760,300
760,400
760,500
760,600
760,700
760,800
760,900
761,000
761,100
761,200
761,300
761,400
761,500
761,600
X
X
X
X
13,850 0 20 40 60 80 100m
Scale
REV. No. DESCRIPTION DATE REV. No. DESCRIPTION DATE
DAM DEVELOPMENT LAYOUT

FOR OPTION 1 AND 2
DEVELOPMENT PROJECT
FIGURE 8-1 0
8.3 Type and Size of hydropower plant
In line with TOR section 1.2(3), the consultant is required to determine the type of hydropower
plant suitable for the proposed dam sites in view of multipurpose use. The following guidelines
are conventionally applied by the manufacturers:
 Micro hydropower schemes are those having capacities below 100 kW;
 Mini hydropower plants as those ranging from 100 kW to 1 MW;
 Small hydroelectric plants as those ranging from 1 to 30 MW.
For the proposed dam sites, an estimate of the potential hydro-electric power that can be
produced from the two dam sites is as shown in table 8-2.
Table 8-2: Hydro-power capacity at proposed dam sites
Description Dam site 1 Dam site 2

Turbine efficiency, Π (%) Range between, (75 – 90 %) 80% 80%
3
Density of water, ρ (Kg/m ) 1000 1000
3
Irrigation and Environmental flows, Q (m /s) 0.56 0.56
2
Gravitational acceleration, g (m/s ) 9.81 9.81
Head, H (m) 30 49
Electric power = Π ρ QgH (kW) 131 214
Using both irrigation water and environmental flows (0.56 m3/s) to generate electric power,
and allowing a 30 m command head loss from dam site 1 and 49m head loss from Dam site 2
, hydropower plant with capacities of about 131 kW and 214 kW respectively would be
required. From the convention adopted, this falls under the Mini-Hydropower Plant category. A
sample of available hydropower types is presented in annex VIII, Volume II of this report.
Considering dam site 2 and assuming 8 hrs operation as proposed in previous studies and a
pelton turbine capacity of 214 kW, 1,714 kWh would be generated per day. If injected to the
grid at a cost of 18 Kshs per KWh for capacities > 1500 KWh; the electricity sale would
amount to 30,844 Kshs per day and Kshs 3,701,298 in the 4 months targeted for
supplemental irrigation. However the operation time can be increased to 22 hrs to increase the
benefits.
The estimated investment cost for a pelton turbine with a capacity of 196 kW is £47,000 or
Kshs 6,533,000 (North West Hydro Resource Model). Considering other related costs for
setting up such a plant and in view of the earth fill embankment for proposed dam
development, this component has not been factored as a major focus in the current study.

8.4 Proposed Irrigation Development Options
8.4.1 General Considerations
The following factors have been considered in developing the irrigation development options.
 Terms of reference for the consultancy services;

 Review of the previous studies;
 Public consultative meetings / IWUA meetings;
 Stakeholder‟s workshop proceedings;
 Proximity of the proposed irrigation area to the forest boundary;
 Available water for irrigation development;
 Location of the proposed dam sites;
 Existing topography;
 Existing land use patterns.
 Soil studies and suitability analysis;
 On-farm water application method;
 Project implementation phases;
Based on the above factors, two irrigation development options (A & B) were formulated at the
draft feasibility stage as described below.
8.4.2 Irrigation Development Option “A”:
This option prioritizes the irrigable area about 5 km from the forest edge as envisioned by the
project proponents for development in the 1st phase of the project. The blocks covered include
2 irrigation units in Koilot location (K-1 and K-3) and 1 irrigation unit in Sochoi (S-1) covering a
suitable soils gross area of 1,697 ha and an allocated net area of 500 ha. This translates to an
effective land use of 29%.
This option proposes the use of a Sprinkler irrigation method with an overall efficiency of 70%.
Using this irrigation method and allocated water from selected dam site, an additional net area
of 388 ha can be irrigated in the 2nd phase of the project raising the maximum net irrigation
potential to 888 ha. Tables 8-3 gives the gross and net areas of the blocks covered for the two
phases of the project while Figure 8-1 shows the development layout for this option.
Table 8-3: Gross and Net Irrigation Area Covered
Location Irrigation Blocks Gross Area (ha) Net Area (ha)

K-1 (Keben) 982 285
Koilot
K-3 (Koilot) 417 126
Sochoi S-1 (Sochoi) 298 89
Total Area (Phase 1) 1,697 500
K2 1103
Koilot
K4 934
388
Sochoi S2 178
Lessos L1 992
Total Area (Phase 1&2) 4,904 888
The above implies that the proposed net area of 500 ha in the TOR can be consolidated in
phase 1 within the 3 blocks and the additional area 388 ha allocated to any or distributed to all
of the other 4 blocks in phase 2. This translates to an effective land use of 18% if the
distributed approach is adopted.

TO KILIBWONI
ORET
LESSOS TO ELD
LESSOS JUNCTION PROJECTION: UTM ZONE 36N

DATUM: ARC 1960
L E G E N D
MAIN ROADS
KOILOT JUNCTION MINOR ROADS
RURAL ACCESS ROADS
MOTORABLE TRACKS
KIMWOGI
TO
KA
PS
TO NABKOI JUNCTION
AB
SUB
S1- IN
MA
ET
S1- IN
MA
2
1
SUB
cheple
lachb
ei Riv
e r
LELWAK
AIN
LELWAK JUNCTION
SUBM
S-1
KIBIOK
SU
BM
Mog AI
N
K-
o bich 3
Rive
r
SUBMA
IN
K1-3
SU
B
K1 MA
-2 IN KEBEN
Mog
obic
hR
iver
SUBMAIN
TO NANDI HILLS
K1-1
MOGOBICH
IRRIGATION LAYOUT
DEVELOPMENT PROJECT
OPTION A
FIGURE 8.2 O
In an attempt to benefit more people and hence create the desired impact of a flagship project
status accorded by the Nandi county government, a more efficient alternative development
option B with a higher net area has been considered.
8.4.3 Irrigation Development Option “B”:
This option targets the maximum potential gross area of 4904 ha in a bid to benefit all farmers
in the three locations and all the 7 irrigation units as well as accommodate other competing
land uses in the project area as established in section 3.9.2 and recommended in workshop
No.2. Table 8-4 shows the gross areas of all the blocks covered under this option.
Table 8-4: Gross and Net irrigation area covered
Location Irrigation Blocks Gross area (ha) Net area (ha)

K-1 (Keben) 982 372
Koilot
K-3 (Koilot) 417 158
Sochoi S-1 (Sochoi) 298 113
K2 1103 172
Koilot
K4 934 145
Sochoi S2 178 28
Lessos L1 992 154
Total Area (Phase 1&2) 4,904 1,142
In view of the increased coverage amid the limited water resource, this option proposes to use
a Drip irrigation method with an overall system efficiency of 90%.
Using this irrigation method, and allocated water from selected dam a total net area of 643 ha
can be irrigated in the 1st phase of the project using the same amount of water allocated for
500 ha in option “A”. This translates to an effective land use of 38%.
Further to the above, an additional irrigation potential of 499 ha can be irrigated in the 2nd
phase of the project raising the total maximum net irrigation potential to 1142 ha. This
translates to an overall effective land use of 23%.

TO KILIBWONI
ORET
LESSOS TO ELD

LESSOS JUNCTION DATUM: ARC 1960
L E G E N D
MAIN ROADS
MINOR ROADS
KOILOT JUNCTION RURAL ACCESS ROADS
MOTORABLE TRACKS
KIMWOGI TOWNS
TO
KA
SHOPPING CENTRES
PS
TO NABKOI JUNCTION
AB
SUB
S1- IN
MA
ET
S1- IN
MA
2
1
SUB
cheple
lachb
ei Riv
e r
LELWAK
AIN
LELWAK JUNCTION
SUBM
S-1
KIBIOK
SU
BM
Mog AI
N
K-
o bich 3
Rive
r
SUBMA
IN
K1-3
SU
B
K1 MA
-2 IN KEBEN
Mog
obic
hR
iver
SUBMAIN
TO NANDI HILLS
K1-1
MOGOBICH
IRRIGATION LAYOUT
DEVELOPMENT PROJECT
OPTION B
FIGURE 8.3 O
8.5 Comparisons of Proposed Irrigation Development Options (A&B)
Table 8-7 below shows the features of the proposed irrigation development options.
Table 8-5: Characteristics of the Irrigation Development Options
Option A Option B
1 Gross Irrigation Area 4,904 ha (12,260 acres) Gross Irrigation Area 4,904 ha (12,260 acres)
Proposed Irrigation method is sprinkler with Proposed Irrigation method is drip with an overall
2
an overall effiency of 70% effiency of 90%
3 Net Irrigable area 888 ha (2,220 acres) Net Irrigable area 1142 ha (2,855 acres)
Allocated Net Irrigable area based on water Allocated Net Irrigable area based on water
4
available for phase 1 is 500 ha (1,250 acres) available for phase 1 is 643 ha (1,607 acres)
Allocated Net Irrigable area based on water Allocated Net Irrigable area based on water
5
available for phase 2 is 388 ha (970 acres) available for phase 2 is 499 ha (1,248 acres)
Irrigation Area prioritizes Koilot & Sochoi Irrigation Area focuses on all the locations of
6
locations in phase 1. Koilot, Sochoi and Lessos.
Effective land use area for agriculture on Effective land use area for irrigation Development
7
irrigation Development phase 1 is 29%. phase 1 is 38%.
Effective land use area for agriculture on Effective land use area for irrigation Development
8
irrigation Development phase 2 is 12%. phase 2 is16%
Has Lower irrigation Infrastructure Has higher irrigation Infrastructure development

9
development Costs Costs
Lesser experience of the farmer in place is

Implementation will be challenged by farmer‟s
10 required at the implementation as the system
inexperience in irrigation
is less sophisticated.
Future expansion of the irrigated area can be

accommodated by replacing the infield Expansion is challenged by available water and
11
component from sprinkler to drip after the 10 fixed infrastructure.
years.
The availability of irrigation water for farmers in the

Water availability for the on-farm is
lower horizon of Lessos and K4 blocks cannot be
guaranteed to the target farmers in phase 1
12 guaranteed due to possible illegal future
thus minimizing the chances of interfering
abstractions in view of projected increase in
with the dam catchment.
domestic water supply demand.
It can benefit up to 2,220 households

It can benefit up to 2,855 households assuming 1
assuming 1 acre per household. Thus able to
13. acre per household. Thus able to cover the 2576
cover the 2016 of the currently enlisted
of the currently enlisted beneficiaries.
beneficiaries with more than 1 acre of land.

8.6 Combined Project Development Options (Dam and Irrigation)
8.6.1 Dam and Irrigation Development Options at Draft Feasibility Stage
At draft feasibility stage, all the proposed dam and irrigation development options were
combined to form preliminary project development options.
The Four resultant options are as presented below:
 Project Development Option 1-A: This considered the Dam development option no.1 and the
irrigation development option A
 Project Development Option 1-B: This considered the Dam development option no.1 and the
irrigation development option B
 Project Development Option 2-A: This considered the Dam development option no.2 and the
irrigation development option A
 Project Development Option 2-B: This considered the Dam development option no.2 and the
irrigation development option B
8.6.2 Dam and Irrigation Development Options at Final Feasibility Stage
The four options proposed at draft feasibility were evaluated but only two were recommended
to proceed to the current final feasibility stage.
The two Final options are as presented below:
 Project Development Option A: This considers the selected Dam development option no.2
and the modified irrigation development option A targeting 888 ha.
 Project Development Option B: This considers the selected Dam development option no.2
and the modified irrigation development option B targeting the maximum potential irrigation
area of 1142 ha.

9 FINAL AGRICULTURE DEVELOPMENT PLAN
9.1 Factors Considered In the Final ADP
Keben Irrigation Development project aims at improving food security, household incomes, and
provision of industrial raw materials. It also aims at creating employment as well as upgrading the
regional economy by having in place a model commercial agriculture irrigation scheme. The final
agriculture development plan considers the following factors.
9.1.1 Potential crops and crop requirements
The area targeted for irrigation is close to Kapsabet and Eldoret towns which have facilities for
local marketing and export of horticultural crops. Potential crops for the project have been
selected in due consideration of agro-climatic conditions and the crops requirements as well as
target markets. Based on topography and soil suitability, two main crop categories have been
arrived at and these include: Food crops and Horticultural crops.
9.1.2 Food security
The need to meet food security in the project area and the region at large is a key component of
the agriculture development plan. It would therefore be prudent that an appreciable hectarage be
allocated to food crops. The crops selected for food security should offer an opportunity for value
addition to increase income for the surplus.
9.1.3 Income generation
There is an increasing trend towards horticultural crop production. This is following the high cost
of inputs and low prices for maize and wheat which are the main cereal crops grown in the area.
To improve household incomes, high value horticultural crops (local and export market
vegetables, fruit trees, oil crops) have been considered in the selected crops to be grown under
irrigation.
9.1.4 Employment creation
Lack of employment especially among the youth is one of the main challenges that the
government faces. Currently many youth have left the area in search of lucrative jobs in the
neighboring towns. Rural to urban migration is therefore a big problem leading to increase in
informal settlements (slums) and putting pressure on the infrastructure in urban areas, increased
crime among other problems.
These young people must therefore be encouraged to engage in activities in the rural areas that
would earn them some income so that they do not move to urban centers in search of jobs.
Irrigated agriculture if well planned through the choice of high value horticultural crops that are
labour intensive will offer such an opportunity. To create employment opportunities in the area,
labour intensive crops such as horticultural crops have been selected.
9.1.5 Increased cropping intensity
Currently farmers plant once a year giving a cropping intensity of 100%. There is a need to raise
the current cropping intensities as practiced under rain-fed conditions. This would be done with a
view of maximizing land utilization under irrigation. Raised cropping intensities to 180% would
bring along increased crop diversification and with it multiple sources of income and reduced risks
in case of failure of one or more of the crops.

9.1.6 Appropriate production practices
Suitable crop production practices would be recommended in view of sustaining the scheme
productivity without damaging the environment. Sustainable production practices would focus on:
 Appropriate land tillage practices;
 Soil conservation measures;
 Use of inputs and pesticides at the recommended rates;
 Proper use of irrigation and drainage methods; and,
 Crop rotation.
9.1.7 Market potential and requirement
Introduction of irrigation will lead to increased crop intensification and attention must be paid to
informed production decisions. Production quantities should be large enough to address current
and future demands in the project area, nationally and international markets in case of export
crops.
To produce acceptable produce that fetch premium prices in the market, attention would also be
paid to quality assurance. Market arrangements would be strengthened through organized
institutions such as farmer cooperative societies. Joint market ventures with private sector
through public private partnerships (PPP) would result in reduced marketing costs in terms of
transport as well as increasing the farmers‟ bargaining power for better commodity prices.
Value addition would be recommended in order to enable producers sell their produce at
advanced market destinations other than the primary destination. Value addition may be
embraced through grading, packaging, processing and branding of agricultural produce.
9.1.8 Arrangements for Agriculture support services
The agricultural support services comprise a range of services aimed at making agricultural
production efficient, sufficient, profitable and sustainable. Basic agriculture support services would
include:
 Research and demonstration;
 Extension and training;
 Input supply;
 Credit facilities;
 Farm mechanization activities;
 Postharvest handling and processing;
 Marketing infrastructure;
 Support services for farmers‟ organization for proper operation and maintenance of the
scheme.
Respondents indicated that they have very little access to extension services with 43% saying
they have no access and 57% saying they have access. At least 37% of farmers get information
from government extension officers while 28% use lead farmers as the sources of information.
The majority of respondents rates the knowledge and skills of extension service providers as very
good.

Figure 9-1: Sources of extension information for farmers
9.1.9 Farmer technical knowledge and preferences
To draw out an adoptable agricultural development plan for the project area, emphasis would be
laid on the beneficiary farmers in terms of the following:
 The farmers‟ technical indigenous knowledge would be integrated in the development
plan. For instance, farmers would be allowed to grow crops that have proven to be well
adapted in the area;
 Farmers would be allowed to grow their preferred crops for food security and income
generation;
 As much farmer technical knowledge and preferences are embraced, consultations with
sub-county agricultural (crops) officers are encouraged in order to ascertain that such
practices are profitable.
The respondents give indications of the technologies that they have been trained on as follows:
Table 9-1: Farmers trained on various technologies
Area of Training % Trained

IPM(disease identification/safe use of pesticides 42%
Compost making/soil fertility management 9%
planting(spacing 15%
fertilizer application 13%
Nurseries 8%
Kitchen garden construction 5%
Seed selection &multiplication 4%
Grain storage 2%
Source: Ministry of Agriculture

9.2 Crop Selection
9.2.1 Farmer crop preferences
The farmers interviewed reported that they were food sufficient and that any deficit is addressed
through purchase from the local markets. There is little or no relief food. This situation then
necessitates that some food crops be part of the proposed crops to be grown under irrigation. The
field study results further indicate that there was a consensus among farmers that through
irrigation and production of high value crops, their incomes would improve and thus alleviating
poverty in the target areas.
The crops that farmers preferred for production as cash crops are the Asian vegetables and local
vegetables with fruits such as avocado, passion fruit, and banana for income generation. The
farmers therefore gave a wide choice of crops as those proposed for irrigation. The fact that the
farmers selected maize as a crop to be grown under irrigation as cash crops indicates that their
main concern is to have more commercialization of crops that they are familiar with. Maize as a
crop to be grown under irrigation may lead to production glut and may not favorably compete with
rain fed maize. This may lower the maize prices further. Alternative uses of maize such as silage
making for high value dairy production should be considered.
The choice of crops to be irrigated has therefore to take into account the household food
requirements as well as commercial needs in order to generate income and alleviate poverty.
9.2.2 Crop choice, pattern and intensity
In any locality, the prevalent cropping systems are the cumulative results of past and present
decisions by individuals, communities or governments and their agencies. These decisions are
usually based on experience, tradition, expected profit, personal preferences and resources,
social and political pressures and so on. Essentially, the choice of crops in any suggested
cropping pattern is geared towards answering some of the following questions:
1. What with the present climatic, edaphic and socio-economic conditions that determine the
suitability of the crops to the project area?
2. What interactions occur among the ecologically practicable crops and the chosen crops
and must be combined in a special way (rotations) in the farming systems?
3. Are any of the ecologically feasible crops ruled out by infrastructural factors?
4. Which of the crops are most profitable (or yield most food in a subsistence agriculture)?
5. In what combinations and at what level of input application would they make the best use
of available land, climate and input resources in short-term and long-term situations
bearing in mind the degree of food and income security required by the individual farmer
and the community?
6. What operational factors rule out or amend the size and the method of any of the
economically preferable crop combinations thereof?
7. Finally, are the crop combinations, the farming systems and the input levels suggested by
this process of the individual farmers compatible with his skills, enterprise preferences,
health, age and capital?

9.2.3 Crops that are currently produced
The main crops that farmers are growing are annual crops such as maize, beans, sweet potato,
peas, tomato, onions, cabbage, kale; perennials such as tea, pyrethrum, avocado, passion fruit
and coffee. A few farmers grow bananas for home use with little surplus for the market. Local
vegetables such as solanum, amaranthus and spider plant are popular with the local farmers and
are highly marketable. The most popular crops are shown in Figure 9-2 below.
Figure 9-2: The commonly produced crops
Irrigation is carried out in some places by a few farmers and the most popular method is bucket
irrigation with the most popular crops for irrigation being the highly marketable ones as shown in
figure 9-3 below. Tea is irrigated in the nurseries.
Figure 9-3: Common crops grown with irrigation

9.2.4 Challenges under rain-fed agriculture
The main challenges indicated in the baseline survey are shortage of rainfall, soil erosion, pests
and diseases and poor infrastructure.
Figure 9-4: The common challenges under rain-fed agriculture
9.2.5 Crop selection Criteria
Based on FAO guidelines (tables 9-2 and 9-3), crop selection should start by matching the crop
ecological requirements with given environmental conditions in order to predict the performance
of the envisaged farm enterprises. The climatic factors that influence the crop growth are
temperatures, potential evapotranspiration, total growing period and radiation.
Most crops offer varieties which vary with their general and specific climatic requirements,
depending on the genetic characteristics.
Under irrigated agriculture the following conditions must then be taken into account:
 High yielding crop varieties selected must be well adapted to the prevailing soil and
environmental conditions;
 Adequate water supply provided for the crop growth period;
 Adequate inputs and management provided; and,
 Adequate disease, pest and weed control.
The high yielding crop varieties should be grown under optimal agronomic management regimes
including crop husbandry, selection of appropriate irrigation methods, and through well designed
and appropriate irrigation scheduling.

Table 9-2: Yields of some crop varieties and their climatic requirements
Tropics (arid and semi-arid

Crop Subtropics >20°C
conditions) >20°C
Beans (dry grain), cowpeas, green grams 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5
Maize 6-8 3.0-4.5

Onion (bulb) 35-45 7-9
Wheat 3.5-5.0 35.45
Soy beans 2.5-3.5 3.5-5.0
Tomatoes (fruit) 25-35 5-7
Source: FAO (1986)
Table 9-3: Ecological and water requirements of potential crops
Total Temperature Water

Crops growing requirement Soil requirements requirement
period (days) °C (mm)
Banana 300-365 25-30 Deep, well drained, loam, pH 5-7 800-1600
Beans (dry) 90-120 15-20 Deep, friable, well drained, pH 5.0-5.5. 300-500
Cabbage 100-150 15-20 Well drained, pH 6.0-6.5. 300-500
Maize 100-140 24-50 Deep, well drained, pH 5-7. 500-800
Onion 100-140 15-20 Medium textured soil, pH 6-7. 350-550
Tomatoes 90-120 20-30 Medium textured soil, pH, 5-7. 400-600
Peas 80-110 22-30 Sandy loam, pH 6-8. 400 - 600
Sunflower 90 – 120 24-30 Light textured to heavy soil, tolerant to 350 - 400
water range
Wide logging, pH 6-8.
of soils except sandy, pH
Soyabean 100-130 20-35 450-700
6.0-6.5.
Source: FAO (1986)
9.3 Justification of proposed crops for irrigation
Food crops that meet the pre-qualification criteria include maize, common beans, and sweet
potatoes. However they are not included in the cropping pattern because they can be
successfully grown under rain-fed conditions to satisfy the current needs.
Horticultural crops such as Kale, tomatoes, French beans, onion and sweet melon may be
considered; while fruits that can be grown include: passion fruit, Avocado and bananas. The
crops that are discussed below were selected due to their role in food supply, their high gross
margins and significant yield improvement under irrigation. Farmers in the area have past
experience in their production.

9.3.1 Maize (baby corn)
Inclusion of baby corn is thus justified by the following reasons:
 Maize is already grown in the first season as a food security and commercial crop and
farmers are likely to grow baby corn under irrigation if markets are available;
 Farmers are familiar with maize production and have the required skills;
 Two or three crops are possible in a year hence high cropping intensities can be
practiced;
 The stover would be used as livestock feed as well as be used for mulching of vegetable
crops
9.3.2 Irish potato
This is the second most important food crop in Kenya. In Nandi County production targets have
not been met with on 50% of the requirements achieved. With improving economic conditions and
urbanization, people are consuming potato in form of French fries which are popular in urban
areas. The demand for the produce is high especially in the urban centers and the deficit is met
through imports from other regions. Other considerations include:
 Can be grown in 3 months with high yields;

 Can be stored for some months and is therefore a food security crop;
 Farmers can produce their own seed if they are properly trained. Kenya produces only
1% of the seed needed every year. This offers an opportunity for farmers to earn an
income from seed production;
 The produce can be value added into other more valuable products such as crisps, chips,
starch, flour etc; and,
 Can be used as a livestock feed.
9.3.3 Vegetable crops
The reasons for inclusion of horticultural crops in the project area are:
 Vegetables are high value crops hence they would be valuable for income generation in
the project area;
 Food security and nutritional requirements in the project area to address malnutrition;
 There is a deficit of vegetables such as cabbage and kale in the area and in the County,
which is often met through imports from other regions;
 There is ready market for horticultural produce in the project area in the towns of
Kabsabet, Eldoret and Kisumu. However, this opportunity would be wholly exploited upon
informed production decisions;
 Employment creation opportunities: Horticultural production is labour intensive;
 A Consultant‟s market survey revealed that most of fresh produce including kales,
tomatoes and onions though grown in the area are insufficient and are imported from
other regions.

9.3.4 Local market and export vegetables
These vegetables are meant to meet local and regional demands and have been included for the
following reasons:
 These vegetables have wide ecological adaptability;

 Some of the vegetables such as solanum nigram, spider plant, amaranth and kale are
already grown in the area for local market and home consumption, hence farmers are
familiar with their production practices
 Vegetables are short term crops that would allow for high cropping intensities hence
sustained household and/or project incomes throughout the year;
 Onions have high gross margins, are less perishable and can be stored and transported
to distant markets without significant damage;
 Export market vegetables are an invaluable source of foreign exchange. The export
market for French beans, onions, ABE chilli, sugar snaps, baby corn, capsicum, brinjals
and even tomato is available in Arabia, South Sudan and Europe.
(a) French beans
This crop has been given prominence in the cropping pattern because of the following reasons:
 It is a major vegetable export crop in Kenya and due to the proximity of the area to Eldoret
International airport; it can easily be a major income earner for the area.
 Production is mainly by small-scale farmers and farmers in the target area have past
production experience.
 It is labour intensive thus creating on-farm employment opportunities.
 French bean is a major export crop to the EEC countries.
 Local consumption has increased considerably in recent years creating a local market
 French beans are particularly rich in vitamin A, calcium phosphorus and iron.
9.3.5 Fruits
(a) Banana
Inclusion of banana in the project area is justified by the following reasons:
 Bananas would play an important role in income diversification in the project area;
 A few farmers are growing bananas thus it will not be a new crop in the project area;
 This is a high income crop with low labour needs and is currently being imported from
Uganda;
 Bananas are low management crops hence farmers would adopt them easily and the by-
products would support livestock production;
 Suitable cover crops can always be intercropped with banana when its young, hence higher
returns per unit land area; and,
 Banana can be value added into many by-products that can be used as baby food thus
improving the nutrition of the people in the region.
(b) Passion fruits and Avocado
These have been proposed to be grown in the area as an alternative income earner to maize.
The export market is available and through value addition it can earn farmers a good income. The
purple variety is well adapted to the area and is popular with farmers. Yields of up to 40t/ha can
be obtained. Avocado export market is readily available and avocado oil for the cosmetic industry
is on the rise. The fruits are becoming popular due to the low cholesterol fat; it is popular in fruit
salads.

9.4 Proposed Cropping Pattern
A discussion with farmers indicated that they are eager to grow a variety of crops for the local
markets as well as export. In the past attempts have been made to grow French beans, sugar
snaps, baby corn and baby carrots for the export market. However, they were not able to sustain
the markets due to lack of water for irrigation during the off peak season. With availability of water
these crops can be produced again.
The cropping pattern proposed under irrigation thus considers food security and wealth creation.
The crops selected are both local and export oriented and can be value added. This would meet
the need for job creation in the area. Table 9-4 below presents the cropped area allocation
percentages for the proposed 500 ha net irrigation area.
Table 9-4: Proposed cropping pattern for Keben Irrigation Project
Season 1 Cropped Season 2 Cropped

Cropping option Total
(Irrigated) Area (Ha) (Rain fed) Area (Ha)
Maize (0%) 0 0 0 0 0
Irish potato (20%) 20 100 20 100 40
Tomato (5%) 5 25 5 25 10
Kale (1%) 1 5 1 5 2
Spider plant (3%) 0 0 3 15 3
Solanum (1%) 1 5 1 5 2
Baby Carrots (5%) 5 25 5 25 10
Brinjals (2%) 2 10 0 0
Capsicum (4%) 4 20 0 0
Chilli (1%) 0 0 1 5 1
Spring onion (2%) 2 10 2 10 4
Snow peas (1%) 0 0 2 10 2
French Beans (16%) 16 80 16 80 32
Banana (14%) 14 70 14 70 28
Passion (20%) 20 100 20 100 40
Avocado (10%) 10 50 10 50 20
100 500 100 500 200
The proposed cropping calendar for the above pattern is provided in figure 9-5.

Figure 9-5: Proposed Cropping Calendar
Crop Type Cropping option JULY AUG SEP OCT NOV DEC JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN
Maize (0%) PL maize HA
Food Crops
Irish potato (20%) HA PL Irish potato HA PL Irish potato
Tomato (5%) HA N.Tomato PL HA N.Tomato PL
N
Kale (1%) N Kale PL HA PL HA
Local Kale
Vegetables Spider plant (2%) PL Spider plant HA
Solanum (1%) PL Solanum HA PL Solanum HA
Baby Carrots (5%) PL Carrots HA PL Carrots HA
Brinjals (2%) N Brinjals PL HA
Capsicum (5%) N Capsicum HA
Horticultural
Chilli (1%) N Chilli PL HA
Spring onion (2%) PL S. onions HA
Snow peas (1%) PL Snow pea HA PL Snow pea HA
Pulses
French Beans (20%) PL French beans HA French beans
Banana (14%) Banana PL
Passion (20%) Passion PL
Fruits
Avocado (10%) Avocado PL
KEY: PL – Planting; N- Nursery; HA – Harvesting.

9.5 Irrigation Methods Selection
9.5.1 Decision Criteria
To choose an irrigation method, FAO guidelines recommend practicable know how of the user
capacity and adaptability to technology. More emphasis is hereby placed on the capacity of the
farmer in place and the prevailing local conditions as the best basis for a sound choice of
irrigation method. (Irrigation water management - FAO).
Table 9-5 gives a summary of Surface, Sprinkler and Drip irrigation methods decision criteria as
obtained from various guidelines.
Table 9-5 Irrigation methods Decision criteria
Irrigation Method Suitability Criteria

Decision Criteria
Surface Irrigation Sprinkler Irrigation Drip Irrigation
1 Natural Conditions
Slope (%) 0–5% 0–8% 0 – 16 %
Soil type Clay loam Most soil types
Higher infiltration rate
medium to low
Soil infiltration rate (Higher than water application rate to avoid
(<30 mm/hour)
surface runoff and erosion )
Low wind speed
Climate - -
(< 5m/s )
Water quality Free from sediments and dissolved salts
Sufficient supply Sufficient supply at a
Water availability Scarce supply
at low head higher head (15-50 m)
and supply method (piped)
(Gravity open) (piped)
2 Social Aspects
Previous irrigation
Limited experience Moderate experience Highly experienced
experience
Labour High – (O&M, land Moderate Low
requirements levelling) (sprinkler moving) (filters replacement)
Crops with No effect High Value crops
3 Type of Crops All crops
on Foliage wetting Wide spacings
Moderate
Level of Less sophisticated Highly Sophisticated
4 Sophistication
Technology (O&M)
(O&M)
Relatively high
Low investment cost Highest investment
Cost and Benefits investment cost per ha
per ha but limited in cost per ha most
5 in water use but more benefits in
water use efficiency benefits in water use
efficiency water use efficiency
(50%) efficiency (90%)
(70%)

9.5.2 Basic data and specific applications to the proposed project
Based on the above decision criteria and the site specific observations made during field work
and in line with proposed irrigation development options, two irrigation methods are
recommended as summarised in table 9-6.
Table 9-6 Site specific conditions and recommended irrigation methods
Recommended
Irrigation Blocks Prevailing local conditions
Irrigation method
Koilot
 Slopes in the range of 6.7 - 12.3%;
 Clay soils;
 Sprinkler
 Insufficient water allocated;
K-1  Drip
 Wind speeds averaging 1.8 m/s
 Adequate supply head in most sections.
 Slopes in the range of 5.2 – 10 %;

 Clay soils;
 Sprinkler
 Insufficient water allocated;
K-2  Drip
 Wind speeds averaging 1.8 m/s;

 Clay soils;  Sprinkler
K-3  Insufficient water allocated;  Drip
K-4  Insufficient water allocated;  Drip
Sochoi
S-1  Insufficient water allocated;  Drip
 Slopes in the range of 5.6 - 9.1 %;
S-2  Insufficient water allocated;  Drip
Lessos
 Slopes in the range of 3.1 – 6.0 %;
 Clay Soils;  Sprinkler
L-1  Insufficient water allocated;  Drip

9.6 Irrigation Development Plan (IDP)
9.6.1 Factors Considered In Formulation of the Irrigation Development Plan (IDP)
In line with the proposed irrigation development options; the final agriculture development plan
(ADP) and selected irrigation methods; a preliminary irrigation development plan for the project
has been formulated by considering the following factors;
 Supplemental irrigation in 4 months of November, December, January and February;

 A potential gross area of 4904 ha with suitable soils for irrigation;
 Minimum allocation of 2.85 MCM for irrigation development phase 1 and 2.45 MCM for
irrigation development phase 2 from the selected dam site No.2;
 Sprinkler Irrigation method with an overall system efficiency of 70% with the possibility of
conversion to drip system with a 90% efficiency in future;
 A minimum allocated net irrigable area of 500 ha (1250 acres) for phase 1 development
and a maximum potential of 1142 ha (2855) in development phase 2;
 A closed conveyance and distribution system in view of existing topography and the
selected irrigation methods;
 System design for a 24 hrs irrigation period;
 Recommended division ratio of 1:2 to 1:5 at the main supply level.
9.6.2 Irrigation development phases and layout
In view of the proposed project implementation phases (figure 9-6); a revised irrigation layout
focusing on phase 1 (figure 9-7), has been developed. The proposed area for phase 1
development has been surveyed and contours generated as presented in figure 9-8. Using this
data and acquired cadastral units for the project area, tertiary distribution pipelines have been
established as presented in figure 9-9.
9.6.3 Irrigation Area Survey
The proposed irrigation supply routes were surveyed with the assistance of the farmers block
representatives and in accordance with the irrigation layout provided by the engineer. The RTK
was used to pick the coordinates for features and spot heights in these areas. Different feature
codes were used to identify features within the survey areas other than spot heights. Emphasis
was put on those features that have to be considered in the design and construction of the
irrigation systems such as roads, houses, churches, power infrastructure etc.
For phase 1 development, the conveyance system, mainlines and sub main lines have been
surveyed and benchmarks established as detailed in the survey report Annex III in volume II of
this Report. Details by chainage for each line are presented in Hydraulic Design Sheets in IX in
Volume II of this report.
For phase 2 irrigation developments, only the mainline up to Lessos technical has been surveyed.

TO KILIBWONI
ORET
LESSOS TO ELD
LESSOS JUNCTION
DATUM: ARC 1960
L E G E N D
KOILOT JUNCTION
KIMWOGI
TO
MAIN ROADS
KA
PS
TO NABKOI JUNCTION MINOR ROADS

AB
ET
cheple TOWNS
lachb
ei Riv
er
SHOPPING CENTRES
LELWAK
LELWAK JUNCTION
KIBIOK
Mog
obic
hR
iver
KEBEN
Mog
obic
hR
iver
TO NANDI HILLS
MOGOBICH
PROJECT PHASES
DEVELOPMENT PROJECT
FIGURE 9-6 O
9.6.4 Main features of irrigation development phase 1 (option A and B)
The main features for irrigation development Option-A comprises of the following:
 1 No. Embankment Dam on Mogobich River;

 1 No. Draw off tower consisting of an irrigation draw off pipe connected to a meter
chamber and then to the conveyance pipe;
 3 main Irrigation Blocks defined by topography and existing roads and further divided into
6 sub mains, 57 tertiary and 414 feeder supply blocks covering a gross area of 1,697 ha
and an allocated net area of 500 ha;
 6 No. Block chambers for all the sub-main lines;
 1 No. 1.210 km Conveyance pipe connecting the meter chamber in the draw-off tower to
the first junction chamber at the head of the irrigation area;
 2No 3.179 km Main pipelines the first (Keben mainline = 1.150 km) serving 3 sub main
blocks and the second (Koilot-Sochoi mainline = 2.029 km) serving 3 Sub main blocks.
 7 No. 22.792 km Sub - Main Supply Pipelines serving the 6 Sub main blocks;
 57 No. 36.475 km Tertiary Distribution Pipelines serving the tertiary blocks;
 414 No. 132.687 km Feeder Distribution Pipelines serving the 1250 acres.
 Pipeline crossings and related appurtenant facilities;
 1,250 sprinkler units (2 sprinklers per 1 acre unit) serving 500 ha in phase 1;
For option B, the main design features of the preliminary irrigation plan for phase 1 are similar to
those under option A with the only exception being the infield component as shown below.
 1608 Drip units (8 kits per 1 acre unit ) serving 643 ha in phase 1
9.6.5 Main features of irrigation development phase 2 (option A and B)
The main features for irrigation development Option-A comprises of the following:
 4 main Irrigation Blocks defined by topography and existing roads and further divided into
11 sub main blocks and an allocated net area of 388 ha for a distributed approach;
 1No. 11.555 Km main pipeline from end of conveyance in phase 1;
 11 No. Block chambers for all the sub-main lines under phase 2;
 11 No. 28.023 km Sub - Main Supply Pipelines serving the 11 Sub main blocks;
 Pipeline crossings and related appurtenant facilities;
 970 sprinkler units (2 sprinklers per 1 acre unit) serving 388 ha in phase 2;
For option B, the main design features of the preliminary irrigation plan for phase 2 are similar to
those under option A with the only exception being the infield component as shown below.
 1248 Drip units (8 kits per 1 acre unit ) serving 499 ha in phase 2

IRRIGATION LAYOUT FOR PHASE 1

DEVELOPMENT PROJECT
SHEET 1 OF 1 FIGURE 9-7 O

217
0m KIMWOGI
219
22
5m
2175 m 2 75 228
222565 mm 5 m
5 m 22 2280 m
224
0m 226 70 m
0m
223
22 5 m
25
2250 m
2245 m TO NABKOI JUNCTION
2155 m SUB m 2215 m 2230 m
S1- IN
2220 m
MA 2210 m
S1- IN
MA
21
2140 m
2
85
21
1 m
2180 2205 m
SUB
5m
60 m
m
214
22
2150
0
0m
m
cheple PROJECTION: UTM ZONE 36N
lachb
ei River DATUM: ARC 1960
5m
216
AIN
2170 m
L E G E N D
SUBM
S-1
2175 m
218
0m 2190 m
m
SU
5
218
m 0m
BM
2
22
m
AI 35
2220
22 5 m
N 4
2220
K- 22m
0
5m 2 5m 5m
3 25 MAIN ROADS
m
2
230 m 28 226
0m
m
55
MINOR ROADS
30
22
90 2
m
m
m
2240
2230
80
22
m
22
226 0
m
80
2270 m 2275 m
21
5m 20
85
4
20
m
2125 m
2050 m
21
90
2140 m
m
2145 m 2150 m
2155 m
22
SUBMA
30
2165 m
2070 m
2170 m
IN
m
80
2175 m
K1-3 2175 m
21
SU 2210 m
2030 m
BM
2015 m
K1 AI
2020 m
2235 m
-2 N KEBEN
22 40 m
2025 m m m
50 60
22 55 m 22
22
2035 m
2225 m2230 m
m
75
2120 m 2215 m 2220 m
22
2040 m 2200 m
2195 m
2245 m
20
20
m 90m
60
2055
20
20
65
m
2060 m Mog
75
m
225
obic
m
5
Rive
m
210
mr
2085 2115 m
0m
2095 m
2110 m SUBMAIN m 2250 m
0
K1-12270 2m26 2265 m
2320
2120 m 2130 m
228
22 2275 m
2290 m
m2
209 80
5 m 2100 m 2160 m
0m
5m
330 m
MOGOBICH m
216
2350 m
m
2250 23
40
m
23
23
55
55m
m
23
85
23m
85
m
23 m
23
80 2
234
70
23 2 5m
m 375 m
80 37
m 5m 23
23 23 65 m
85
2360
m 70
m
CONTOUR MAP
DEVELOPMENT PROJECT FOR PHASE 1 DEVELOPMENT
FIGURE 9-8 O
0 0.25 0.5 0.75 1km
Scale
CADASTRAL UNITS AND DISTRIBUTION

DEVELOPMENT PROJECT NETWORK FOR IRRIGATION PHASE I
DEVELOPMENT
SHEET 1 OF 1 FIGURE 9-9 O

10 PROJECT WATER REQUIREMENTS
10.1 Irrigation Water Requirements
Irrigation water requirements have been determined based on the following:
 Proposed crops and cropping pattern;

 Evapotranspiration (ETo);
 Effective rainfall;
 Irrigation efficiencies (conveyance, distribution and application);
 Allocated net Irrigation areas per supply line;
 Assumption of no contribution from ground water and residual soil moisture.
 Selected Irrigation methods
10.1.1 Proposed Crops and cropping patterns
Various crops have been proposed for production under supplemental irrigation using the
agreed upon cropping pattern established in section 9.4. The proposed crops have been
further organised into 5 categories as presented in table 10-1 below.
Table 10-1 Proposed Crops
Supplemental Irrigation period Proposed crops

 Food Crops: Irish Potatoes;
 Local Market Vegetables: Tomatoes, Kale,
Spider plant, Solanum nigram and Baby
November/December/January/Febr Carrots;
uary/March  Horticultural Crops for export: Brinjals,
Capsicum Chilli and Spring onions;
 Pulses: Snow peas and French Beans;
 Fruits: Banana, Passion Fruits and Avocado.
The consultant has adopted the growth periods and calculated monthly crop factors shown in
table 10-2 below.
Table 10-2 Growth Periods and monthly crop factors
Monthly Kc factors Average
Growth
for various growth stages Kc factor
Crop type period
Crop Late
(days) Initial Mid
devpt‟ development
Food Crops 125 0.53 0.86 1.15 0.78 0.12 0.69
Root Tubers 130 0.60 1.08 0.95 0.58 0.13 0.67
Horticulture 135 0.60 1.15 0.92 0.70 0.25 0.72
Vegetables 135 0.60 1.15 0.92 0.70 0.25 0.72
Pulses 135 0.70 0.83 0.30 0.37 0.25 0.55
Tropical Fruits 390 0.85 0.85 0.85 0.85 0.85 0.85
Source: Calculations of average monthly kc factors based on FAO Module 4
From the above the horticultural crops have the highest crop factors in the crop development
stage which translate to high water requirements.

10.1.2 Crop water requirements
The preliminary crop water requirements have been determined using the following
relationship:
ETcrop = Kc x ETo
Where; Kc = monthly crop factors for the proposed crop, and
ETo = reference crop evapo-transpiration (mm/month).
The Kc-values for the above crops have been obtained from FAO Design Manual Module 4 as
presented in table 10-2 above and detailed in Annex VII in Volume II of this report.
The ETo-values have been obtained from Eldoret Meteorological Station data, which is the
closest and representative to the irrigation area Agro-Ecological Zone ULH3 as discussed in
section 3.7.6 of this report.
A summary of the resultant monthly crop water requirements (ETc) per month is presented in
Table 10.3 below while details are presented in Tables in Annex VII in Volume II of this
report.
Table 10-3 Monthly Crop Water Requirements
Crop Type Etcrop (mm/month)

Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar
Root Tubers 71.61 132.01 127.17 74.38 19.03
Vegetables (Local Vegetables) 71.61 141.22 122.71 89.26 35.68
AHorticulture (Export Vegetables) 71.61 141.22 122.71 89.26 35.68
s
Pulses (French Beans) 99.46 36.84 49.08 31.88 0.00
s Pulses (Snow Peas) 29.84 0.00 0.00 89.26 118.92
hTropical Fruits 101.45 104.38 113.78 108.38 121.30
o
Maximum 101.45 141.22 127.17 108.38 121.3
F
From the results above, the maximum Crop Evapo-transpiration (Etcrop) is 141.22 mm/month
or 4.71 mm/day for vegetable/horticultural crops which occurs in the month of December.
10.1.3 Net irrigation requirement, NIR
The net irrigation for the proposed crops has been determined as follows:
NIR = ETCrop - Pe,
Where; NIR = Net irrigation water requirements [mm/month];

ETCrop = Crop water requirement [mm/month];
Pe = Effective rainfall [mm/month]
Assumptions
 All farmers plant at the same time (within the month of November);
 The areas allocated for each crop are not exceeded.
The effective rainfall has been determined using the following FAO method:
Pe = 0.8P – 25, if P > 75 mm/month

Pe = 0.6P – 10, If P < 75 mm/month
The Effective Rainfall values have been processed using Eldoret Meteorological Station data,
which is the closest and representative to the dominant project area Agro-Ecological Zone
ULH3 as discussed in section 3.7 of this report.

A summary of the calculated NIR-values per month is presented in Table 10.4 below while
details are presented in Tables in Annex VII in Volume II of this report.
Table 10-4 Monthly Net Irrigation Water Requirements
Crop Type NIR (mm/month)

Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar
Root Tubers 38.01 119.21 118.57 52.58 0.00
AHorticulture (Export Vegetables) 38.01 128.42 114.11 67.46 4.28
s
Pulses (French Beans) 65.86 24.04 40.48 10.08 0.00
s Pulses (Snow Peas) 29.84 0.00 0.00 89.26 118.92
hTropical Fruits 67.85 91.58 105.18 86.58 89.90
o
Maximum 67.85 128.42 118.57 89.26 118.92
A
As shown above the maximum Net Irrigation Requirements (NIR) is 128 mm/month or 4.28
mm/day for vegetable/horticultural crops which occurs in the month of December.
10.1.4 Gross irrigation requirement, GIR
The Gross Irrigation Requirement, GIR = NIR / (overall irrigation efficiency, Eff).
Where;
Eff : Ec x Ed x Ea
Where; Ec = conveyance efficiency;

Ed = distribution efficiency; and
Ea = application efficiency;
The overall sprinkler irrigation efficiency of 70% and 90% for a drip system has been adopted
in line with FAO Design Guideline Manual.
A summary of the calculated GIR-values per day for each of the proposed crops is presented
in Table 10.5 while details are presented in Tables in Annex VII in Volume II of this report.
Table 10-5 Gross Irrigation Water Requirements (Sprinkler System)
Crop Type GIR (mm/day)

Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar
A
Root Tubers 1.81 5.68 5.65 2.50 0.00
s
s Horticulture (Export Vegetables) 1.81 6.12 5.43 3.21 0.20
h
oPulses (French Beans) 3.14 1.14 1.93 0.48 0.00
wPulses (Snow Peas) 1.42 0.00 0.00 4.25 5.66
nTropical Fruits 3.23 4.36 5.01 4.12 4.28
Maximum 3.23 6.12 5.65 4.25 5.66
F
From above the maximum Gross Irrigation Requirements (GIR) is 6.12 mm/day for
vegetable/horticultural crops which occurs in the month of December.

10.1.5 Scheme water requirements
The Peak Scheme Water Requirements, SWR = GIR*A
Where;
SWR = Scheme water requirements in (l/s)
GIR = Gross irrigation Requirements (l/s/ha)
A = Area in (ha)
Table 10-6 Gross Irrigation Water Requirements per unit area
Cropped Area GIR (l/s/ha)

Crop Type
(ha) Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar
Root Tubers 1 0.21 0.66 0.65 0.29 0.00
Vegetables (Local Vegetables) 1 0.21 0.71 0.63 0.37 0.02
Horticulture (Export Vegetables) 1 0.21 0.71 0.63 0.37 0.02
Pulses (French Beans) 1 0.36 0.13 0.22 0.06 0.00
Pulses (Snow Peas) 1 0.16 0.00 0.00 0.49 0.66
Tropical Fruits 1 0.37 0.50 0.58 0.48 0.50
Thus SWR
Cropped Area GIR (l/s)

Crop Type
(ha) Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar
Root Tubers 100 20.95 65.70 65.35 28.98 0.00
Vegetables (Local Vegetables) 60 12.57 42.47 37.73 22.31 1.41
Horticulture (Export Vegetables) 40 8.38 28.31 25.16 14.87 0.94
Pulses (French Beans) 80 29.04 10.60 17.85 4.44 0.00
Pulses (Snow Peas) 0 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
Tropical Fruits 220 82.27 111.04 127.53 104.98 109.00
Total 500 153.21 258.12 273.62 175.58 111.35
From above the peak water requirements based on the proposed crops and allocated crop
areas is 273.62 l/s which occurs in the month of January.
Thus the peak SWR based on a sprinkler system is approximately
= 274 l/s or 0.274 m3/s

10.2 Irrigation Interval
10.2.1 Irrigation Interval
This is the time interval between one irrigation time and another. It is computed by considering
available soil moisture and the average rooting depth of the irrigated crop.
10.2.2 Readily Available Soil Moisture, (RAM)
This is the proportion of soil moisture which the plant is able to take up without experiencing
stress and therefore affecting the yield. Soil analysis results indicate that the soils in the
project area are predominantly clay (see Soil studies in section 3.8 of this report).
The readily available soil moisture for clay soils ranges between 200 - 250 mm /m depth of soil
(FAO design manual Module 8). The critical lower limit of 200 mm /m or 2 mm / cm depth
available moisture has been adopted for design.
10.2.3 Total Readily Available Moisture, (TRAM)
This is the soil moisture that is readily available to the plant within its rooting depth and
therefore
TRAM = average rooting depth x RAM,

Table 10-7 Total readily available moisture for some of the proposed crops
Proposed crop Average Rooting Depth (cm) TRAM (mm)

Spring Onions 30 60
Capsicum 40 80
Tomatoes 45 90
Passion Fruits 50 100
The proposed crops have rooting depths varying between 30 – 50 cm depth (Spring onions to
Passion Fruits), in deep well drained soils. However, restrictions do occur and the rooting
depth does get restricted.
For the proposed crops, TRAM will therefore lie between 60 mm – 100 mm.
10.2.4 Maximum Irrigation Interval (IImax)
Maximum irrigation interval is given by:
IImax = TRAM / ETcrop
Considering maximum (Etcrop) of 4.71 mm/day (ref to section 10.1.2):
II max = 60 / 4.7 = 12.7 days (for the shallow rooted crops) and
+
IImax = 100 / 4.7 = 21.2 days (for the deep rooted crops)
For convenience to the irrigator in terms of routine in the days of the week, the consultant has
adopted a maximum irrigation interval of 7 days, which is lower than the 12.7 days required,
for the shallow rooted crops with critical water requirements.

10.3 Sprinkler Selection
10.3.1 Sprinkler application Rate
The sprinkler application rate is normally governed by the soil infiltration rate. To avoid water
loss through run off, the selected sprinkler should have a lower application rate than the soil
infiltration rate.
For clay soils in the project area (see Soil studies in section 3.8 of this report), the infiltration
rate ranges from 1 – 7 mm/hr in line with typical infiltration rates for clay soils provided by FAO
design manual module 8. The recommended maximum allowable sprinkling rate of 5 mm/hr
for clay soils (Ministry of water and Irrigation Practice Manual 2005) in an area with 0 - 5 %
cover has been adopted for preliminary design.
To reduce chances of water loss through deep percolation, the sprinklers application rate has
been selected to yield a slightly lower value than the optimum water application required for
meeting the water storage for shallow rooted crops.
10.3.2 Selected Sprinkler
In line with the above guidelines, a lower discharge sprinkler with an application rate of 3
mm/hour has been selected. For purposes of preliminary design, a sprinkler spacing of 12 x
12 m recommended for an ideal 1 acre (4000m2) plot and has been adopted. The resultant
discharge per sprinkler is 0.432 m3/hr = 0.120 l/s
The available sprinklers closest to these specifications are a 12 x 12 all overhead

Naandanjain 5022-U sprinkler with a 2.4 mm nozzle diameter, an operating pressure range of
3.5 to 4.0 bar, a discharge of 0.430 m3/hr and a throw diameter of 19 m. See sample sprinkler
performance tables in Annex VIII in Volume II. However other models with similar
specifications can be selected.
Selection to individual farms will be done based on the actual plot sizes and categories at the
detailed design stage.
10.4 Actual Scheme water requirements by sprinkler selection
10.4.1 Actual scheme Water Requirements
The actual scheme water requirement, (SWR) has been determined by considering:
 Economic unit area of 1 acre that can be irrigated by a single farmer per day;
 Number of sprinkler settings possible per day;
 Number of sprinklers required per setting per plot.
Theoretically the whole area can be irrigated in one day in one setting or the irrigation can be
spread over a number of days up to but not more than the maximum irrigation interval as
established in section 10.2.4. The fewer the days, the larger the area and the more the
sprinklers needed, hence more water demand and larger system capacity. A practical
balancing act must therefore be made.
Since the allocated water is scarce, daily irrigation is recommended. Using a unit of 1 acre to
be the most economic unit the farmers can irrigate, a sample design of 1 acre = 0.4 ha = 4000
m2 has been done. Thus, the irrigated area per day becomes; 4000 m2 / 7 = 571 m2.

10.4.2 Application depth, irrigation duration and sprinkler settings per day
The water application depth can be computed using the relationship below:
Application depth = GIR (mm/day) x irrigation interval (days)
The peak GIR for the most critical crops is 6.12 mm/day however a 20 % stress on the crop
can be allowed. Thus the water application depth becomes;
= 4.93 mm/day x 7 days = 34.5 mm
With a sprinkler application rate of 3 mm/hour as established in section 10.3.2, the irrigation
duration becomes 11.5 hours. Considering a 24 hrs design period, 2 irrigation settings per day
are possible. This allows for about 1 hr for shifting of sprinklers and setting out.
10.4.3 Number of sprinklers per setting
With 2 irrigation settings per day,
Area per setting will be; 571 / 2 = 286 m2.

Area covered by one sprinkler at a spacing of 12 x 12 m is 144 m2.
Therefore number of sprinklers per setting will be; 286 / 144 = 2
Using the discharge per sprinkler, the discharge per setting per plot will be;
0.432m3/hr x 2 = 0.864 m3/hr or (0.240 l/s)
10.4.4 Actual Scheme Water Requirements
To irrigate 500 ha (1250 acres) at the same time and at a discharge of 0.240 l/s per plot, the
actual scheme water requirement is:
SWR = (1250 x 0.240) = 300 l/s or 0.3 m3/s
Table 10.8 matches the actual monthly water storage requirements to the proposed cropping
calendar in section 9.4.

Table 10-8 Monthly actual storage requirements for proposed crops
Crop Type Cropping option NOV DEC JAN FEB MAR

Maize( 0% ) 0% 0% 0% 0% 0%
Food Crops
Irish potato( 20% ) 20% 20% 20% 20% 20%
Tomato( 5% ) 5% 5% 5% 5% 5%
Kale( 1% ) 1% 1% 1%
Local
Spider plant ( 3% ) 3%
Vegetables
Solanum( 1% ) 1% 1% 1% 1% 1%
Baby Carrots( 5% ) 5% 5% 5% 5%
Brinjals( 2% ) 2% 2% 2% 2% 2%
Capsicum( 4% ) 4% 4% 4% 4% 4%
Horticultural
Chilli( 1% ) 1%
Spring onion( 2% ) 2% 2% 2% 2% 2%
Snow peas( 1% ) 1% 1% 1%
Pulses
French Beans( 16% ) 16% 16% 16% 16%
Banana( 14% ) 14% 14% 14% 14% 14%

Fruits
Passion( 20% ) 20% 20% 20% 20% 20%
Avocado( 10% ) 10% 10% 10% 10% 10%
TOTAL % Crop area 100% 100% 100% 100% 84%
Water source IRRIGATION

System Capacity (l/s) 300 300 300 300 252
Area Under Irrigation per month (ha) 500 500 500 500 420
Scheme Water Requirements (l/s/ha) 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60
Storage Capacity (MCM) 0.71 0.71 0.71 0.71 0.60
From the above the actual storage requirement is 2.84 MCM for the first 4 months to be
released at the rate of 0.71 MCM per month from the dam; using a maximum system capacity
of 300 l/s to cover the 500 ha. The fifth month is the late development; harvesting and land
preparation for the rain fed agriculture stages with little or lesser water requirements. This
month has not been considered in estimating the storage requirement.
For an infield drip system, the application efficiency increases and the overall efficiency rise to
90%. This calls for a smaller system capacity. However the consultant has used this as a
safety factor for future expansion within the project area.
10.5 Water availability for Irrigation and Domestic Water Supply
10.5.1 Water availability for irrigation project phase 1 from selected dam
According to the allocated water for irrigation (see water balance studies in section 6.4);
Lessos/Keben Irrigation Project phase 1 has been allocated 2.85 MCM, which is 42% of the
maximum available runoff of 6.76 MCM generated by the 11.7 km2 catchment and 44% of the
amount stored in the Dam Reservoir. This amount is thus adequate for supplemental irrigation
in the 4 months dry period from November to February as shown in Table 10.8.
Using a more efficient drip system, up to 643 ha can be irrigated with the same amount of
water and has been considered in the second development option (B).

10.5.2 Water availability for Domestic water supply from selected dam
With a capacity of 6.47 MCM, Dam site 2 would yield a positive balance of 3.62 MCM
considering irrigation component alone. This is able to adequately meet all the domestic water
supply to Kapsabet and Nandi hills towns as well as the 8 rural towns at the ultimate demand
in year 2038 based on assumptions made in dam studies section 6.4 and as shown in table
10-9 below.
Table 10-9 Water Balance and availability using selected dam

S/No. Description Year 2018 Year 2028 Year 2038
Dam Capacity 6.47 6.47 6.47
1 Irrigation Water for 500 ha(1250) acres) 2.85 2.85 2.85
Available water after Irrigation phase 1 3.62 3.62 3.62
2 Domestic Water Supply to Kapsabet Town 0.27 0.39 0.56
Domestic Water Supply to Nandi hills

3 0.13 0.19 0.27
Town
Domestic Water Supply to 8 target rural
4 0.41 0.59 0.86
locations (Communities)
Domestic Water Demand 0.81 1.17 1.69
Surplus 2.81 2.45 1.93
10.5.3 Water availability for irrigation phase 2 from selected Dam
Having satisfied the requirements for both irrigation phase 1 and domestic water supply, the
excess storage has been allocated for irrigation phase 2. Considering the available balance in
the year 2028 as shown in table 10.9 above, 2.45 MCM has been used as the available water
for phase 2. This can command an additional 388 ha (970 acres) under Sprinkler Irrigation
system and a maximum of 499 ha (1248 acres) using a drip system.

11 PRELIMINARY DESIGNS AND COST ESTIMATES
11.1 Preliminary Design
11.1.1 Project Components
The main project components considered at this stage are:
 Dam;
 Spillway and bottom outlet;
 Draw off tower;
 Conveyance, Main, Sub-mains and Distribution pipeline Network;
 Pipeline crossings and appurtenant structures;
 Infield Sprinkler and drip systems;
 Project facilities
11.2 Dam Designs
11.2.1 Earth fill Embankment Dam design
The draft design for the Keben Dam site no. 2 recommends construction of a 45m (bed level=
2340 m) high zoned earth fill dam with a central impermeable clay core and a 882 m long
crest at elevation 2385 m.
Table 11-1 below presents the preliminary design characteristics for the selected dam.
Table 11-1: Design characteristics for Proposed Dam
Dam Axis Ref. 1 (Selected)

Reservoir Depth (m) 40
Embankment Height 45
Crest Width, m 6
Length, m 882
Maximum Reservoir Capacity, m3 6,471,529
Total Volume of Earthworks, m3 1,228,994
Storage Efficiency 5.0
Reservoir fetch, m 1063
11.2.2 Spill way and Bottom Outlet
The spillway is sited on the right bank consisting of an open overflow concrete ogee weir and
a lined chute channel discharging to the original river bed/stream below the toe of the dam via
an energy dissipation stilling basin.
The proposed system comprises of a 2.5m (Wide) X 2.5m (Height) reinforced concrete box
culvert through which the various water pipelines will pass from the upstream to the
downstream of the dam. Based on the computed water supply requirement the pipelines shall
be
 2 X 600mm diameter steel pipes (Irrigation area and towns water supply)
 1 x 300mm diameter steel pipe (Lessos/Keben area Water supply)
 1 X 250mm diameter scour pipeline

Table 11-2: Spillway and bottom outlet design characteristics for selected dam
Bottom Outlet Characteristics Keben Dam

Spillway crest level 2353
Number of spillway bays 1
Width of bay 25m
Number of bottom outlet culverts 2
Dimension of bottom outlet culverts (width x
2.5m x2.25m
height)
Outlet Drainage Pipe Material Spiral Ribbed Aluminium Steel Pipe (ASP)
Irrigation Pipeline (Dia. 600mm)
Water Supply pipeline for Lessos/Keben area
(Dia. 300mm)
Supply Lines and Size
Water Supply pipeline for Nandi Hills &
Kapsabet (Dia. 600mm)
Scour (Flushing) pipeline (Dia. 250mm)
11.2.3 Draw off tower
Table 11-3: Draw-Off Tower preliminary design characteristics
Draw –Off Tower Reference Data Keben Dam

Foundation (Bottom) Elevation 2340.0 amsl
Top floor slab Elevation( control
2382.0 amsl
room floor)
Rectangular Reinforced Concrete (class 25) block
Structure and dimensions (3.2m x 3.2m base x 42m height) with landing slabs
at 12m interval
Galvanized steel Vertical fix ladder with safety hooks
Upstream approach gantry/ 132m long steel
Access to Intake Tower
walkway with 6mm thick chequered plate supported
with 150mm dia support columns at 10m interval.
At 2382m base elevation; hydro-mechanical control
Tower control room gears for sluice gates controlling outlet water from
the intake tower.

11.2.4 Dam Design Summary
Table 11-4: Main design output and details for Dam site 2 - (Reference data sheet)
Design Output Dam site 2 details

1. Catchment area 11.7 km²
2. Sedimentation allowance: 650 m³/km2 /year
3. Design life 30 years
4. Altitude 2340 masl
5. Depth of water 40.0 m
6. Total Storage 6,471,529 m³
Sedimentation allowances (30yrs)
7. 228,150 m³
[Dead storage]
8. Active Storage 6,243,379 m³
9. Full reservoir Area 48.9 Ha
10. Design yield (Demand) 803,520 m³/day
11. Dam type Zoned Gravelly Clay Core & shell
12. Embankment Volume 1,228,994 m³
13. Embankments crest length 882 m
14. Embankments crest width 6m
15. Embankment slope upstream 1:3
16. Embankment slope downstream 1:2.5
17. Embankments freeboard 5m
18. Embankments core trench 5 m wide
19. Construction materials Gravel clay core, Silty Sands, rocks
20. Source of core materials Reservoir Area
21. Haulage distance for core materials <2.5 km
22. Source of fill [outer shell] materials Dam site Spillway/River bed
Estimated total capital cost of
23. Kshs 3.18 Billion
embankment:
24. Unit cost per m³ of fill: Kshs 2,479
25. Spillway width at Control 25 m
26. Spillway length 482m
27. Draw off/Intake height 42m
28. Draw off levels 2382 masl
29. Draw off pipe Ø600 mm
30. Box Culvert dimensions 2.5 m x 2.5 m
31. Number of culverts One
32. Location of spillway RH Flanking area
33. Elevation of spillway ogee EI. 2382 amsl
34. Draw-Off Tower foundation elevation El. 2340 amsl
Draw-off Tower top floor (control room
35. El. 2382 amsl
floor) elevation
36. Storage Efficiency (SE) 5.0

11.3 Irrigation System Design
11.3.1 Irrigation Pipe Networks
The proposed pipe networks will consist of different pipe materials at the various supply levels.
The main pipe types considered at this stage are; Imported Modern technology Glass
Reinforced Pipes (GRP) alongside the locally available Steel and Upvc pipes. The selection
criterion for the pipe type is based on suitability under different site specific conditions as well
as durability and cost considerations.
A summary of the general pipe characteristics considered is presented in Table 11-5.
Table 11-5 General Pipe Characteristics
Feature Steel Upvc Grp

Pressure ranges (Bars) 18 - 47 1 – 16 1 – 40
Velocity Range (m/s) 0.35 – 5 0.35 – 2.5 0.35 – 2.6
Roughness coefficient (c) 125 140 155
Head loss Higher Moderate Low
Deflection (%) - 6.7 6
Cost per m Kshs
46,897 N/A 27,172
(1000 mm dia pipe)
Locally Available
Availability Locally Available (Special order for pipes Imported
above 315 mm)
Available Size Range (dia mm) 15 - 2200 20 - 630 300 - 2800
Corrosion Resistance Non Resistant Resistant Resistant
Projected Lifespan 30 yrs 50 yrs 100yrs
Source: Technical specifications from manufacturers.
From the general characteristics summarised above, a number of advantages and limitations
can be drawn with reference to the proposed pipe network.
(a) Advantages and Limitations of Steel Pipes
Steel pipes have the advantage of accommodating higher velocities and pressures, as well as
considerably increasing the head loss. These two factors enhance its suitability for use in
situations calling for pressure reduction. However high cost per length as well as non-
resistance to corrosion limits its use.
For the proposed pipe network, use of steel pipes will be limited to covered sections and
junction chambers as well as on major gulley and road crossings or in exposed rocky sections.
(b) Advantages and Limitations of UPVC Pipes
Upvc pipes have the advantage of lower cost per length, moderate head loss (3m for small
systems and 12m for large systems - Water supply manual) and readily available in the local
market. However they are limited in lower velocity, pressure and available size ranges. With
special orders required for pipes above 315 mm.
For the proposed pipe network Upvc pipes will be used in the sub – mains, tertiary and Feeder
distribution pipelines.

(c) Advantages and Limitations of GRP Pipes
GRP pipes have the advantage of lower cost per length compared to steel, lower head loss
(Based on roughness coefficient), high pressure ranges and availability in large capacity sizes.
However they are limited in lower velocity range, pressure reduction ability and availability
from local market.
For the proposed pipe network GRP pipes have been used in the proposed conveyance,
mains and some sub mains pipe network in order to enhance durability, accommodate large
sizes and pressure ranges for conveyance and reduce head losses to assure command to the
highest point in the project area
11.3.2 Pipeline Hydraulic Design
(a) Pipeline Allocated Net areas and Design Discharges
The Net Irrigation area served by each pipeline has been determined by assuming
proportionate allocation as established in section 8.4.
Table 11-6 and figure 11-1 gives a summary of the Net Irrigation areas and design discharges
for each pipeline for irrigation phase 1 and 2 option A
Table 11-6 Pipeline Irrigation areas and Design Discharges
Net Irrigation area Design Discharges Design Discharges

Pipeline
(ha) (m3/s) (l/s)
Conveyance Line 888 0.533 533
Keben Mainline 286 0.172 172
Koilot –Sochoi Mainline 214 0.128 128
Phase 2 Mainline 388 0.233 233
Sub Main K-1-1 80 0.118 118
Sub Main K-1-2 105 0.063 63
Sub Main K-1-3 84 0.050 50
Sub Main K-3 125 0.075 75
Sub Main S-1 89 0.053 53
Sub Main S-1-1 41 0.024 24
Sub Main S-1-2 48 0.029 29
From the table above the minimum discharge is for S-1-2 offtake at 0.029 m3/s or 29 l/s which
can serve up to 121 one acre plots; having 2 of the 0.120 l/s sprinklers each.
An Offtake pipe has been provided at the end of conveyance for irrigation phase 2
developments while a factor of 1.286 (90/70) for the differences in application efficiencies has
been applied to the area covered by the sprinkler system to increase the area covered under
drip using the same amount of water.
Figure 11-2 gives a summary of the Net Irrigation areas covered under drip using the same
design discharges for each pipeline as presented in table 11-6 above.

Figure 11-1: Option A - Irrigation Flow Diagram

Irrigation Flow Diagram SM K1-1 SM K1-2 SM K1-3
TKu-1 80 TK1.2-1 TK1.2-2 105 84
9 5 3
0.048 0.063 0.050
0.005 0.003 0.002
Keben
286 277 197 192 189 84
0.1715 0.166 0.118 0.115 0.113 0.050
Irrigation
Draw off
Point Conveyance Line Junction Phase 2
888 888 888 388
0.533 0.533 0.533 0.233

Koilot/Sochoi
214
0.128
125
SM K3
0.075
SM S-1
89
0.053
SM S-1-2 SM S-1-1
48 41 Net Area (ha)
0.029 0.024 Flow (m 3 /s)
Allocations per location

Location Area (ha) %
Koilot 411 46%
Sochoi 89 10%
Phase 2 388 44%
Total 888 100%

Figure 11-2: Option B - Irrigation Flow Diagram
Irrigation Flow Diagram SM K1-1 SM K1-2 SM K1-3

TKu-1 103 TK1.2-1 TK1.2-2 135 108
11 6 4
0.048 0.063 0.050
0.005 0.003 0.002
Keben
368 356 253 247 243 108
0.1715 0.166 0.118 0.115 0.113 0.050
Irrigation
Draw off
Point Conveyance Line Junction Phase 2
1,142 1,142 1,142 499
0.533 0.533 0.533 0.233

Koilot/Sochoi
275
0.128
161
SM K3 0.075
SM S-1
114
0.053
SM S-1-2 SM S-1-1
62 52 Net Area (ha)
0.029 0.024 Flow (m 3 /s)
Allocations per location

Location Area (ha) %
Koilot 529 46%
Sochoi 114 10%
Phase 2 499 44%
Total 1,142 100%

(b) Pipeline Materials and pressure classes
The following pipe materials have been used in the preliminary design:
 GRP pipes for conveyance, main pipelines and some sub main pipelines;
 uPVC pipes for all buried pipes;
 Steel pipes in exposed areas (Road or at gully crossings) and inside valve
chambers;
 PE pipes (HDPE) as above ground pipes in the irrigated plots infield
For uPVC pipes two main pressure classes have been considered as shown below;
Class B For Static Pressures between 0 - 5 bar

Class C For Static Pressures between 5 - 10 bar
(c) Conveyance, Mains and sub mains Pipeline Lengths and diameters
Pipeline lengths have been obtained from the revised irrigation layout for phase 1 development
while the pipe diameters have been determined from the basic continuity equation Q = AV,
Where;
Q is the discharge (m3/s),
A the pipe cross-sectional area (m2)
V the pipe flow velocity (m/s).
The following set of conditions has been used to guide in the selection of the appropriate pipe
diameter:
 A minimum flow velocity of 0.4 m/s to minimise siltation in the pipe system;
 A recommended Maximum flow velocity of 2.5 m/s;
 Use of Hazen-Williams formula shown below in determination of friction losses
within the pipe system.
HL = (6.843 x L * V ^1.852) / ( D ^1.167*C ^1.852 )
Where; L = Pipe length;

V = Flow velocity
D = Pipe diameter
HL= Frictional head losses
C = Roughness coefficient
 The roughness coefficient, C, has been taken as 140. For GI pipes, C = 125
while a value of C =155 has been applied for GRP pipes.
 Inside pipe diameters have been used for pipe design;
 Ensuring positive pressure heads at all points.
 Ensuring adequate pressure head at field level for sprinkler operation (preferably
35 - 40 m for selected sprinklers i.e. (3.5 - 4 bar operating pressures);
 Consideration of the most cost effective option for pressure reduction i.e. either
use of smaller pipes or Pressure Reducing Valves;
 Use of GRP pipes or larger pipe diameters to minimize friction losses and
enhance head in climbing gradients.

Using the above guidelines, the pipe network details for the preliminary pipeline design has been
done using an MS-Excel spread sheet design tables. The design results are presented in Pipeline
hydraulic calculations Annex IX while profile drawings for all pipelines up to the tertiary level are
provided in the preliminary book of drawing Volume III under drawing no. series 300.
Table 11-7 gives a summary of the pipeline characteristics for the main pipelines in irrigation
phase 1. Pipe details by chainage are presented in pipeline hydraulic calculations Annex IX.
Table 11-7 Conveyance, Mains and sub mains Characteristics
Pipeline Length (m) Pipe Characteristics Pipe Diameter

Conveyance line 1,210 GRP (mm)
600
Keben Mainline 1,150 GRP 350 - 300
Koilot –Sochoi 2,029 GRP 300
Mainline
Sub Main K-1-1 4,279 UPVC (Class B and C) 200 - 110
Sub Main K-3 3,252 UPVC (Class B and C) 250 - 140
Sub Main S-1 3,491 GRP 300
Sub Main S-1-1 1,899 UPVC (Class C and D) 140 - 110
Sub Main S-1-2 2,036 GRP, UPVC (Class B and C) 300 - 125
Total 27,181 GRP & uPVC (Class B and C) 600 - 110
As shown above a length of 27.181 km GRP and uPVC pipelines with a diameter range of 600 –
110 mm has been designed for the main supply pipelines.
Table 11-8 gives a summary of the pipeline characteristics for the tertiary distribution pipelines in
irrigation phase 1. Pipe details by chainage are presented in hydraulic calculations Annex IX.
Table 11-8 Tertiary Distribution Pipeline Characteristics
Pipeline Length (m) Pipe Characteristics Pipe Diameter

K-1-1 Tertiary pipelines 7,715 UPVC (Class B and C) (mm)
125 - 25
K-1-2 Tertiary pipelines 7,300 UPVC (Class B and C) 125 - 20
K-1-3 Tertiary pipelines 6,453 UPVC (Class B and C) 90 - 32
K-3 Tertiary pipelines 8,047 UPVC (Class B and C) 110 - 32
S-1-1 Tertiary pipelines 2,696 UPVC (Class B and C) 110 - 32
S-1-2 Tertiary pipelines 4,264 UPVC (Class B and C) 140 - 25
Total 36,475 UPVC (Class B and C) 125 - 25
As shown above a length of 36.475 km uPVC pipeline with a diameter range of 125 – 25 mm has
been designed for the tertiary distribution pipelines.
Table 11-9 gives a summary of the pipeline characteristics for the feeder pipelines in irrigation
phase 1.

Table 11-9 Feeder Distribution Pipeline Characteristics
Pipeline Length Pipe Characteristics Pipe Diameter

K-1-1 Feeder pipelines (m)
24,105 UPVC (Class B) (mm)
25 - 20
K-1-2 Feeder pipelines 29,539 UPVC (Class B) 25 - 20
K-1-3 Feeder pipelines 18,539 UPVC (Class B) 25 - 20
K-3 Feeder pipelines 34,238 UPVC (Class B) 25 - 20
S-1-1 Feeder pipelines 16,269 UPVC (Class B) 25 - 20
S-1-2 Feeder pipelines 16,986 UPVC (Class B) 25 - 20
Total 139,676 UPVC (Class B ) 25 - 20
As shown above a length of 139.676 km uPVC pipeline with a diameter range of 25 – 20 mm will
be designed for the feeder distribution pipelines at the detailed design stage.
11.4 Pipeline Structures
11.4.1 Pipeline Appurtenances
A number of pipeline appurtenant structures have been considered in the preliminary design. For
the conveyance mains, submains and tertiary pipelines, fittings have been designed based on the
pipe diameters at the specific locations of the structures and specified in the preliminary cost
estimates. A detailed inventory of pipe fittings along the various pipelines is presented in pipeline
hydraulic calculations Annex IX. The specific location chainages have also been shown on the
pipeline profiles as presented in the preliminary book of drawings in volume III.
The main structures considered include:
 Pressure reducing valves (PRVs);

 Air valves (DAV and SAV);
 Washouts (WO);
 Section Valves; (SVs)
 Block/pipe junction chambers and;
 Saddle clamps; and,
 Upvc tees
Table 11-10 Inventory of Pipeline appurtenant structures
Structure Number
PRV 72
DAV 10
SAV 2
WO 14
Block chambers 6
Tertiary offtake junction chambers 51
Tertiary offtake Saddle clamps 53
Upvc feeder offtake tees 408
Total 616

(a) Pressure Regulating Valves (PRVs)
These have been included in various pipeline sections for pressure reduction thus ensuring use of
lower pipe class. Selection of the PRVs has been done based on existing manufacturer standards
obtained from technical specifications provided in Annex VIII, in Volume II of this report.
(b) Air Valves
Air valves are either Single or Double and been provided at specific peaks in the pipelines. Where
the pipeline is long, air valves are installed at approximately 500 to 1000 m intervals.
The air-release valves have been designed to serve three major purposes, namely:
 release of air from the pipeline during the filling process (large orifice valves);
 release of air from the pipeline during the normal operation of the water supply
(small orifice valves);
 Allowing air to enter into the pipeline in order to prevent vacuum occurrence
(large orifice valves).
The Single Air Valves have been located along pipelines with a diameter smaller than 250 mm
while Double Air Valves along pipelines with a diameter larger than 250 mm. A typical drawing of
the air-release valves is provided in preliminary book of drawing Volume III.
(c) Washouts
Washouts have been provided at specific low points along the pipelines, with valves on the
washout pipes. Provision has also been made for an open drain leading the water from the
washout to a suitable discharge point nearby.
Typical lockable washout chamber is shown in is provided in preliminary book of drawing Volume
III.
11.4.2 Block Chambers and Junction Details
Standard size lockable block chambers have been proposed at the beginning of all sub mains on
mainlines and start of tertiaries on the submains to facilitate in flow regulation to each block. This
is so as to protect the valuable fittings as well as to facilitate in operations and maintenance
activities of the block.
Typical lockable Block chamber with specific junction fittings is provided in preliminary book of
drawing Volume III while preliminary designs of fittings and specifications provided in the cost
estimates in Volume IV.
Table 11-11 Inventory of proposed Block Chambers
Description Number
Conveyance Line 1
Keben Mainline 3
Koilot-Sochoi Main Line 1
Sochoi Sub Main Line 1
Total 6
Typical lockable Junction chamber with specific junction fittings is provided in preliminary book of
drawing Volume III while preliminary design of fittings and specifications is provided in the cost
estimates in Volume IV.

Table 11-12 Inventory of proposed Junction Chambers
Description Number
Sub Main K-1-1 11
Sub Main K-1-2 16
Sub Main K-1-3 11
Sub Main K-3 10
Sub Main S-1 1
Sub Main S-1-1 1
Sub Main S-1-2 1
Total 51
11.4.3 Gulley/River Crossings

Gully/River crossings have been proposed at all major gullies/rivers in the project area as
identified during field work. This is to facilitate for safety of the exposed pipe across the valley
bottoms and river valleys.
The Gulley crossings will consist of steel pipes and concrete anchor columns as shown in the
typical gulley/ river crossing drawing shown in the preliminary book of drawings in Volume III.
11.4.4 Road Crossings
Road crossings have been proposed at all major and minor roads in the project area as identified
during field work. This is to facilitate for safety of the pipes from the compressive forces of the live
loads from the expected traffic in the project area.
The Road crossings will consist of steel pipes and concrete encasements as shown in the typical
road crossing drawing shown in the preliminary book of drawings in Volume III.
Table 11-13 Inventory of Valley and Road crossing structures

Structure Number
Valley Crossings 10
Road Crossings 43
Total 53
11.5 Infield System
11.5.1 Infield Sprinkler system
The proposed sprinkler unit will consist of two sprinklers to enable irrigation of 571 m2 per day in
two settings and 1 acre or 4032 m2 (0.4032 ha) in 7 days in line with the established irrigation
interval.
Other components of the sprinkler unit consist of HDPE pipes connecting the sprinklers to the
field hydrants, a buried infield 25mm uPVC pipe connecting the field hydrants to a plot hydrant
served by the distributions pipelines.
A typical sprinkler arrangement for an ideal 50x80 plot is provided in the preliminary book of
drawings.

11.5.2 Infield Drip system
In line with the farmer in place as recommended by FAO guidelines and recommendation of the
project stakeholders as captured in the consultative workshops; small holder low head drip
irrigation kits have been proposed. The kits are suitable for all crops, such as vegetables, cereals,
pulses and fruit trees. Each drip kit is adequate for irrigation and fertigation of small plots up to
500m2 and thus can be adapted for use in green houses as well. To Irrigate 1 acre or 4032 m2 of
land up to 8 Kits will be required and have been considered at this preliminary design stage.
To adapt the design of the sprinkler system into a drip system, small size pressure reducers will
be fixed at the plot hydrants to allow use of operation heads in the order of 15 -10 m. The option
of irrigation through other water sources such as rainwater harvesting by providing a storage tank
has is also possible but left to be optional at this stage.
A typical Drip kits arrangement for an ideal 50x80 plot is provided in the preliminary book of
drawings and technical details presented in Annex VIII in Volume II of this report.
11.6 Project Facilities
A number of facilities have been proposed to enhance smooth implementation and operation of
the project. At this stage the key facilities proposed include:
 Project Managers Office;

 Project Manager House;
 Staff Houses;
 IWUA Office;
 Dam Control Office.
For each of the above standard plans have been provided in the book of drawings in Volume III.
11.7 Preliminary Cost Estimates
11.7.1 Works
The main works considered at this stage are:
 Earthworks;
 Concrete and stone or masonry works;
 Metal works (e.g.) chamber covers, Filters etc;
 Pipe works – mainly GI and UPVC pipes;
 Pipe Appurtenant Structures (e.g. Prvs, Washouts, Air valves etc);
 Infield system (e.g. Sprinklers, Drip Kits etc)

11.7.2 Bill of Quantities
The Bill of Quantities for the various works have been derived from preliminary designs and
drawings for some of the works (Dam works, pipelines, etc) and from standard drawings of similar
structures such as chambers, crossings, junction details etc.
The works have been split into several major Bills of Quantities as presented in Cost estimates
Volume IV and summarized in Table 11.14 below.
Table 11-14 List of Bills of Quantities
Bill No. Description Components

Fully Furnished Engineers‟ office and staff houses,
with provisions for accommodation, maintenance,
Preliminaries and transport, security, water and health; Purchase and
1.1
General items. maintenance of Survey equipment, Material
laboratory Testing, Environmental Restoration works
at Dam site and wildlife protection.
Site clearance, Dam Embankment, Spillway
2. Dam works Structure, Draw off tower works, Bottom outlet
Pipework and Control Room.
3. Conveyance line Trench Earthworks; Pipes works and fittings; Road
4. Mainlines and Gulley Crossings; Block chambers and Saddle
5. Sub Main lines clamps and other pipeline appurtenant structures
6. Tertiary Distribution lines. where applicable.
7. Feeder Distribution lines.
Earthworks, Infield pipe work and fittings, Sprinkler
8. Infield system
units and Drip Kits.
11.7.3 Construction rates
Unit rates used for estimating the preliminary costs have been obtained from the following:
 Institute of Quantity Surveyors of Kenya;

 Construction cost rates of the Ministry of Roads and Public Works;
 Current construction contracts for works of a similar nature;
 Prices from suppliers.
Allowances have been made for profits and overheads, labour, plant and machinery and waste
margins as per Ministry of Public Works recommendations as follows:
 Preliminaries 5%
 Labour 19%
 Profits and overheads 16%
 Plant and machinery, waste margins 5%
 Value Added Tax (VAT) 16%

11.8 Cost Estimates – Dam Component
Cost estimates for the dam component are based on the following works
 Site Clearance works - Dam foundation, Reservoir, Spillway and Borrow Areas;
 Embankment Works - Earth fill, riprap, rock toe, impermeable clay core, crest road;
 Spillway Works - Inlet Channel, Concrete Ogee Control Section, Concrete lined outlet
chute channel , stilling basin;
 Reinforced concrete draw - off tower (Dry Intake Box);
 Bottom Outlet Concrete Box Culvert (2.5m x 2.5m);
 Pipework & Control Room (2 x 600 mm dia steel water supply pipe, 1 x 300 mm dia steel
water supply pipe and 1x250 mm dia steel scour pipe)
Table 11-15 below shows the details on the development costs for the dam design components.
Detailed Engineers cost estimates is presented in volume IV of this report.
Table 11-15 Cost estimates Dam Component
Bill No. Dam Works Cost Estimate

2.1 Site Clearance 13,800,000
2.2 Embankment Works 2,568,295,715
2.3 Spillway Works 74,489,000
2.4 Draw - off tower 26,185,835
2.5 Bottom Outlet Concrete Box Culvert 36,961,024
2.6 Pipework & Control Room 17,019,810
Sub-total 1 (Bill 2.1 - 2.6) 2,736,751,384
Add 5% Contingencies 136,837,569
Grand Summary 2,873,588,953
From table 11-15 above, the development costs are Ksh 2,873,588,953 for selected dam
development option.

11.9 Cost Estimates – Irrigation Component
11.9.1 Investment cost
The costs of the two irrigation development phases for Sprinkler and Drip options have been
considered with respect to the selected dam site. The details are as presented in the table 11.16
and 11.17 below.
Table 11-16 Preliminary cost estimates Irrigation Component (Phase 1)
Cost Estimate (Ksh)
Bill
Works Option A Option B
No.
(500 ha Sprinkler) (643 ha Drip)
3. Conveyance Pipeline 31,224,426.00 31,224,426.00
4. Main Pipelines 36,990,063.00 36,990,063.00
5. Sub Main Pipelines 96,205,521.00 96,205,521.00
6. Tertiary Distribution Pipelines 37,838,327.00 37,838,327.00
7. Feeder Distribution Pipelines 40,459,431.00 40,459,431.00
8. In-field irrigation systems 37,318,225.00 215,809,680.00
Sub-total (Bill 3-8) 280,035,993 458,527,448
Contingencies (10% of Sub Total) 28,003,599 45,852,745
Grand Summary 308,039,592 504,380,193
From table 11-16 above, the development costs for proposed irrigation infrastructure are Ksh
308,039,592 for option A and Ksh 504,380,193 for option B.
Table 11-17 Preliminary cost estimates Irrigation Component (Phase 2)
Cost Estimate (Ksh)
Bill
Works Option A Option B
No.
(388 ha Sprinkler) (499 ha Drip)
4 Main Pipelines 28,704,289.00 28,706,130.00
5 Sub Main Pipelines 74,655,485.00 74,660,273.00
6 Tertiary Distribution Pipelines 29,362,542.00 29,364,425.00
7 Feeder Distribution Pipelines 31,396,519.00 31,398,532.00
8 In-field irrigation systems 28,958,943.00 167,479,052.00
Sub-total (Bill 2-8) 193,077,778 331,608,412
Contingencies (10% of Sub Total) 19,307,778 33,160,841
Grand Summary 212,385,556 364,769,253
From table 11-17 above, the development costs are Ksh 212,385,556 for option A and Ksh
364,769,2532 for option B.

11.10 Project Cost Estimates (Dam and Irrigation Components)
11.10.1 Summary of the development costs
Table 11-18 below shows the details on the development costs for the selected dam development
option. Detailed Engineers cost estimates are presented in volume IV of this report.
Table 11-18 Summary of dam and irrigation development costs
Item Details Development Option 2 (Dam-site
No. Option A 2) Option B
4 Total Investment Cost (Dam & Irrigation) 3,756,392,101 4,105,116,399
5 O&M Cost (Assume 1% of total investment) 37,026,276 40,263,582
6 (Ksh)
Live Storage (m3) 6,243,379 6,243,379
7 Cost Per m3 460 460
From above, the total project investment cost is Kshs 3,756,392,101 for option A and
4,105,116,399 for option B.
Considering the development cost and the live storage capacity for the dam component, the cost
per cubic meter of water stored is Kshs 460.
Assuming that the dam cost is a grant, and considering the development cost and the net
irrigation area for the irrigation component, the costs per ha are Kshs 586,064 and Kshs 761,077
for option A and B respectively. These figures are within range of costs per ha recommended by
the government of Kenya for option A and World Bank for option B.
The figure 11-3 to 11-5 below shows the summary of the Engineers Cost Estimates
Figure 11-3: Project Investment Cost (Dam & Irrigation)
4.11
Devt Cost (Ksh) Billons
4.1
4.0
3.9 3.75 Option A
3.8
3.7 Option B
3.6
3.5
Option A Option B
Project Development Options

Figure 11-4: Dam and Irrigation Development Costs Comparisons
2,874 2,874
3,000
Devt Cost (Ksh) Millons

2,500
2,000
P&G Items
1,500
869 Dam Component
1,000 520
362 362 Irrigation Component
500
0
Option A Option B
Development Options by component
Figure 11-5: Cost for Irrigation Development Options
504
500
Devt Cost (Ksh) Millons
364
400 308
300 212
Irrigation Phase 1
200
Irrigation Phase 2
100
0
Option A Option B
Development Options

11.10.2 Operation and maintenance cost
(a) Operation costs
At this stage, operation costs have been considered for the following Project components;
 Dam monitoring and control;

 Monitoring of meter chamber, block chamber valves, PRVs, air valves and
washouts;
 Operation of Infield sprinkler and drip systems;
The operation costs will also cater for various staff cadre required to operate and maintain the
system and include:
 Project management costs (Technical staff);

 Research and training;
 Administration department costs;
 Finance department costs;
 Security;
 Other support staff costs.
Annual operation costs have been estimated as 1% of the investment costs. The estimated
operation cost is Kshs 37,563,921 for option A and 41,051,164 for option B.
(b) Maintenance costs
The maintenance costs have been determined as per the guideline in Table 11.19 below.
Table 11-19 Maintenance costs guideline
Works Annual maintenance cost as

% of investment cost
Earth works 0.75
Concrete works 1
Masonary works 1
Pipe works 1
Steel works 2
The annual Operation and maintenance costs for each Option are presented in Table 11.20.
(c) Dam and Irrigation Annual Operation and Maintenance costs
Table 11-20 Annual Operation and Maintenance costs
Description Development Options

Option Option A Option B
Operation Costs 37,563,921 40,263,582
Maintenance 4,347,591 7,088,335
Costs
O & M Costs 41,911,512 47,351,917

11.10.3 Replacement costs
Replacement costs for the Project have been determined by considering the projected economic
lifetime of the various assets within the scheme.
The economic life time of the various assets is considered as shown in Table 11.21.
Table 11-21 Economic life time of various assets
Economic lifetime
Asset part (years)
Dam 40
Mass concrete structures, such as draw off tower, crossings, etc 40
Earthworks in general 40
All types of piping 30
Buildings, masonry 30
Infield Sprinkler Units and Drip kits 10
Assuming an economic project lifetime of 30 years, Sprinklers and Drip Kits will require
replacement in the 10th and 20th year. The replacement costs are calculated from:
Pn = P (1+i)n
Where Pn = Estimated replacement cost after n years;

P = Current estimated cost;
i = Inflation rate (taken as 5%),
The estimated replacement cost for the irrigation infield component has been computed and is
presented in table 11-22 below.
Table 11-22 Replacement costs
Description Development Options

Year of Replacement Option A Option B
10th Year 24,994,512 530,488,705
20th Year 40,713,427 864,110,201
65,707,939 1,394,598,906

11.11 Implementation plan and programme
11.11.1 Construction Planning
The proper planning of the execution of the earth works is crucial if washouts, overtopping and
related risks are to be avoided. In particular foundation works, including the core trench should be
substantially completed during the dry season. Also the height of the main embankment should
be raised as quickly as possible to be above the full storage level (NWL), and the spillway outlet
should be ready at the same time. It would be prudent to provide an emergency diversion/outlet
channel.
The remainder of the works, crest road, d/s slope soiling and grassing can be continued
immediately after completion of above described works but can also be postponed to be
undertaken in a second stage when the climatic conditions are suitable.
In order to achieve the set targets and in particular to ensure the required quality of works, the
construction team should be supervised by adequately trained and experienced personnel.
Quality management and control should be carefully planned.
11.11.2 Construction Equipment, Plant and Tools
The earth dam construction works will involve: excavation of material from the borrow area,
heaping it, transportation of the soil, dumping at the dam site, spreading, watering, compaction of
the earth fill and other finishing works. To handle such works cost & time-effectively a
combination of various sets of equipment and plant should be optimised to suit the size of works.
11.11.3 Dam and Irrigation Components Construction Programme
With a well-planned execution plan and provision of adequate quality plant & equipment, financial
and labour resources construction of the proposed earth dam can be substantially completed in a
period 24 to 30 months‟ time frame. The Irrigation component on the other hand can be
completed within 18 months.
The proposed implementation programme and plan is shown in Figure 11-6 and 11-7 below.

Figure 11-6: Proposed Dam Implementation Programme
Time (months)
S.No. Activities 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
1 Construction(Contract) Duration
2 Contractor's mobilization to site
3 Geotechnical Investigations
4 River Diversion Works
5 Dam Foundation Works
5.1 Normal Excavation
5.2 Excavation in rock
5.3 Core Trench Excavation
6 Main Embankment Earthworks
6.1 Coffer Dam (Upstream)
6.2 Impermeable Clay Core
6.3 Upstream Shoulder zone
6.4 Downstream shoulder zone
6.5 Drainage/Transition filters
6.6 Blanket Filter
6.7 Upstream riprap
7 Instrumentation
8 Gouting Works (to be instructed)
9 Spillway Works
9.1 Excavation
9.2 Concrete weir
9.3 Inlet and outlet channel (lined)
9.4 Stilling Basin and Retaining Walls
10 Water Draw-Off System
10.1 Intake Tower
10.2 Bottom Outlet Box Culvert
11 Rock Toe
12 Downstream Topsoil and grassing
13 Pipelines Installation
2x600mm dia WS pipes, 1x300mm dia WS pipe and
1x250mm scour pipe
14 Tower Control Room
15 Downstream Valves Control room
16 Dam Crest Road
16.1 Walkway
17 Office and Housing (Caretaker, Attendant, etc)
18 External Works (Landscaping, Fencing, etc)
Figure 11-7: Proposed Irrigation Implementation Programme
Implimentation Period (Months)

Irrigation Component
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
1 Conveyance and Main lines
2 Submains and Distribution lines
3 Infield System (Option A)
4 Infield System (Option B)

12 ORGANIZATION AND MANAGEMENT
12.1 Introduction
The proposed Lessos/Keben Dam and Irrigation Development Project (LKDIDP) was initially
conceptualized by community members in Ol lessos, Sochoi and Koilot Locations as a community
project for natural resource management and supply of irrigation and domestic water. It was taken
up by the National Irrigation Board (NIB) as such and embraced by the Nandi County
Government as a Flagship project with an expanded scope to provide domestic water to the
communities as well as Kapsabet and Nandi Hills towns.
The irrigation component will be owned and managed by the farmers hence the need for effective
community mobilization and organization to ensure that the community members clearly
understand their roles and responsibilities in the project as well as have adequate organization
management knowledge and skills for proper operation and management of the project.
12.1.1 Objectives of the Project Organization and Management Component
The following is a summary of the objectives of project organization and management:

a. Ensure the beneficiary communities and stakeholders understand and participate in the
project;
b. Identify Project stakeholders, their needs and concerns;
c. Organize farmers into Irrigation Water Users‟ Association (IWUAs) and strengthen their
capacity; and
d. Put in place an appropriate framework for project organization and management.
12.1.2 Project Organization and Management Concepts
(a) Project Organization and Management
Project organization and management defines how the project physical (irrigation infrastructure),
social (people and institutions) and productive (inputs and outputs) components will be interlinked
and how decision making will be undertaken to ensure a functional and sustainable system with
respect to: system operation; system maintenance; agriculture value chain management; project
governance; institutional management and the relationships and interactions among project
stakeholders.
(b) Community Mobilization
This refers to deliberate engagement of the target project beneficiaries and other stakeholders by
the project proponent for the purpose of empowering them. This is accomplished through
dissemination of pertinent information about the project to ensure that the stakeholders
understand the project concept, rationale, activities and outcomes in order for them participate
effectively in decision making processes
(c) Community Organizing
Community organizing is a facilitative process to ensure that people living in close proximity to
one another come together and form an organization that functions to ensure the realization of
their shared interests. Regarding the proposed LKDIDP, the ultimate goal is to establish and
strengthen a farmers‟ organization that can competently perform the operation, production and
management functions of the project.

(d) Community and Stakeholder Participation
Stakeholder participation is the exercising by the concerned persons of their rights and the
choices that they make in activities and programs in order to ensure their involvement in
situations or actions that enhance their wellbeing.
12.2 Activities implemented and outcomes
12.2.1 Literature Review
Various policy, legal and technical documents were reviewed and used for benchmarking
recommendations on community and stakeholder participation in the project; formation and
capacity development of Irrigation Water Users Associations (IWUAs); institutional and legal
arrangements for irrigation system implementation, operation and management. These include:
o Draft Irrigation and Drainage Bill 2012;

o Irrigation Act CAP 347 of 1966;
o Draft Irrigation Bill;
o IWUA Framework for Smallholder Irrigation and Drainage Development and
Management;
o National Irrigation Board Strategic Plan;
o Nandi County Integrated Development Plan;
o Nandi County Agriculture and Irrigation Development Annual reports;
o Water Act 2002;and
o Nandi County Agriculture Annual Report
(a) Policy and Legal Framework for Irrigation Development and Management
The Draft Irrigation Policy 2012 sets out the policy framework on irrigation development and
management in Kenya including institutional landscape, financing arrangements, system
operation and management; role of irrigation sub-sector stakeholders et al.
The Irrigation Act CAP 347 of 1966 is the existing legal framework for irrigation development
and management in the country. It establishes the National Irrigation Board with its mandate and
functions relating to the development and management of National Irrigation Schemes.
Draft Irrigation Bill 2012 describes the proposed legal environment for irrigation development
and management including the mandates and functions of the various institutions.
The IWUA Framework describes the process of IWUA establishment and capacity strengthening
and defines the roles of the beneficiary communities in irrigation development and management.
The National Irrigation Board Strategic Plan defines the mandate and functional of NIB;
irrigation development targets and approaches to be employed to ensure accelerated
development. It also stipulates the mechanisms for operation and management of national
schemes as well as the Irrigation Management Transfer modalities for both national and
community irrigation projects.

The Nandi County Integrated Development Plan 2014 is a multi-sector county development
blue print that identifies priority sectors, programmes and projects.
Generally the county receives an average rainfall of about 1200mm to 2000mm per annum with
the long rains in March to June and the short rains in September to November. The drier spell is
usually in December to mid-March in the Eastern and North eastern parts of the county hence the
need for irrigation to ensure all round agricultural production. The County has further identified
intensification of agriculture as one of the sectors having the biggest potential for employment.
Self Help, Women and Youth Groups are the main agents of community economic empowerment
at the grass roots. They are the main entry points by NGOs and Government in initiating
community driven projects. The proposed irrigation project is a community development project
that will be managed similarly by farmers through their organizations such as Irrigation Water
Users Associations (IWUAs).
The Water ACT 2002 gives the framework for the water resource development and management
including the applicable licensing and levies for various forms of abstraction and utilization.
The policy and legal frameworks outline the modalities, processes, safeguards and standards for
irrigation implementation and management of irrigation projects. The relevant policy and legal
frameworks for irrigation development and management in Kenya are summarized below and
form the bases on which recommendations in the feasibility study report will be anchored.
i. Draft Irrigation Policy 2012: It underscores the importance of participatory irrigation

development and management and recognizes the important role that Irrigation Water
Users‟ Associations (IWUAs) should play in irrigation development hence the need to
establish and strengthen their capacities to enable them play this role.
ii. Draft Irrigation and Drainage Bill 2012: It creates the National Irrigation and Drainage
Service (NIDS) and gives it the mandate to develop new public and smallholder irrigation
and drainage schemes; support modernization of existing schemes and provide or
facilitate support services to irrigation farmers. It also provides for the legalization of
IWUAs and defines their powers and responsibilities in the management of irrigation
projects.
iii. IWUA Framework and Smallholder Irrigation and Drainage Development

Guidelines: They envision sustainable irrigation and drainage schemes that are owned,
operated, maintained and managed by viable and self-sustaining water users‟
associations (WUAs). They emphasize the need for capacity building of IWUAs to ensure
adequate organizational and management capabilities for irrigation projects operation
and management.
iv. Participatory Irrigation Management (PIM): An approach to management that

promotes the involvement of irrigation users in all aspects and levels of irrigation
management.
v. Irrigation Management Transfer: a program of transferring the management of an

irrigation system from government to local user groups. IMT has seen some irrigation
functions that were performed by NIB and other irrigation agencies gradually and
systematically transferred to the beneficiaries to enable the agencies to concentrate on
their core functions of providing irrigation infrastructure and technical support to the
subsector.

(b) Institutional Arrangement for Irrigation Development and Management
This section relates to the institutional landscape for irrigation and drainage development and
management in Kenya and outlines the various institutions and their mandate based on the 2013
Jubilee Government structure.
i. Ministry of Agriculture, Livestock and Fisheries: Broad mandate is agriculture sector

policy formulation and development of guidelines on sustainable utilization and
management of agricultural land and provision of agriculture extension services. The
agriculture and irrigation services are devolved to the county governments hence the
Nandi County and Sub-County irrigation and agriculture offices will provide irrigation and
agriculture extension services to the project.
ii. Ministry of Water, Environment and Natural Resources: Mandate is environment,

water and natural resources policy development and land reclamation that includes
development of dams. The Water Resources Management Authority (WARMA) will be
responsible for water allocation and regulation while the National Environmental
Management Authority (NEMA) will approve the environmental and social safeguards for
the construction of the project.
iii. Department of Irrigation and Drainage: Core mandate is planning and coordination of
smallholder irrigation and drainage development projects in the country. The department
is decentralized into County and Sub-county Irrigation Offices.
iv. National Irrigation Board: A national and functionally autonomous parastatal

established by the Irrigation Act CAP 347 whose mission is to develop, promote and
expand irrigated agriculture through construction of irrigation and drainage infrastructure
and provision of technical support. Its core functions are national irrigation schemes
development and management; co-management of national irrigation schemes with
IWUAs; feasibility studies on new irrigation projects; design and construction of new
irrigation projects; strengthening capacities of IWUAs, monitoring and evaluation of
projects; and linking IWUAs and other farmers‟ organizations to irrigation service
providers.
v. Irrigation Water Users‟ Associations: Farmers‟ organizations formed for the purpose of
using a common irrigation system for agricultural production. Currently, IWUAs are
registered with the respective County and Sub-County Social Development Offices
(CSDO) as self-help or as Community Based Organizations (CBOs).
12.2.2 Social Investigation
Social Investigation (SI) entailed a systematic process of learning and analyzing existing
structures, forces, problems and issues in the community that would have an impact on the
project implementation, operation and management. The tools employed in carrying out the social
investigation were: one-on-one interviews with community members; personal observations;
focused group discussions and review of secondary data. Among the key outcomes was
identification of community opinion leaders whose experience and networks were used as an
entry point to the community.
12.2.3 Identification and Inventory of Project Stakeholders
These are individuals, groups of people and institutions who have significant interest in the project
as direct beneficiaries; persons affected by the project (PAP) and service providers. This activity
was carried out through consultations with the community members, county and sub-county
administrations and technical government departments. Table 12.1 shows the key project
stakeholders and their expected roles in the project.

Table 12-1: Key Project Stakeholders and expected roles
Stakeholder Roles
 Ownership of process and Products (feasibility studies and
designs);
 Participation in project activities e.g. meetings, transect walks;
Community/Farmers‟ Groups  Information; local knowledge/experiences
 Decision making e.g. selection of irrigation development
options
 Keben Dam and Irrigation Project is a County Flagship

project;
 Water supply component will be implemented by the County
Government;
County Governor‟s Office
 Provision of County development policy guidelines
 Provision of county strategic development plan
 Political support for the project
 Participation in community and resource mobilization at both
the planning and implementation stages
 Grassroots Community mobilization and meetings
 Dispute resolution
County Commissioner‟s Office
 Promote security
 Coordination (The Dam and Irrigation components are
national Government projects)
 Political leadership and goodwill;
Member of Parliament
 Lobbying for funding(implementation phase)
 Political leadership and goodwill;
Members of County Assembly  Community mobilization
 Lobbying for funding(implementation phase)
 Policy guidelines
Ministry of Agriculture, Livestock  Fundraising
And Fisheries  Technical support
 Secondary Data/information
 M&E
 Provision of secondary data/information
 Policy/strategic guidelines
National Irrigation Board
 Project funding at construction phase
 Farmers capacity building at construction and operation
phases
 Provision of environmental management policies and
guidelines;
National Environment  Review of Environmental and social Impact Assessment
Management Authority report and environmental management plan;
 Issuance of the project environmental management
compliance certificate for construction
 Authorization for consultant and community to access
Kenya Forest Service County proposed dam site;
Office  Authorization for dam construction within the gazetted forest
area
 Policy guidelines
County Agriculture, Livestock
 Technical support
And Fisheries Office
 Secondary Data/information
 M&E

Stakeholder Roles
County Social Development  Community mobilization
Office  Groups registration
 Secondary data
County Water Office
 Technical input
 Secondary data
County Public Health Office
 Technical input
 Provision if technical data on the project areas
County Irrigation Office
 Participation I community mobilization
 Irrigation extension services during the operation phase
 Provision of data and information on agriculture and livestock

enterprises, marketing, land and crop husbandry practices,
County Agriculture Office
 Provision of agriculture support services
 Provision of policy guidelines during the study
 Agriculture extension services during the operation phase
 Provision of data and information on livestock enterprises,

County Livestock Office marketing, land husbandry practices,
 Provision of livestock support services
 Provision of policy guidelines during the study
 Data/Information;
Private Sector
 Support services
 Investment in input/output market infrastructure
NGOs and NGAs (Friends of  Community mobilization
Nandi; Nature Kenya; Aqua
 Sharing of experiences
Clara, Nandi Environmental
 Farmers capacity building
Forum. Walter Reed, AMREF,
USAID, AMPATH, PEPFAR and  Community health
APHIA Plus etc)  Environmental issues
12.2.4 Leaders sensitization meetings
Local leaders have an important role to play in community-based development projects. The
sensitization meetings were held at the County, Sub-county and Location levels targeting
administrators, politicians and personnel of line technical departments. The objective of the
sensitization meetings was to share information on the proposed project with a view to creating a
partnership between the client, consultant and local authorities in order to create local ownership
of the project.
12.2.5 Community mobilization meetings
Community mobilization meetings were organized at the location level in 3 Locations namely:
Sochoi, Koilot and Ol lessos through the help of the area chiefs for the purpose of disseminating
information on the project and engaging the community to get their views on the various aspects
of the proposed project. Effective information dissemination was important in cultivating and
fostering trust and understanding between project authorities and local communities.

The key information disseminated included: Project proponent , project background and rationale;
Consultant and responsibilities; scope of work; project location; project benefits; Project
ownership; financing arrangements; Study components; Project time frame; and expected
community roles and responsibilities.
Table 12-2: Schedule of the community mobilization meetings
Date Location Venue Participants

Chief; Assistant Chiefs; Village Elders
,Member of County Assembly, Assistant
10/7/2014 Koilot Keben Primary School
County Commissioner(); Community;
Members/farmers
Lessos Technical Chief; Assistant Chiefs; Village Elders ();
11/7/2014 Ol Lessos
Training Institute Community; Members/farmers
Chief; Assistant Chiefs; Village Elders ();
12/7/2014 Sochoi Chief‟s Office Member of County Assembly, Community;
Members/farmers
A sample of the community mobilization meetings photo plates are presented below.
Plate No. Photo Plate Details
Assistant County
Commissioner addressing a
community mobilization
1 meeting at Keben Primary
School, Koilot Location on
10/7/2014
A section of participants in a
2 meeting at Keben Primary
School, Koilot Location on
10/7/2014

Plate No. Photo Plate Details
Plate 3: A section of
participants in a community
mobilization meeting at
3
Lessos Technical Training
Institute, Ol Lessos Location
on 11/7/2014
A section of participants in a
4 meeting at Chief‟s Office
Sochoi Location on
12/7/2014
12.2.6 Inventory of Locations and Sub-locations
The existing administrative units and structures will serve as important units for setting up of a
preliminary organization structure for the delineate irrigation blocks. The sub-locations were used
for election of the CIC members while villages were used for inventory of the households that
constitute preliminary project members.
Table 12-3: Locations, Sub-locations and delineated blocks
Sub-County Location Sub-Location Delineated Irrigation Block

Keben K -1
Koilot K–3&K-2
Koilot Sigilai K-2
Chepngetuny K–4
Cheptuingeny K-4
Nandi East
Sochoi S-1
Sochoi
Lolduga S-2
Ol Lessos L-1
Ol Lessos Kapkorio L-1
Mogoon L-1

12.2.7 Establishment of an Interim Project Committee
During the community mobilization meetings, the community members elected farmers‟
representatives per sub-location that will constitute the Interim Committees (ICs). The ICs will be
the link between the community and the consultant during the feasibility study and design of the
project. The ICs were constituted to ensure adequate gender representation in conformity with the
Kenya Constitution 2010.
Table 12-4: List of the IC members by Location, Sub-location and Block
Location Name Sub-location Block Gender Contact

John Kotutwa Keben K -1 Male 0725079301
Samuel Tuwei Keben K -1 Male 0724444678
Nelson Sang Koilot K-3 Male 0721818357
William Berich Koilot K-3 Male 0723850502
Monica Chepkoi Sigilai K-2 Female 0727821980
Koilot
James Tanui Sigilai K-2 Male 0724906567
Eliud Keter Chepngetuny K-4 Male 0712148590
Henry Mutai Chepngetuny K-4 Male 0700235613
David Koiya Cheptungeny K-4 Male 0705029029
Emmy Sambu Cheptungeny K-4 Female 0700151004
Simon Chebwai Sochoi S-1 Male 0722645036
David Tanui Sochoi S-1 Male
Sochoi
David Cheruiyot Lolduga S-2 Male 0711497971
*Leah Cherem Lolduga S-2 Female 0723154884
Sammy Tarus Ol Lessos L-1 Male 0725628500
Elizabeth Birgen Ol Lessos L-1 Female 0704808932
James Singoey Kapkorio L-1 Male 0722822802
Ol Lessos
Jacob Songol Kapkorio L-1 Male 0211147032
Beatrice Mogoon L-1 Female 0724390310
William Magut Mogoon L-1 Male 0703694449
12.2.8 Project Membership
The membership of the project will consist of famers residing within the main block areas as
delineated on the preliminary layout (see section 3.5). The proposed project membership criteria
that will be refined in subsequent meetings with the IC are as follows:
1. Persons owning agricultural land within the delineated block project area;
2. Persons with long-term land use rights within the block project area through long term
lease;
3. Interested public institutions such as schools within the delineated project area; and
4. Meeting the conditions to be outlined in the block by-laws.
12.2.9 Inventory of enlisted beneficiaries and registered land holding sizes
Tables 12-5 and 12-6 provide summaries of the revised number of enlisted beneficiaries as well
as the registered land holding sizes. The full list of the enlisted beneficiaries as well as the details
of land holding sizes per beneficiary is presented in IWUA report Annex IX.

Table 12-5: Preliminary number of enlisted beneficiaries
Location Sub Location Number of Enlisted Beneficiaries Total

Koilot 403
Keben 483
Chepngetuny 195
Cheptuingeny 303
Sochoi 136
Sochoi 321
Lolduga 185
Olessos 271
Ol' Lessos Kapkorio 147 641
Mogoon 223
Total 2576 2576
Of the 2576 beneficiaries enlisted in the entire area, 2016 members have more than 1 acre.
Table 12-6: Enlisted beneficiaries actual land area
Registered land
Location Sub-location Total (Acres)
(acres)
Koilot 1856
Keben 2187
Chepngetuny 210
Cheptuingeny 1641
Ol Lessos 636
1137
Ol Lessos Kapkorio 501
Mogoon 788
Sochoi 446
Sochoi 1871
Lolduga 638
Total 9734 9734
Table 12-7: Enlisted beneficiaries actual registered plot sizes
Min – Max Average Land Size

Location Sub-location
Land Size (acres) (acres)
Koilot 0.5 - 30 4.6
Keben 0.1 - 62 4.6
Koilot Sigilai 0.1 - 25 3.6
Chepngetuny 0.1 – 10.5 1.1
Cheptuingeny 0.1 - 80 5.5
Ol Lessos 0.1 – 31.25 2.9
Ol Lessos Kapkorio 0.1 - 29 3.1
Mogoon 0.1 - 36 2.9
Sochoi 0.1 - 30 4.8
Sochoi
Lolduga 0.1 - 20 2.7
All 0.1 - 80 3.58
A complete farmer‟s data base per supply line with relevant farmer‟s information will be provided
at the detailed design stage

12.3 Existing organizations and institutions
The following key institutions in the county and the immediate project area will play supportive
roles to the objectives and activities of the proposed project:
12.3.1 County and Sub-county Agriculture Offices
These offices will provide agriculture extension services during the project operation phase.
Currently the offices are adequately staffed in terms of technical personnel but there will be need
to improve on the mobility of the personnel to access all irrigation project sites.
12.3.2 County and Sub-county Agriculture Offices
These offices will provide irrigation water management extension services during the project
operation phase. Although these offices are decentralized up to the sub-counties, there is a
serious inadequacy of irrigation personnel; there are no irrigation officers in the sub-county
because no major irrigation activities have been carried out there in the past.
There is need to come up with innovative interventions to ensure that adequate and timely
irrigation water management extension services are provided for the 500 ha project. Some of the
possible interventions include training of the agriculture officers in irrigation water management
and training of the block irrigation committees as trainers (ToT) to be trainers of other farmers.
12.3.3 Lessos Technical Training Institute
This is a vocational training institution for post-secondary students. Agriculture is one of the
courses offered; there is a huge potential for the proposed irrigation project to collaborate with the
institution in mounting tailor-made irrigation and water management courses for farmers.
12.3.4 Farmers‟ organizations
The county has 213 registered cooperative societies with 140 being active, 73 dormant and 1 in
liquidation. The membership as at December 2012 was 57,412.Most of these societies are
agriculture related.
The SOCHENEFOWA Group is the only existing farmer‟s organization for irrigation development
within the project area. The group was started in 2008 with the objective of environmental
conservation and tapping water for irrigation development from Mogobich River to cover 5
locations and an additional 2 Locations in Uasin Gishu County namely Chuiyat and Olainguse.
12.3.5 Non-Governmental Organizations (NGOs)s
The main areas covered by the NGOs are environment, agriculture, health, gender issues, youth
and women empowerment and community economic empowerment. In environment, the main
NGOs are Nature Kenya, Friends of Nandi and Nandi Environmental Forum. In the Health Sector
we have Walter Reed, AMREF, USAID, AMPATH, PEPFAR and APHIA Plus among others.
12.3.6 Community Based Organizations (CBOs)
These are mainly Self-help such as Women and Youth Groups and are the main agents of
community economic empowerment at the grassroots. They are the main entry points by NGOs
and Government in initiating community driven projects. Currently there are 598,161 and 307
registered women groups, community-based organizations and youth groups respectively.

12.4 Training of Interim Committee on project leadership and by laws
The training of the interim committee on project leadership was carried out from Wednesday 3rd
to Friday 5th December at Lessos Town. The participants were the 20 Interim Project Leaders
representing the 3 Irrigation Project locations namely Koilot, Sochoi and Ol Lessos. The outline of
the training topics and sub-topics is presented below.
12.4.1 Irrigation Water Users Association (IWUA) Formation process
(a) Stages in IWUA formation
 Community mobilization and sensitization about the project

 Inventory of potential project members
 Definition of membership criteria
 Rationalization and Finalization of membership list
 Election of IWUA/Block Leaders
 Formulation of project/IWUA by-laws
 Legalization of the IWUA/Registration
 Capacity Building of the IWUA
(b) Definition/Clarification of membership criteria
 Who qualifies to be a member(membership criteria)
(c) Rationalization and Finalization of membership list
 Review of list for completeness

 Names; ID/NO; Location; Sub-location; Land Registration (Title No.)
 Placing members into correct blocks
(d) Election of IWUA and Block Leaders
 Understand principles and attributes of good leadership;

 Apply the principles and attributes of good leadership to elect IWUA and Block
leaders to run and manage the IWUA and Blocks
 Apply the principles and attributes of good leadership in managing the affairs of
project
12.4.2 Irrigation Project Leadership
 What is leadership?
 Why is leadership important?
 Great historical leaders and their leadership qualities
 Situations in the project where leadership will be required
 Leadership qualities
 Leadership styles
 Effective leadership

12.4.3 Irrigation Project B-Laws Formulation
 Definition of By-Laws
 Importance of By-Laws
 Who Should Formulate By-Laws
 Content and Structure of By-Laws
 Enforcement of By-Laws
12.5 Formulation of Project by-laws by the Interim Project Committee
Following the training on formulation of by-laws, the IPC, with technical backstopping of the
consultant, drafted their by-laws for presentation to the community for deliberation and possible
adoption. The draft By-laws are attached as Annex XI in Volume II of this Report.
The Project Interim Committee during a session to Draft By-laws in Lessos town on 5th
December 2014

12.6 Formation of Irrigation Block IWUAs and Committees for Project phase 1
Based on the projected immediate water availability from selected dam option, the project was
divided into two phases for purpose of implementation. Phase 1 consists of Keben (K-1), Koilot
(K-3) and Sochoi (S-1) sub-locations.
The irrigation area is further divided into smaller Blocks defined by hydraulic units for ease of
irrigation water management. Community meetings were held at Location level and members
sensitized on the irrigation project layout, block boundaries, purpose of project blocking and the
need to have Block IWUAs and leaders.
Farmers studying project layout and block boundaries during a community mobilization meeting in
Sochoi, 9th December 2014
Farmers belonging to the same irrigation blocks elected their respective leaders ensuring
equitable representation of the various sections of the blocks. Equitable gender representation
was also emphasized.
Table 12-7 gives the names and details of the elected block leaders for Irrigation phase 1.

Table 12-8: Phase 1 Irrigation Block Leaders
Block Name Sub-Main Name of Representative Contact

Peter K. Sanga 0724232488
K-1-1 Abraham K. Sang 0719715243
Gladys Kosgei 0719617374
Pauline Jeptanui 0726805134
Daudi K. Yator 0721828398
K-1-2
K-1 Daniel K. Tingei 0733299555
John K. Kogo 0720725121
(Keben Sub-location) Veronica Lagat 0713844487
Dorin Koech 0720646233
K-1-3
Michael Mulwo 0721659316
Laban Sugut 0724109883
Kiplimo Keino 0715592545
TKU
Wilson Kosgei 0714753421
Ester Sawe
David Teregech
Joseph Kogo
Nicholas Rugut
Ephrather Mwei
K-3
K-3 Erick Mibei
(Kaprabarwa-Ndururo)
Nelson Too
Barnabas Koech
Nicholas Some
Philip Choge
John Rop
Simeaon Yatoro
Daniel Kitur
Richard Lelei
Grace Emeli
Jane Tanui
S1-1 and
S-1 (Cheboror-Koimur) Esra Kosgei
S-1-2
David Rono
Silas Kemboi
Joseph Mutai
Selina Kemboi
Boaz Bor

12.7 Initiation of IWUA Registration Process
During the consultative community meetings, the community deliberated on the options available
for the registration of the group including self-help group, community based organization (CBO)
and farmers‟ cooperative. The members resolved to initially register the group with the Sub-
County Social Development Office as a CBO with the possibility of registering a cooperative to
address marketing issues once the project is operational. In this regard, the community members
were informed of the requirements for registration of the group as a CBO as follows:
6. Group by-laws;
7. List of Committee members and executive;
8. List of Members;
9. Completed registration application form; and
10. Registration fees f KES 5,000
12.8 Key emerging issues
12.8.1 Need to involve elected leaders at all levels
The County and Sub-county leaders including the Governor, County Commissioner and Sub-
county Commissioners advised on the need for NIB and the consultant to have a session with the
elected leaders to explain the project and get their views. This will be necessary to ensure
political goodwill for the project.
In response NIB and consultant informed reported that there are inbuilt stakeholders‟ consultative
workshops in the project feasibility study and design process where the leaders will be involved.
12.8.2 Source of water and security for domestic water supply
The community sought clarification on where the irrigation water will be sourced and if the
abstraction of the irrigation water will negatively impact the quantity, quality and reliability of the
domestic water source.
The consultant responded that the source will be Mogobich river on which a reservoir will be built
to harvest and store runoff thereby increasing the amount and reliability for both water domestic
water supply and irrigation.
12.8.3 Need for irrigation in the County
Some members of the community were of the view that the area has adequate rainfall from March
to June and the short rains in September to November and therefore irrigation may not be a
priority in the county.
The consultant responded that it is a fact that most of Nandi County on average has high rainfall
compared to most counties in Kenya. However, like in other areas, the rainfall amount and
distribution are becoming increasing unpredictable hence to risks and uncertainties of rain-fed
agriculture. December to mid-March in the Eastern and North eastern parts of the county are
relatively dry months hence the need for irrigation. In addition, rain-fed agriculture in the area is to
large extent subsistence and this can be upgraded to commercial agriculture through irrigation.

12.8.4 Project coverage
The community sought clarification on the coverage of the project. In response the consultant
noted that the irrigation component is limited to 500 ha which is small compared to the demand.
The consultant will therefore come up with irrigation development options for discussions and
concurrence with the stakeholders on how best the 500 ha will be distributed. The domestic water
supply, which will be constructed by the county government once the dam is built, will cover all
the locations including Nandi Hills and Kapsabet towns.
12.8.5 Criteria for determining beneficiaries and increasing the irrigation area
The community members wondered how the beneficiaries of the 500ha irrigation component will
be selected given the vastness of the area. The consultant acknowledged that 500ha is small
relative to the number of potential beneficiaries and explained that a participatory approach will be
employed whereby the consultant will provided options and their technical and financial
implications for the stakeholders to make a decision.
The 500ha is for the time being tied to the contract by the national Irrigation Board. Any increase
in the area would be based on review of the contract and ultimately on the availability of water
based on the effective storage of the proposed dam.
12.8.6 Way leave and compensation
The community sought to know if farmers on whose land the irrigation infrastructure will be
constructed will be compensated. The consultant responded as follows:
1. As much as possible the system conveyance and distribution lines will pass along
existing roads reserves;
2. The conveyance and distribution will be by buried pipes hence no or minimal interference
with the farmers use of the land;
3. Supply lines to the farms will be along land boundaries;
4. Exceptional cases where permanent structures such as buildings will be affected will be
attended to on individual merits;
5. The project belongs to the community hence the community and other stakeholders will
have an important role to play in resolving any such issues if and when they occur.
12.8.7 Type of irrigation System
The community sought to about the type of irrigation system to be used for water conveyance,
distribution and application.
The consultant reported that the system will be gravity with pipe conveyance and distribution. The
envisaged infield system will be sprinkler with possibility of upgrading to drip in future.
12.8.8 Low experience in irrigated agriculture
The LKDIDP was conceptualized to be a community owned, operated and managed project.
Although Nandi County is essentially an agriculture based economy, the target communities have
inadequate experience in irrigated agriculture. The project should therefore come up with targeted
and systematic capacity building interventions for farmers on irrigation water management and
institutional (IWUAs) management.
These interventions will be geared toward changing the community mind-set from over reliance
on rain-fed agriculture to irrigated agriculture in order to transform the sector into a commercial
one.

12.8.9 Project Financing and community Contribution
The leaders and the community sought to know how the project will be financed and the expected
community contribution in the project. The consultant reported that:
 The feasibility study and design is fully funded by the central government through the
National Irrigation Board;
 The Central Government will finance the construction phase; community can contribute in
non-technical works like excavations for minor pipe network;
 The community will take full responsibility for the operation, management and
maintenance of the system; and
 Community will pay for the registration of the farmers‟ organization and water permit.
12.8.10 Project construction timeline
The community requested for a time line when the irrigation project will be implemented. The
response was that the current assignment is for planning and design only. Once the consultant
submits the reports to NIB, NIB will budget for the construction phase. The community and the
leaders will have the responsibility to follow up with NIB about the construction.
12.8.11 Expected cropping Pattern
The community sought to know the crops earmarked for the irrigation project if proved viable and
also indicated the need to make recommendations for appropriate crops based on the specific
project sites.
The consultant responded that:
 Agriculture Development Plan is part of the TOR for the feasibility study; suitable and
profitable crops will be considered under this component;
 The consultant informed the community that land suitability analysis for irrigation,
including soil types and management practices is part of the feasibility study. This
concern will therefore be addressed once the soils are analysed and the results
presented on a soils map with appropriate recommendations on their management.
12.8.12 Potential Negative impacts
The community wanted to know about the likely benefits (positive impacts) and negative impacts
of the irrigation project.
In response, the Consultant informed the participants that:
 The objectives identified at the project conception stage are food security, household
incomes, employment creation and stimulation of economic development;
 A comprehensive Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) will be carried
out to identify both the potential positive and negative impacts of the project as per the
requirements of Environmental and Management Coordination Act (EMCA).
 The Views of the community will be sought in this exercise.
 Mitigation measures will be recommended for minimizing the negative impacts.

12.8.13 Project Acceptance and Support
Project acceptance is high given that the Keben Dam and Water supply is a flagship project for
the county. This high acceptance level is also attributed to the participatory approach employed
during the entire feasibility study to ensure that all the key stakeholders were on board and their
views taken into consideration.
The consultant recommended and implemented a county leadership and technical and
stakeholders meeting for decision making on the distribution of the 500 ha of irrigation and
resolution of all contentious issues.
12.9 Project Organization and Management
The irrigation project will be under the management of the farmers through their Irrigation Water
Users‟ Association (IWUA) and initially registered as Community Based Organizations with The
County Social Development Office. The Apex IWUA will comprise of representatives of individual
constituent blocks units.
The project is subdivided into units and blocks defined by the system hydraulic units. These units
and blocks will have block committees responsible for water management in the individual units
and blocks.
We recommend establishment of a Project Coordination Committee (PCC) at the County level to

oversee and coordinate project implementation. The members of the Committee will include
County Governor‟s Office, County Commissioners Office, NIB Project Manager, Office of the CEC
Agriculture, Office of The CEC Land, Water and Environment, County Irrigation Office and the
County Agriculture Office. The PCC will provide policy and technical advisory support for project
implementation and M&E.
12.9.1 Project Organization and Management in the Implementation Phase
The project implementation phase will involve the construction of the irrigation infrastructure
(head works, conveyance structures, water distribution and control structures) and other
infrastructure that will support project activities during the operation phase. Various institutions will
play specific roles in the implementation phase as shown in table 12-7:
Table 12-9: Key project stakeholders and roles in implementation phase
Institution Roles in Implementation Phase

National Treasury  Budget sourcing and allocation
Ministry of Agriculture,  Policy and Technical support for project infrastructure development
Livestock and Fisheries  Liaison with National Treasury on project financing
Headquarter  Policy guidance on production, marketing and project management
 General project administration
 Tender administration for construction
 Day to day coordination of project implementation activities
 Supervision of contractor
County/Sub-County
 Supervision of IWUA capacity building activities by consultants
Agriculture Office
 Internal M&E
 Project implementation progress reporting
 Monitoring and evaluation

Institution Roles in Implementation Phase

 Provision of conducive political and policy environment for project
implementation
 Community mobilization for construction and review meetings
County Government
 Settlement of disputes at project/community level
 Construction/improvement of support infrastructure e.g. access
roads, market sheds etc.
Contractor  Construction of infrastructure
 Community mobilization to participate in project implementation
Project Management activities;
Committee  Liaison with government departments and other service providers
on matters of the project;
 Participate in project implementation monitoring
 Excavation of infield canals
Farmers  Participation in implementation review meetings
 Participation in IWUA capacity building activities
Figure 12-1: Project Implementation Phase Structure
Ministry of Agriculture,
Livestock and Fisheries
Project Coordination National Irrigation

Committee Board County Government
Project (IWUA)
Management Contractor Farmers
Committee

12.9.2 Project Organization and Management in the in the Operation Phase
This structure defines the roles and responsibilities as well as working relationships among the
various institutions during the life of the project. The key activities and management functions that
will be carried out in this phase include:
1. Water distribution
2. Agricultural production
3. Produce and inputs marketing
4. Irrigation service fees collection and management
5. System maintenance
6. Project meetings
7. Conflicts management
8. Networking with stakeholder institutions and service providers
(a) General Assembly
This constitutes the general membership convening for a purpose and is the scheme authority for
major/critical decisions on matters affecting the general membership. Normally, a General
Assembly will be convened annually as specified by the by-laws and the agenda will include:
1. Reports of the year ending (Financial, activities, meetings) etc.

2. Planned programs and activities for the next year
3. Proposed budget for the next year
4. Election of project executive committee
5. AOB
(b) Project Management Committee
The day-to-day operation and management of the project will be done by the project management
committee (PMC) on behalf of the members. The committee will make decisions on the following
aspects of the project:
 Water distribution among the blocks;

 Irrigation service fees;
 System maintenance
 Project meetings
 Project finances
 Production and marketing contracts
 Linkages with government agencies and service providers
(c) Block Committees
Each irrigation block will have elected members to manage the activities of their respective
blocks. The functions will be similar to those of the project management committee but restricted
to the individual blocks.
(d) County Irrigation and Agriculture Offices
The current structure of government has devolved the agriculture function to the county
governments. The administrative units of the county governments are county, sub-county and
wards. Demand driven agriculture and irrigation extension services will be provided by the sub-
county and ward irrigation and agriculture offices.

Figure 12-2: Project Operation Phase Structure
General Assembly
Project Management County Irrigation and

Committee Agriculture Offices
Farmers Block Committees Farmers
12.9.3 Community Contribution to the Project
In principle, the project infrastructure development, capacity building of the farmers and extension
services will be financed by the government through the National Irrigation Board (NIB) Ministry of
Agriculture, Livestock and Fisheries. However, experience on community irrigation projects shows
that projects implemented without any contribution by the beneficiaries have low chances of
success and sustainability.
This is because in most cases the beneficiaries view the projects as belonging to the institutions
or agencies that initiated them. In situations where the community has made substantial
investments, they are more inclined to operate and manage the projects effectively resulting in
both high performance rates and sustainability.
During the community meetings, the consultant outlined the various components of the project
implementation costs and facilitated the community to deliberate and identify the components
they would willingly contribute based on their perceived capacities. The following were discussed
and agreed on with the community:

a) The beneficiaries will pay membership registration fees that will be used to meet the cost of
group registration and payment for the water permit;
b) The beneficiaries will participant in excavation work of the minor distribution lines and on-farm
lines to individual farms;
c) The community will provide security for materials and installed pipelines during and after the
construction works;
d) The beneficiaries will contribute cash and establish a project operation and maintenance
(O&M) account and through this account they will be responsible for all project operation and
maintenance activities;
e) The community will provide for way leave for irrigation infrastructure without compensation
except in situations where major structures like buildings which will be discussed on a case
by case basis;
f) The beneficiaries will establish an Irrigation Water Users‟ Association (IWUAs) that will be
formally registered and run by a duly elected committee to oversee the management of the
project.
Table 12-10: Recommended Cost-sharing arrangement for implementation
Cost component Item Responsibility

Intake infrastructure Government/Development Partner
Conveyance Infrastructure Government/Development Partner
Distribution Infrastructure Government/Development Partner
On-farm pipes Farmers
Risers and sprinklers Farmers
Project office Government/Development Partner
Way leave Community
Security for equipment and infrastructure Community
Project operation and maintenance Farmers
12.10 IWUA Capacity Building Needs Assessment and Recommendations
12.10.1 Capacity Needs Assessment
Capacity needs assessment entails a qualitative and quantitative evaluation of the existing
institutional capacity for the institution or organization to effectively and efficiently execute its
mandate and achieve its objectives. For an irrigation project this includes:
 Irrigation Knowledge, Skills and Attitude (KAS) Needs Assessment

 Infrastructure and Equipment Needs Assessment
12.10.2 Irrigation Knowledge, Skills and Attitude (KAS) Needs Assessment
This is commonly referred to as Training Needs Assessment (TNA) and involves inventory and
evaluation of the existing knowledge, skills and attitudinal disposition measured against their
optimal levels for effective performance of the irrigation function. These KAS needs are:
(i) Knowledge and skills in irrigated crop production

(ii) Knowledge in irrigation water management
(iii) Knowledge, skills and experience in managing community based organizations
(iv) Knowledge and skills in agribusiness

This assessment was carried out through interviews with the members of the project interim
committee, Department of Agriculture personnel, Department of Gender and social development
personnel and local development partners.
The key findings from the interviews which form the basis for the recommended KAS capacity
development interventions are:
(i) Nandi County is an agricultural county and farmers are fairly well versed in crop
agriculture especially for food crops such as maize and cash crops like tea;
(ii) The project is intended to be agribusiness oriented and therefore will emphasize on
irrigation of high value crops like horticulture. Most farmers lack knowledge and skills in
commercial horticulture farming;
(iii) The existing agriculture is primarily rain-fed hence most farmers lack knowledge and
skills in irrigated agriculture and irrigation water management;
(iv) Community members belong to different types of community based organizations
including women groups, youth groups, and cooperatives and are therefore conversant
with the basic requirements in management of organizations. However, Irrigation Water
Users Associations (IWUAs) have an additional aspect of ensuring equitable irrigation
water distribution that is a demanding and delicate aspect of irrigation management.
The recommendations in KAS interventions are presented in table 12-11.

Table 12-11: Recommended Training for IWUA
Delivery
Course Title Objectives Details Target Duration Facilitator
Methodology
 What is irrigation
 Importance of irrigation
Introduction Sensitize farmers on MoA
 Opportunities in irrigated Lecture
to irrigated need and benefits of All farmers 3 days External
agriculture Case studies
agriculture irrigated agriculture consultant
 Challenges of irrigated
agriculture
 Importance of and management
of groups
 Group leadership
 Irrigation water Users
Associations (IWUAs) and their
roles in irrigation management
 IWUA by-laws formulation and
Equip the leaders with application
Project Lecture
Group knowledge and skills  IWUAs and their roles in IWUA External
Management 3 days Case studies
dynamics to effectively manage organization and management Consultant
Committee Role plays
the project structure
 Types of committees and
leadership roles in irrigation
projects
 Conflict management in IWUAs
 Functions and responsibilities of
IWUAs and other stakeholders in
the project
 Cropping patterns and enterprise
selection
 Crop production and marketing
Irrigated crop  Basic irrigation and farm record
value chain keeping Brief lecture,
Establish irrigation as Agribusiness
management
a business  Agribusiness All members 3 days
specialist
Examples, case
including  Marketing groups and contract studies
farming

Delivery
Methodology
To enable IWUA
participants to
;appreciate the
attributes of functional
NIB
and effective
Irrigation Community Brief lecture,
organizations, define
Water Users‟  Importance of IWUA. IWUA development Examples, case
the membership and
Associations  IWUA formation process. leaders 2 days specialist studies, Role
membership criteria,
define their objectives,  IWUA roles. backstopped plays, Group
by external discussions.
define and understand
consultant
their roles and
obligations in irrigation
development and
management
To impart knowledge Community
Brief lecture,
and skills to development
Mission and IWUA Examples, case
participants to enable 2 days specialist
Objectives of leaders studies, Role
them to clearly define backstopped
IWUAs plays, group
their objectives and by external
discussions.
mission consultant
To enable IWUA
Community
members appreciate Brief lecture,
development
Roles and and effectively fulfill  Role of project members Examples, case
IWUA specialist
functions of their roles in irrigation  Roles of committees. 2 days studies, Role
leaders backstopped
IWUAs and drainage  Roles of IWUA officials. by external
plays, group
development. discussions.
consultant
To enable IWUA
members understand
the organization and  Importance of an organization
Community
Organization management structure structure. Brief lecture,
development
and of organizations and  Hierarchies in an organization Examples, case
IWUA specialist
Management apply the same in structure. 2 days studies, Role
leaders backstopped
Structure of establishing a  Types and functions of by external
plays, group
IWUAs structure that enables committees within an irrigation discussions.
consultant
the IWUA to function project organo- graph.
effectively.

Delivery
Methodology
Participatory  Irrigation stakeholders and their Lectures and
To enable participants
irrigation roles External group
appreciate the
development  Project Cycle and community consultant discussions.
importance of IWUA
and roles in each phases of the cycle 2 days and irrigation
participation for project leaders
management  Community participation agency
ownership and
(PIMD)
sustainability  Gender issues in irrigation personnel
 Roles of scheme leaders

 Management and leadership
styles
Scheme  Resource mobilization External
Familiarize scheme
leadership  Management of scheme consultant Lecture, group
leaders on key IWUA
and meetings 2 days and irrigation discussions and
governance issues in leaders
governance  Decision-making methods agency role plays.
irrigation projects.
 Networking/information sourcing personnel
 Scheme reports
 Sharing of responsibilities
 Irrigation schedules and water

allocation/distribution
 Irrigation/water application
To enable participants methods and determining factors
Scheme appreciate operations Lecture ,
 Irrigation efficiencies and water
Operation, and maintenance Irrigation Group
conservation techniques General
Maintenance activities and their 4 days agency discussions and
 Watering depth and frequencies farmers
and Water importance in project personnel. field
Management performance and  Drainage requirements demonstrations.
sustainability.  System maintenance
 Irrigation equipment and
Maintenance
 Farm records
 Budgeting/financial plans
Financial To impart and nurture Lecture, group
 Credit sourcing and IWUA External
Management a business culture in 3 days discussion and
management leaders consultant.
irrigated agriculture exercises.
 Fundraising and Organizing for
repayment of loans

Delivery
Methodology
Monitoring &  Selection of capacity & Lecture, group
To help keep track of
Evaluation performance indicators IWUA External discussions and
project functionality 3 days
skills  Progress Reports leaders consultant. field
and performance.
observation.
 Irrigation water management. Field
 Farmers‟ organizations. Irrigation observation,
To expose farmers to  Irrigation system operation and IWUA agency presentation by
Farmers 1-3
practical aspects of maintenance. leaders personnel counterpart
study tour days1
irrigated agriculture.  Group marketing of farm and host farmers and
produce. farmers practical
 Contract farming. demonstrations.
1
Course duration depends on distance to host scheme.

12.10.3 Infrastructure and Equipment Needs Assessment
This assessment entailed determination of whether there are physical facilities and equipment
at the disposal of the farmers for use in operating and managing their irrigation project. The
assessment established that the group requires an office building with basic office equipment
such as furniture and start-off stationery to enhance safe custody of the projects documents
and operations of the management committee.
The Project Interim Committee was tasked to consult with the local authorities to identify
suitable and centrally located land for possible construction of a project office. The cost of the
office forms part of the project cost of infrastructure development.

13 FINANCIAL AND ECONOMIC ANALYSIS
13.1 Financial Evaluation
13.1.1 Background
This chapter comprises the financial and economic analysis aspects of the proposed Keben
dam and irrigation development project. While it is to be noted that the proposed development
interventions are tied to a cost value, expenditure on the proposed interventions can only be
justifiable if the project yield, social economic and financial benefits will outweigh the financial
and economic costs involved. Determination of this balance is the main objective of the
financial and economic analysis exercise.
13.1.2 Methodology for Financial Evaluation
The objective of the financial analysis is to evaluate the viability of the proposed project. The
analysis includes a review of the project costs and benefits upon which viability is assessed.
Incremental, rather than expected revenues have been used while costs have been used in
their real values. The evaluation of the proposed project uses conventional cost-benefit
analysis to measure the financial performance of the proposed interventions. Financial
analysis is undertaken so as to assess the degree to which the project will generate revenues
sufficient to meet its financial obligations including Capital Expenditures (CAPEX) and
operation and maintenance (O&M) costs. In this case, the Net Present Value (NPV), Internal
Rate of Return (IRR) and Benefit Cost (BC) ratios are estimated.
13.1.3 Organization of the Chapter
This chapter is organized into three areas namely:
 Project investment costs,

 Key assumptions,
 Project revenues (both current and projected),
 Financial analysis results.
 Conclusions and recommendations.
13.1.4 Project Investment Costs
The project interventions include development of a dam, development of irrigation

infrastructure and catchment management by use of appropriate land husbandry practices,
water supply and fisheries. The costs for the various components comprise both investment
costs and operation and maintenance costs.

Table 13-1 below shows the summary costs for the proposed project development options.
Table 13-1: Project Development costs
Item Details Development Option 2 (Dam-

No. Option A site 2) Option B
4 Total Investment Cost (Dam & Irrigation) 3,756,392,101 4,105,116,399
5 (Ksh) Cost (Assume 1% of total investment)
O&M 37,026,276 40,263,582
6 (Ksh)
Live Storage (m3) 6,243,379 6,243,379
7 Cost Per m3 460 460
From the above table, 2 irrigation development options have been proposed which includes
Option A, and option B.
13.1.5 Key Assumptions
There were critical assumptions made before the costs were allocated to each of the proposed
components and also before the revenues were estimated. The following are some of the key
assumptions made;
(a) General
i. The project will be fully implemented in three years. (70 percent in first year, 20
percent in the second year and 10 percent in the third year)
ii. The projects lifespan is 30 years,
iii. Dam construction costs were apportioned proportionately between irrigation and water
supply components depending on the water usage. (5.30 against 1.17 million cubic
meters for irrigation and water supply respectively)
iv. The discount rate is 10%,
(b) Dam
i. The operation and maintenance costs for the project are approximately 1 percent of
the investment cost.
ii. Dam refurbishment cost is approximately 5 percent of the construction costs and is
after every ten years.

(c) Irrigation
i. Proposed crops are assumed to have a cropping intensity of 150 percent in the first
year, 180 percent in the second year and 200 percent from the third year onwards.
ii. Irrigation component share 82 percent of the dam construction costs.
(d) Water supply
i. Water will be sold to the local water service company at Ksh. 100 per cubic meter in
bulk,
ii. Water tariffs are projected to grow by 10 percent after every five years,
iii. This component share 22 percent of the dam construction costs.
13.1.6 Project Benefits
The command area comprises the target area for irrigation purposes. Two scenarios, one the
current (or without project scenario) and the other the future, or the "with project" scenario
have been evaluated so as to generate the incremental benefits from the command area.
13.1.7 Current Agricultural Production and Revenues
Agricultural revenues for the target population accrue from two major sources namely: crop
farming and livestock rearing. From the socio-economic and baseline survey reports2, 11% of
farmers interviewed practiced tea farming. The rest practiced small scale farming. The current
crops grown in the same area are beans, tomatoes, maize, kales, cabbages, onions and
pasture being the most common crops in the target irrigation areas during the wet season.
The total cropped area under each development option is as presented in table 13-1 above. A
summary of current crops, cropping programme and gross margins for the target command
area is as shown in Table 13-2.
Table 13-2: Summary of Current Crops and Revenues- Target Command Area
Current Gross
Current Current Net Without project
Percent Margin Kshs
Crop Area (Acres) benefits (Kshs)
per Acre
Pasture 54% 324 3,000 972,000
Maize 7% 39.6 7,500 297,000
Tea 11% 67 12,000 799,200
Kales 4% 24 4,800 115,200
Beans 14% 85 12,450 1,053,270
Potatoes 5% 27 11,600 313,200
Onions 1% 6 28,300 169,800
Tomatoes 2% 12 37,000 444,000
Cabbages 3% 15 9,800 147,000
Total 100% 600 4,310,670
Source: Adopted from the Socio-Economic Baseline Study Report (2014)

Gross margins were determined as the balance of the revenues per acre and the costs per
acre. Detailed farm budgets are attached in the annexes. Notable is that vegetables produced
during the dry season are almost all targeted for sale. Tea is also grown for sale. Most of the
other crops are however, used both as food and as cash crops with varying levels being
marketed. Maize and beans are the least marketed food crops implying that they are preferred
for consumption within the households.
13.1.8 Estimation of Expected Benefits
(a) Irrigation
Expected benefits from irrigation are calculated as a summation of production levels for the
various crops and the farm gate prices. The total revenues per unit have been adjusted for
total variable costs to generate the gross margins for the various crops which are then
combined with the proposed cropping patterns to achieve the projected gross revenues for the
whole project.
Gross margins also called farm budgets are a measure of profitability per a unit area of land.
For the purposes of this analysis, gross margins (GM) for the various crop enterprises are
calculated using the following formula.
Gross Margin (GM) = Total Revenues (TR) - Total Variable Costs (TVC)
Total revenues (TR) are generated from sale of the farm produce to the most proximate
markets; the formula for calculation of total revenues (TR) is as follows.
TR = Quantity Produced X Prices.
Total Valuable Costs (TVC) is a summation of all costs of production costs including
establishment, land preparation, planting materials, agro-inputs, labor, harvesting and
marketing costs.
The costs however, are free of fixed items such as land, farm structures and machinery. To
determine the gross margins/farm budgets for the currently produced crops in Keben Project
area, both data collected from the farmers in the proposed scheme as well as data from the
District Agricultural officer were used. The resulting gross margins for each of the proposed
crop are as shown in the table 13-3.

Table 13-3: Summary of gross margins for proposed crops
Crop Gross margin/Acre(Ksh) Gross margin/Ha(Ksh)

Irish potato 326,415 816,037
Tomato 208,553 521,382
Kale 24,243 60,607
Spider plant 144,170 360,426
Solanum (Managu) 48,243 120,607
Baby carrots 190,603 476,507
Brinjals 30,243 75,607
Capsicum 90,603 226,507
ABE Chilli 98,900 247,250
Spring onion 212,963 532,407
Snow peas 189,665 474,163
French beans 220,695 551,739
Passion fruit 467,754 1,169,386
Avocado 572,300 1,430,750
For optimal returns, the following cropping pattern has been proposed for the two seasons.
Table 13-4 Proposed Cropping Pattern for Season 1 (Irrigated)
Season 1 Cropped Area (ha) Cropped Area (ha)

Proposed crop
(Irrigated) Option A Option B
Irish potato (20%) 20 177.60 228.40
Tomato (5%) 5 44.40 57.10
Kale (1%) 1 8.88 11.42
Solanum (1%) 1 8.88 11.42
Baby Carrots (5%) 5 44.40 57.10
Brinjals (2%) 2 17.76 22.84
Capsicum (4%) 4 35.52 45.68
Spring onion (2%) 2 17.76 22.84
French Beans (16%) 16 142.08 182.72
Banana (14%) 14 124.32 159.88
Passion (20%) 20 177.60 228.40
Avocado (10%) 10 88.80 114.20
100 888 1142

Table 13-5 Proposed Cropping Pattern for Season 2 (Rain fed)
Season 2 Cropped Area (ha) Cropped Area (ha)

Proposed crop
(Rainfed) Option A Option B
Irish potato (20%) 20 177.60 228.40
Tomato (5%) 5 44.40 57.10
Kale (1%) 1 8.88 11.42
Spider plant (3%) 3 26.64 34.26
Solanum (1%) 1 8.88 11.42
Baby Carrots (5%) 5 44.40 57.10
Chilli (1%) 1 8.88 11.42
Spring onion (2%) 2 17.76 22.84
Snow peas (1%) 2 17.76 22.84
French Beans (16%) 16 142.08 182.72
Banana (14%) 14 124.32 159.88
Passion (20%) 20 177.60 228.40
Avocado (10%) 10 88.80 114.20
100 888 1142
The projected income is from crop farming and under irrigation development Option A. It is estimated
to stabilize at Ksh. 618 million in the fifth year as shown in Table 13-6 below.
Table 13-6: Incremental crops benefits under Option A
Acreage – 888 Hectares

Season 1 Year 1 (Ksh) Year 2(Ksh) Year 3(Ksh) Year 4(Ksh) Year 5 onwards(Ksh)
Total Benefits 373,687,267 435,968,478 498,249,689 560,530,900 622,812,111
Current benefits 4,310,670 4,310,670 4,310,670 4,310,670 4,310,670
Incremental benefits 369,376,597 431,657,808 493,939,019 556,220,230 618,501,441
The projected income is from crop farming under irrigation development Option B is estimated
to stabilize at Ksh. 796 million in the fifth year as shown in Table 13-7 below.
Table 13-7: Incremental crops benefits under Option B
Acreage – 1142 Hectares

Season 1 Year 1 (Ksh) Year 2(Ksh) Year 3(Ksh) Year 4(Ksh) Year 5 onwards(Ksh)
Total Benefits 480,575,291 560,671,173 640,767,055 720,862,937 800,958,819
Current benefits 4,310,670 4,310,670 4,310,670 4,310,670 4,310,670
Incremental benefits 476,264,621 556,360,503 636,456,385 716,552,267 796,648,149
Options B has higher command area of 1142 ha as compared to options A with 888 ha.
Therefore, revenues from crop farming are projected to be more under option B.

(b) Water supply
The amount of water that will be available for domestic use is as shown in table 13-8 below
under respective project development options. Since the project does not provide for
investment in water supply distribution pipelines, this water will be sold in bulk to the local
water supply agencies at a recommended tariff of Ksh. 100 per cubic meter.
Table 13-8: Water use Allocations
Development Option Domestic water supply, MCM Irrigation water, MCM

Option A 1.17 5.30
Option B 1.17 5.30
The estimated revenues from the water sales will be as shown in table 13-9 below:
Table 13-9: Estimated Revenues from Water Supply
Project Development Option Revenue from Domestic water supply (Ksh/Year)

Option A 117,000,000
Option B 117,000,000
13.2 Financial Analysis Results
The results presented include the financial Net Present Value (FNPV), the internal Rate of
Return (FIRR) and the Benefit to Cost Ratio (BCR). The decision rule is that for a project to be
viable, the NPV should be positive, IRR greater than the assumed cost of capital (discount
rate) and the BCR greater than1.
An independent analysis was conducted for irrigation and for the water supply. A combined
analysis was also conducted to assess the viability of the project as a whole.
13.2.1 Financial results – Irrigation component
Table13-10: Financial results for Options A and B
Option A Option B
Scenario
FNPV FIRR BCR FNPV FIRR BCR
Base Case 458,171,305 13.49% 0.13 309,238,016 12.94% 1.08
20% increase in investment costs (184,635,133) 11.47% -0.05 (393,243,296) 10.96% 0.91
20% fall in revenues 366,537,044 13.49% 0.13 (500,039,650) 10.39% 1.08
20% increase in O&M costs 429,110,682 13.40% 0.12 277,479,553 12.84% 1.07
Results in Table 13-10 above indicate that the computed FNPV at the base case is Ksh.
458.17 million and Ksh. 309.24 million under option A and B respectively. The FNPV are
found to be positive, FIRR greater than 12% (13.37% and 12.9% for options A and B
respectively) and FBCRs greater than 1.
However, further results for the sensitivity analysis indicates the project will not withstand the
shocks on investment costs and revenues as FNPVs are negative, FIRRs less than 12% and
the BCRs less than unity.

13.2.2 Financial results – Water Component
Under selected dam option, 1.17 million cubic meters of water is available for domestic use.
From these results, the water supply component is viable while assessed as an independent
component. Its FNPV is Ksh. 343 million, FIRR is 19% and the BCR is 1.58.
Table 13-11: Financial results for Water Component for Selected Dam Option
Scenario FNPV FIRR BCR

Base Case 343,075,961 19.00% 1.58
20% rise in investment costs 228,851,434 15.96% 1.32
20% fall in revenues 76,363,981 13.80% 1.13
20% increase in O&M costs 343,075,961 19.00% 1.58
13.2.3 Financial results – Whole Project
Table 13-12: Financial results for the Whole project – Options A and B
Option A Option B
Scenario FNPV FIRR BCR FNPV FIRR BCR
Base Case 1,179,163,224 15.52% 1.13 1,051,712,771 15.02% 1.08
20% increase in investment costs 536,356,786 13.41% 0.95 349,231,459 12.88% 0.91
20% fall in revenues 943,330,579 15.52% 1.13 93,940,153 12.29% 1.08
20% increase in O&M costs 1,150,102,601 15.44% 1.12 1,019,954,307 14.94% 1.07
Results in Table 13-12 above indicate that the after inclusion of the water revenues, computed
FNPV at the base case is Ksh. 1.18 billion and Ksh. 1.05 billion under option A and B
respectively. The FNPV are found to be positive, FIRR greater than 12% (15.5% and 15.0%
for options A and B respectively) and FBCRs above 1.
Further results for the sensitivity analysis indicates the project will withstand the shocks on
costs and revenues as FNPVs are positive and FIRRs greater than 12%. However, the BCRs
are less than unity for both options when the project is subjected to 20% increase in
investment costs.
13.2.4 Conclusions and Recommendations
From the financial results, it is found that option A has the most favourable results with an
FNPV of Ksh. 1.18 billion, FIRR of 15.5% and BCR of 1.12. The project withstood 20% shocks
of increase in investment costs, Operation and maintenance costs as well as a 20% fall in
revenues. It is recommended that option A proceeds to detailed design stage.

14 ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL IMPACT ASPECTS
14.1 Introduction
The Environmental Management and Coordination Act (EMCA), 1999 requires that all
project categories listed in its second schedule undergo comprehensive environment
impact assessment. According to Part VI of the Environmental Management and Co-
ordination Act (EMCA, 1999) certain projects must undergo an Environmental Impact
Assessment (EIA) before they commence.
In view of this, the consultant has carried out an Environmental and Social Impact
assessment (ESIA) for Keben Multipurpose dam project in accordance with the
Environmental Impact and Audit Regulations 2003 and the international guidelines for
ESIA for submission to NEMA for approval. On the social impact assessment, the
consultant has to carried out a social-economic and social environmental status analysis
through a base survey and prepared an Environmental and Social Management Plan
(ESMP).
The EIA was carried out using a combination of methods including physical examination,
literature review and interviews. The investigation examined the potential positive and
negative impacts of the project on the immediate surroundings with due regard to all the
phases from construction through to operation and de commissioning. It encompasses all
aspects pertaining to the physical, ecological, socio-cultural, health and safety conditions
at the site and its environs during and after construction.
The study was guided by the scientific qualitative procedures with the most recent
methodologies and analysis required in EIA and strictly adheres to the relevant legislative
framework governing the production sector. The detailed findings of these assessments
are presented in the ESIA Project Report Volume V of this report while a summary is
presented in subsequent sections.
14.2 Environmental Impacts Assessment
The implementation of the project is expected to bring about impacts that have both
positive/beneficial and negative aspects.
The impacts categories are as follows:
 Those arising during the construction phase of the project and,

 Those anticipated occur during the operation phase.

14.3 Impacts During Construction Phase
14.3.1 Negative Impacts to the biophysical environment
a) De-vegetation
Vegetation cover in the project area is dense and hence trees and shrubs are likely to be
removed during the excavation, impacting negatively on existing biological life.
Devegetation particularly in the forest is a key driver in catchment degradation.
The proposed dam excavation within Serengoni Forest will necessitate felling down of
trees most of which are indigenous; access routes to the site may improve access to the
forest; the labour force may extract fuel wood during the construction period; and
construction of the supporting infrastructure may put additional pressure on this forest.
This is a major impact since the forest as an ecological unit is likely to suffer an
imbalance as a result of this development. According to the Kenya Forest Service,
Serengoni station officer, the proposed dam will result to the loss of valuable indigenous
tree species in the area.
b) Forest Submergence
Construction of this multipurpose dam will submerge part of the Serengoni Forest. This
will have an impact on the species whose habitat will be reduced which will consequently
lead to a loss of biodiversity. The submerged area may block cross river animal
migrations.
c) Increased soil erosion
Clearing of grass and the removal of topsoil can result in soil erosion occurring especially
during the rainy season. This may also arise due to: increased run-off experienced in
constructed impervious surfaces and general decreased seepage of water into the
ground.
d) Dust emissions
During construction, the project will generate substantial quantities of dust at the
construction site. The sources of dust emissions will include excavation and leveling
works, and to a small extent, transport vehicles delivering building materials, Emission of
large quantities of dust may lead to significant impacts on construction workers and the
neighbouring local residents.

e) Disposal of Excavated Soil
Excess materials will result from excavations for the dam construction, piping system,
drainage and other facilities. The materials will include topsoil and gravel/rocks (some
can be used in roadwork and backfilling).
These excess materials can impact negatively on the environment during the following
processes:-
 Loading at site (worker safety, dust & machine noise)

 Dumping (materials can be dumped in an area not authorized)
 During transportation from site excavated materials can be dropped on public
roads if transported in open trucks and if the trucks are filled to over flow. Falling
boulders and debris can damage other road users‟ vehicles.
f) Exhaust emissions
The trucks used to transport various building materials from their sources to the project
site will contribute to increases in emission of CO2, NOX and fine particulate along the
way as a result of diesel combustion. Such emissions can lead to health complications
among the workers. The impacts of such emissions can be greater in areas where
materials are sourced and at the construction site as a result of frequent gunning of
vehicle engines, frequent vehicle turning and slow vehicle movement in the loading and
offloading areas.
g) Noise and Vibration
The construction works, delivery of building materials by heavy trucks, blasting and use of
machinery/equipments including bulldozers, generators, metal grinders and concrete
mixers will contribute to high levels of noise and vibration within the construction site and
the surrounding area. Such noise within the site can affect project workers and the
residents, passers-by and other persons in within the vicinity of the project site.
h) Increased water demand
The construction activities will require large quantities of water in an already water
stressed environment. Water will mainly be used for concrete mixing, curing sanitary and
washing purposes. Excessive water use particularly when the dam is being filled may
negatively impact on the water source and its sustainability.
i) Increased solid waste generation
Large quantities of solid waste will be generated at the site during construction works.
Such waste will consists of metal cuttings, rejected materials, surplus materials, surplus
spoil, excavated materials, paper bags, empty cartons, empty paint and solvent
containers, broken glass among others. Such solid waste materials can be injurious to
the environment through chocking of water bodies, blockage of drainage systems and
negative impacts on human and animal health. This may be accentuated by the fact that
some of the waste materials including metal cuttings and plastic containers are not
biodegradable and can have long term and cumulative effects on environment
j) Oil Spills
The machines on site and vehicles contain moving parts which require continuous oiling
to minimize the usual corrosion or wear and tear. Possibilities of such oils spilling and
contaminating the soil and water on site are real.

14.3.2 Negative Impacts to the socio economic environment
a) Risks of accidents and injuries to workers
Due to the intensive construction activities including erection and fastening of structures,
metal grinding and cutting, concrete work, steel erection and welding among others,
construction workers will be exposed to risks of accidents injuries. Such injuries can
result from accidental falls from high elevations, injuries from hand tools and construction
equipment cuts from sharp edges of metal sheets and collapse of building sections
among others.
b) Traffic Flows
Accidents can occur between construction vehicles and public traffic if traffic flows into
and out of the site off the Koilot – Keben – Mogobich road are not properly controlled.
c) Social Evils
This is the social impact expected from the proposed development during the
construction stage. These will include for example an increase on and spread of STDs &
AIDS, liquors drinking, drugs taking, prostitution etc. These are common anti-social vices
at any construction site, which cannot be completely eradicated.
14.3.3 Positive Impacts during Construction
a) Employment Creation
Construction works will provide employment opportunities for both skilled and unskilled
labour. Several workers including casual labourers, masons, carpenters, joiners,
electricians and plumbers are to work during the project construction life.
b) Provision of Market for Supply of Building Materials
The construction work will require supply of large quantities of building materials such
cement, timber, steel, among others most of which will be sourced from the local market.
The table below summarizes the anticipated project impacts during the construction
phase.

Table 14-1: Anticipated project impacts during the construction phase.
Criteria Likelihood
Impact
Spatial scale Duration of Significance
Rating
Impact occurrence
Short
Devegetation Site specific Definite Medium High
term
Forest Long
Site specific Definite High
Submergence term
Short
Site specific Definite Low
Soil erosion term
Short
Site specific Definite Medium Low
Dust emission term
Disposal of
Short
excavated Local Possible Medium Low
term
waste
Exhaust Short Highly
Site specific Medium Low
emissions term Probable
Noise Short
Site specific Definite Medium Low
vibrations term
Increased Short
Local Definite Medium High
water usage term
Increased solid
Short
waste Local Definite Medium Low
term
generation
Short Highly
Oil spills Site specific Medium Low
term Probable
Risk of injuries Short
Site specific Possible Medium High
to workers term
Short
Traffic flows Site specific Possible Medium Low
term
Short
Social Evils Local Possible Medium Low
term
Impact colour coding Key
Positive Impact
Color Negative Impact Management
Impact Rating Enhancement
Code Recommendation
Recommendation
Require alternative
High Maintain current
approach/design and mitigation
(151-250) situation
measures to contain the impacts
Improve enhancement
Medium
Require mitigation measures measures where
(101-150)
necessary
Proceed with care, apply
Low Require enhancement
standard controls but no
(51-100) measures
additional mitigation needed
Requiring no mitigation. Require alternative
Negligible:
Monitoring should be done to enhancement measures
(1-50)
observe any changes to improve the situation
*Significance Low-Medium Low- Medium High-High

14.4 Impacts During Operation Phase
14.4.1 Negative Impacts to biophysical environment
a) Water Pollution
Unsustainable irrigated agriculture leads to both point and non-point water pollution. This
involves transportation of pollutants to surface or ground waters including:
 Sediment and particulate organic solids;

 Particulate-bound nutrients, chemicals, and metals, such as phosphorus, organic
nitrogen, a portion of applied pesticides, and a portion of the metals applied with
some organic wastes;
 Soluble nutrients, such as nitrogen, soluble phosphorus, a portion of the applied
pesticides, soluble metals, salts, and many other major and minor nutrients; and
 Bacteria, viruses, and other pathogens.
Pollution of water bodies in the project area will have significant impacts since the area
falls within the Upper Yala Basin which is one of the most important rivers draining into
Lake Victoria and supports over 6.5 million people and a wealth of biodiversity including
rare and endangered species. In addition, pollution of rivers in this basin directly affects
the quality of water in Lake Victoria.
b) Reduced downstream flows
The proposed project will increase water demand in the project area leading to a
decrease in downstream flows particularly during the low flow period months. Reduced
downstream flows will negatively affect the downstream populations and lifecycles of
species that rely on this flow. In addition, the proposed dam will hold back sediments that
would naturally replenish downstream ecosystems such as the Yala Swamp. Generally,
dams decrease the flow of River, which means fewer habitats, nutrients, and increased
stresses on aquatic life downstream.
c) Increased Water Demand
Irrigation projects require a substantial amount of water and hence lead to a rise in water
demanded within the project area. Significant abstraction of water impacts the existing
water balance. Considering the occurrence of water resource in time every uncontrolled
capture especially in dry periods may result in undermining of minimum requirements of
waterways. The impact of intensive capturing of water above limits may result in lowering
of ground water levels on a wider area. This may in turn affect sensitive ecosystems such
as the critical downstream Yala Swamp.
d) Salanization
The introduction of large volumes of water into the soil on a continuous basis through
irrigation is likely to change both the soil physical and chemical attributes. Inappropriate
management of the water e.g. through excessive irrigation and inadequate drainage will
lead to water logging and leaching of water soluble nutrients to levels where they are no
longer available for use by plants.
Waterlogged conditions will adversely affect growth and developed of many plants
including crops; it may also encourage change in natural composition of vegetation by
suppressing and encouraging development of various plants respectively.

If proper land drainage is not practiced, irrigation has the potential of increasing soil
salinity through raised water table and accumulation of soluble salts from the water.
e) Water Logging
Waterlogging in the farms may occur due to over use and, or poor management of
irrigation water due to:
 Lack of management capacity

 Inadequate drainage infrastructure
Problems of water logging may also occur due to water loss from the canals during the
process of pumping water into the farms. This occurs because of poor leveling of the
canals that leave water to stand in some sections of the fields and leads to water logging
and subsequent salinity in these isolated sections.
f) Devegetation
Clearance of trees in the farm may be done to allow for cultivation and this may lead to or
aggravate soil erosion which eventually causes sedimentation in the rivers. The
clearance of vegetation near the riverbanks may also be done to allow for farming.
Cultivation of riverbanks without adequate conservation measures triggers intensive soil
erosion. Since the community also relies on fuel wood as a source of energy the rate of
devegetation might be aggravated.
g) Solid Wastes Disposal
The solid wastes will comprise mainly of agro chemical packaging materials. Poor
disposal method can pollute the environment thereby negatively impacting on it.
h) Soil Erosion
Different types of soil erosion are expected in the area including water erosion and gully.
Continuous cultivation on cleared land without conservation measures, and animal tracks
and uncontrolled grazing may cause loose soils that become susceptible to erosion.
Intensified agriculture practices due to irrigation may accelerate soil erosion in the project
area. Since the area is relatively sloppy the soil sediments will be deposited in existing
rivers which will finally drain into Lake Victoria leading to proliferation of water hyacinth
and loss of livelihood for communities dependent on fishing industry.
i) Pest and diseases
Intensification of farming may also lead to emergence of pests and diseases. These
include diseases such as maize streak virus, wilts, blights and anthracnose heavily
infected the crops which were previously not common in the area.
j) Invasive Species
The existence of this project could lead to an increase in water weeds especially in the
paddies and waterways. This could lead to reduced water flows and provide suitable
breeding grounds for vectors such as mosquitoes hence exacerbating health problems
such as malaria and bilharzias incidences. It will also result in the reduced efficiency of
the system consuming more water than planned.

k) Flooding Occurrence
Flooding may occur in the case of dam failure where the stored water is released rapidly
into river downstream. This is however not anticipated to occur.
14.4.2 Negative Impacts to the socio economic environment
a) Increased Waterborne diseases
Polluted water is a major cause of human disease. The most common disease
associated with contaminated irrigation waters are cholera, ascariasis, amoebiasis,
giardiasis and E.coli. Some of the ground crops that have been proposed for irrigation like
cabbage and lettuce are most implicated with spread of these diseases. The construction
of a dam may also lead to an increase in malaria incidences.
b) Occupational Health and Safety
The use of pesticides, fertilizers and other agro chemicals may affect the farmers who
handle them through inhalation or direct skin contact. This may cause complicated health
conditions. In addition, once they are washed into the water bodies they may cause
contamination and affect downstream users who draw water from the river.
c) Moral Decadence
Since the project will lead to an increase in income and raise living standards in the area,
there is a likelihood of increased social vices such as prostitution, theft, alcoholism
among others.
14.4.3 Positive Impacts During the Operation Phase
a) Employment Creation and Income Generation
Employment opportunities are one of the long-term major impacts of the proposed project
that will be realized during the operation phase. This will be directly through farming and
sale of farm produce and indirectly through the provision of auxiliary services such as
marketing, banking, transport, communication among others. Employment will lead to a
general improvement in the livelihood of the community.
b) Enhanced access to water to domestic use
The water supply component of the project will greatly increase water availability for
domestic use in the project area. This will indirectly reduce water borne disease
incidences, save on productive time that would have otherwise been used to fetch water
from the river and generally enhance sanitation.
c) Increased productivity
The proposed project will lead to an increase in crop and livestock production which will
enhance food security in among households in the area. In addition, the increased
production will sustain and support expansion of the over seventeen agro based factories
in the county.

d) Improved food security
The proposed project will increase food production in the area and in the country at large.
It will also improve the health status of the people and eliminate malnutrition problems
that are prevalent in the area.
e) Enhanced ecosystem services
Once the proposed dam has been well established, it is likely to provide a habitat for
wetland species such as birds particularly due to the fact that the neighbouring forest
block is already a designated Important Bird Area (IBA). It may also provide an additional
tourist site which complements other sites in the area including the Keben Springs,
Keben caves among other sites.
f) Maximum land use
Most of the land in the project area has not been under any productive use due to
unreliable rainfall and inadequate infrastructure. The proposed irrigation project will
ensure this land is put into productive use for maximum benefit.
g) Diversification of economic activities
The targeted community has been relying tea as their main cash crop and maize as their
main food crop. The productivity of these crops has been decreasing majorly due to
climatic changes hence the need to diversify at the farm level.
h) Extended cropping seasons
The community will have the advantage of farming throughout the year compared to other
farmers who rely on rain. This will increase their output and consequently their income.
i) Improved extension services
The irrigation project will attract extension services and provide the farmers with training
opportunities.
j) Agro forestry
The project will also increase tree cover in the area through agroforestry. This will help to
conserve sol and conserve indigenous trees.
k) Strengthening of social groups
The project will also strengthen existing community based organizations such as women
groups, cooperative societies through training.
The table below summarizes the anticipated project impacts during the operation phase.

Table 14-2: Anticipated impacts during the operation phase
Criteria
Spatial Likelihood of Impact
Duration Significance
scale occurrence Rating
Impact
Water Pollution Regional Long term Highly High
Probable
Reduced Regional Long term Highly High
downstream probable
flows
Increased water Local Long term Possible Medium High
demand
Salanization Site specific Long term Possible Medium High
Water logging Site specific Long term Possible Medium High
Devegetation Site specific Long term Highly Medium High
probable
Soil Erosion Site specific Long term Highly High
probable
Pest and Local Medium Highly Medium High
diseases Term probable
Invasive species Local Long term Possible Medium High
Solid waste Site specific Long term Highly Medium Low
generation probable
Flood Regional Long term Highly High
Occurrence probable
Waterborne Regional Long term Highly High
diseases probable
Occupational Site specific Long term Highly Medium High
health and probable
safety among
farmers
Moral Regional Long term Possible High
decadence
Impact colour coding
Negative Impact Positive Impact

Color
Impact Rating Management Enhancement
Code
Recommendation Recommendation
Require alternative
approach/design and
High (151-250) Maintain current situation
mitigation measures to contain
the impacts
Improve enhancement
Medium (101-
Require mitigation measures measures where
150)
necessary
Proceed with care, apply
Require enhancement
Low (51-100) standard controls but no
measures
additional mitigation needed
Requiring no mitigation. Require alternative
Negligible:
Monitoring should be done to enhancement measures to
(1-50)
observe any changes improve the situation

14.5 Impacts during decommissioning Phase
At the expected end of the economic life of the proposed project, the structure will be
demolished and replaced with other development, which will be applicable and suitable at
that particular period. The decommissioning exercise will have both positive and negative
impacts;
14.5.1 Positive Decommissioning Impacts
a) Employment Creation
There will be need to employ people who will be involved in the demolition exercise for
the proposed project on its decommissioning.
b) Rehabilitation
During the decommissioning stage rehabilitation works will be undertaken at the

proposed scheme area to restore it to its original state. This will include replacement of
the topsoil and re-vegetation, which will enhance the aesthetic value of the area.
14.5.2 Negative Decommissioning Impacts
a) Dust
Large quantities of dust will be generated during demolition works. The dust will affect the
demolition workers and the neighbouring land uses and people.
b) Solid waste generation
Demolition of the project of this magnitude will result in large quantities of solid waste.
The waste will contain the materials that were used in the construction including metal,
drywall, concrete, wood, glass paints, adhesives, sealants and fasteners. Although
demolition waste may be considered as less harmful to the environment because they
are composed of inert materials, there is growing evidence that large quantities of such
waste may lead to release of certain hazardous chemicals into the environment.
In addition, the largely non-toxic chemicals such as chloride, sodium, sulphate and
ammonia, which may be released as a result of leaching of demolition waste, are known
to affect groundwater quality.
The solid waste resulting from demolition works will be managed as follows;
 Provision of facilities for proper handling and storage of demolition materials
to reduce the amount of waste caused by damage or exposure to the
elements.
 Use of materials that have minimal packaging to avoid the generation of
excessive packaging waste.
 Adequate collection and storage of waste on the site and safe transportation
to the disposal sites and disposal methods at designated areas be provided.
c) Noise Vibration
The demolition works will lead to significant deterioration of the acoustic environment
within the project site and the surrounding areas. This will be as a result of the noise and
vibration that will be experienced as result of demolition. The developer will put in place

mitigation measures for noise pollution during the decommissioning phase. The following
noise containment techniques will be employed to minimize the impact of temporary
destruction noise at the site
 Use of equipment‟s designed with noise control elements

 Limit pick-up trucks and other small equipment to a minimum idling time and
observe a common-sense approach to vehicle use, and encourage workers
to switch off engines whenever possible.
 Install sound barriers for pile driving activity.
14.6 Mitigation measures for negative impacts during Construction phase
14.6.1 De-vegetation
De-vegetation during the construction of the dam and the water supply infrastructure de-
vegetation may be mitigated through:
 Development and implementation of an afforestation plan in consultation with all

stakeholders including the community;
 Ensure proper demarcation of the project area to be affected by the construction
works in order to restrict any disturbance of vegetation only on the actual project
area and avoid spillover effects on the neighbouring areas;
 Sensitization of the labour force against felling trees outside demarcated areas
for firewood or sale;
 Have strict control of construction vehicles to ensure that they operate only within
the area to be disturbed by access routes and other works;
 As much as possible, avoid cutting down indigenous tree species.
14.6.2 Forest submergence
This may not be mitigated but the impacts of submerging a part of the forest may be
addressed through:
 Compensate for the submerged area through forest rehabilitation

 Supporting tree planting in beneficiaries‟ farms
 Sensitizing farmers on forest conservation and agroforestry issues
14.6.3 Soil Erosion
This may be mitigated by the following mitigation measures:
 Minimize exposed areas by properly demarcating the project area to be affected

by the construction works
 Control construction vehicles to ensure that they operate only within the area to
be disturbed by access routes and other works to avoid accelerated devegetation
that causes soil erosion

14.6.4 Air pollution (Air, Dust and Exhaust):
These may be mitigated by the following mitigation measures:

Recommended Mitigation Measures
 Any stockpiles of earth (excavated), though little, should be enclosed or covered

and watered during dry or windy conditions to reduce dust emissions.
 Masks should be provided to all personnel in dust generation areas throughout
the period of construction.
 All equipment on site should be properly maintained and in good operating
condition so as to emit minimal air pollution
 Emission of gases from fuel combustion by machines can be reduced by use of
for example exhaust systems that are in good working condition. These will
significantly help in reducing the noise levels and the amount of destructive
gases to atmosphere.
 Control of the speed and operation of construction vehicles will help in preventing
the generation of much dust into the air. As well, the site as well as its access
routes will also require to be regularly sprinkled with water in order to reduce the
effects of dust.
14.6.5 Noise
Continuous exposure to noise levels above 85 dB can cause damage to hearing leading
to occupational deafness. However, the level of noise from the drilling rig and mud pump
as well as from other common construction machinery is expected to be below this
threshold.
Despite this, the noise produced during the implementation of the project will slightly
disturb the surrounding populace and others since the drilling and construction activities
will be carried out during the day.
However, in all regards, the construction activities should be carried out by use of low
noise generating equipments. Workers should be appropriately dressed in line Personal
Protective Equipments (PPEs) that include helmets, nose masks, eye protection and ear
muffles.
 People participating in the construction should be provided with Personal

Protective Equipment (PPE) such as ear muffles for ear protection and their use
thereof should be enforced.
 Sound-attenuated equipment should be used in as much as possible.
 Ensure use of equipment with exhaust systems in good working condition should
be encouraged so as to reduce the noise levels. The equipment should also be
regularly serviced and maintained.
14.6.6 Solid waste
There will be some solid containers of materials such as cement, and gravel packs and
other packets of materials and equipment to be used during implementation of the
project.
 The excavated material shall be recycled.

 In all regards, the contractor shall ensure that the contractor disposes any
remaining wastes be it paper or polythene containers, cement, bentonite and

gravel bags, excavated material, remnant gravel pack, among others in a

sensible way before the project is commissioned.
 Minimizing waste generated by adopting cleaner production methods such as
conserving raw materials, enabling the recovery and re-use of the waste product
where possible (e.g. reuse of quarry chips as base material for driveways
construction).
 Use durable, long-lasting materials that will not need to be replaced as often,
thereby reducing the amount of construction waste generated over time.
 Provide facilities for proper handling and storage of construction materials to
reduce the amount of waste caused by damage or exposure to the elements of
nature i.e. sunshine, rain etc.
 Containers or package for storing hazardous waste including used oil to be
securely bundled and labelled as provided for by Regulation 18 under the
Environmental Management and Coordination (Waste Management)
Regulations, 2006 and the Public Health Act
14.6.7 Increased Water Usage:
Due to increased water demand during the construction phase, the following mitigation
measures are recommended:
Water conservation measures to be put in place by the contractor including:
 The use of water efficient machines and technologies

 Sensitization of staff on the need to conserve water during construction
 Ensure the pipes in use are adequate and in good condition to avoid wastage
and leakage
1) Safety Health and Environmental (SHE) Concerns
Every construction tool, equipment and machines shall be well set and adequately
maintained. As well the construction area shall be kept free from objects such as sharps
and tripping, which can cause emergencies and occurrence of accidents ranging from
minor cuts to deaths during construction.
 The sites shall be adequately protected or fenced off from unauthorized

intrusions and warning signs, barricades should be properly displayed and strictly
adhered to.
 Provision of safe working area with adequate and well-equipped First Aid kits
should always be maintained on site at all times during the whole period of
construction.
 In addition to the aforesaid provisions, the Client shall ensure that the contractor
adheres to the rules set by the authorities for the protection of his workmen such
provision of insurance and protective gear.
 Adequate washing facilities should be provided for the workers‟ hygiene and
protection.
 The capacity of the workers on safety concerns should be built by way of
awareness and sensitization sessions for the workers on safe working practices
which should be held prior to the commencement of the construction phase.
 In addition to the above, since the site will be under the responsibility of the
Contractor, it is important that the Project engages contractors who are fully
conversant with occupational health and safety matters at the workplace. As
regards compliance by the contractor, the Client on his part should ensure that all
the mitigation measures are strictly enforced through his Site representative and
this assurance should be firmly embodied in a signed Contract document.

 Information and education on the operation and management of the facility,

including all the environmental aspects should be offered to all the concerned for
purposes of Project responsibility, sustainability in terms of water quality and
yields as well as safety.
14.6.8 Traffic Flows
The following mitigation measures are provided:
 Establish and clearly mark entry and exit points;

 Sensitize the truck operators on the exit and entry points.
14.6.9 Social Evils
Increase moral decadence due to an influx of people from different cultures and
increased incomes could be mitigated through:
 Sensitization of workers by the contractor in collaboration with other stakeholders

such as the ministry of Public Health;
 Provision of social facilities such as HIV testing center.
14.7 Mitigation measures for negative impacts during operation phase
14.7.1 Water Pollution
 Tailwater management to reduce the discharge of pollutants such as suspended

sediment and farm chemicals into the existing streams, springs and rivers;
 Sensitize farmers on smart agriculture practices such as river bank conservation and
soil conservation;
 Educate farmers on pesticide contamination dangers and conservation of water
bodies;
 Manage fertilizer programs so as to minimize nutrients available for detachment and
transport.
14.7.2 Reduced Downstream Flows
 Maintain the Environmental Flows (EF) as per the WARMA guidelines

 Responsive dam operations that mimic the pre-dam flows so as to maintain the
downstream ecosystem health.
14.7.3 Increased Water Demand
Possible measures to address issues of increased water capture by the proposed

irrigation and water project will include:
 The put in place water conservation measures and sensitize the water users on
conservation issues

 Seepage losses associated with canals and laterals will be reduced by lining them, or
can be eliminated by conversion from open canals and laterals to pipelines
14.7.4 Salanization
 Provide adequate drainage within the farms

 Regular maintenance of the channels
 Regular monitoring and soil analysis to manage potential problems
14.7.5 Water Logging
 Capacity building on irrigation water management

 Construction of proper drainage system
14.7.6 Devegetation
 selective felling of trees with particular attention to indigenous trees

 Promotion of agroforestry practices
 Creating synergies with farmers, government and non-government groups to
enhance tree planting activities
14.7.7 Solid Waste Generation
 Integrated waste management strategies

 Sensitization on waste management
 Designate waste disposal sites/areas
 Regular monitoring of waste management status in the farms
14.7.8 Soil Erosion
 The design of farm irrigation systems will provide for conveying and distributing
irrigation water without causing damaging soil erosion;
 If water must be conveyed down slopes that are steep enough to cause excessive
flow velocities, the irrigation system design will provide for the installation of such
erosion-control structures as drops, chutes, buried pipelines, or erosion-resistant
ditch linings;
 Conservation treatments such as land leveling, irrigation water management,
reduced tillage, and crop rotations to control irrigation-induced erosion;
 Soil amendments and reclamation practices.

14.7.9 Pest and diseases
 Integrated pest management

 Training and awareness programmes
 Intensified extension services
14.7.10 Flood Occurrence
 Effective dam operations to prevent flood occurrences in the downstream i.e. Lower
Yala
 Conservation of the riparian zones
 Planting trees along the riparian zones
 Awareness creation
 Community involvement/partnership initiatives
14.7.11 Water Borne Diseases
 Equip health centres with facilities and drugs

 Provide treated nets to the affected communities
 Sensitization of the community on prevention of these diseases
14.7.12 Occupational Health and Safety
 Capacity building on sustainable use of agrochemicals

 Adoption of integrated pest and disease control
 Intensified extension services
14.7.13 Moral Decadence
 Creating awareness on HIV/AIDS, social responsibility

 Strengthen existing structures that address social responsibility issues

14.8 Mitigation measures during decommissioning phase
14.8.1 Noise and Dust:
During the decommissioning phase, the potential environmental impacts will be noise and
dust arising from the debris generated during demolitions. As such, appropriate
technologies and methods will be used to minimize such noise and dust by for example
providing for dust shields around the premise and ensuring that the workers are
appropriately dressed in the right PPEs.
14.8.2 Solid Wastes:
Some of the materials from the demolitions shall be used in other construction sites as
well as for landscaping activities on site while the remaining portions shall be disposed in
accordance with the relevant National Environmental Laws and Regulations.
14.9 Environmental Management and Monitoring Plan
14.9.1 Environmental Management Plan
The Environmental and Social Management Plan (ESMP) has been developed to assist
in prioritizing the key findings of the environmental assessment, suggesting necessary
mitigation measures and allocating responsibilities. From the ESMP, a schedule for the
operations implementation could also be drawn that takes into consideration all issues
that could develop into serious risks to the environment, health and safety when the
operations start.
The recommendations for mitigation presented earlier, and possible new targets are
tabulated below alongside responsibilities and indicators to assess success. A timeframe
has also been presented in table below;

Table 14-3: Environmental management and monitoring plan
Expected Recommended Mitigation Performance Means of Responsibility Time Frame Cost

Negative Measures Monitoring Indicator Verification
Impacts
-Development and
implementation of an
reforestation plan
-Proper demarcation of the
project area to be affected by
the construction works in order
to restrict any disturbance of -
vegetation only on the actual Reforestati
project area and avoid spillover -Reforestation plan on reports/
effects on the neighbouring developed and photograp
areas implemented hs
-Sensitization of the labour force -Project area -Site plans
Devegetation Contractor/NIB 12 months 2,000,000
against felling trees outside demarcated showing
demarcated areas for firewood -Entire labour force demarcatio
or sale sensitized n
-Strict control of construction -
vehicles to ensure that they Sensitizati
operate only within the area to on reports
be disturbed by access routes
and other works
-As much as possible, avoid
cutting down indigenous tree
species
-Compensate for the -

-Forest (Serengoni)
submerged area through forest rehabilitati
rehabilitated
rehabilitation on plans
Forest -synergies with
-Liaise with relevant and Entire
submerge relevant stakeholders Contractor/ NIB 1,500,000
stakeholders to promote reports project cycle
nce established
agroforestry among -
-sensitization
beneficiaries as a compensation stakeholde
programs initiated
measure r meeting


Impacts
-Sensitizing farmers on forest reports
conservation and agroforestry -
issues Sensitizati
on reports
-Site plan
-Minimize exposure to agents -Project area showing Construction
Soil Erosion Contractor factored in (i)
through demarcation demarcated demarcatio period
ns
-Pollution caused by dust can
be prevented by use of dust
suppressants.
-The workers should be
educated on the possible health
effects that can arise from air
pollution and the need to take
precautions.
-The workers should also be
provided with protective gear -Dust suppressants -site visit
like dust masks when working. used regularly reports/
-workers/vehicle Photograp
Air pollution (dust, -Cement bags should be operators sensitized hs Contractor
Construction 1,000,000
exhaust) opened with care into concrete on reduced emissions -
mixers to prevent cement dust -workers provided with Sensitizati
from being blown into the PPE on report
atmosphere.
-Petroleum and diesel run
equipment should have efficient
combustion systems and
exhausts regularly inspected to
reduce quantity of poisonous
gases.-Engines of vehicles and
machinery should not be left
running un-attended.


Impacts
-Workers should be provided
with Personal Protective
Equipment (PPE) such as ear
muffles for ear protection and
their use thereof should be
enforced.
-PPEs provided to
-Sound-attenuated equipment
workers
should be used in as much as
-Regular servicing of -Complaints
possible. Construction
Noise Pollution equipments register Contractor 2,000,000
-Ensure use of equipment with Phase
-No. of cases reported
exhaust systems in good
relating to noise
working condition should be
pollution
encouraged so as to reduce the
noise levels.
-The equipment should also be
regularly serviced and
maintained.
-Proper management and -Designated waste

disposal of construction collection points -Waste collection
materials and debris in established contract
Solid waste 2,000 per
designated disposal sites -Waste collection -Registration Contractor Construction
management month
-Having appropriate waste company engaged details of the
disposal and collection points. -Waste collection waste collector
schedule developed
-Availability of adequate and
appropriate sanitary facilities.
-Recorded accidents,
-Ensure workers health and
misses and near
safety through awareness
Occupational misses
campaign -Safety records Contractor Construction 100,000
health and safety -OSH Sensitization
-provision of appropriate safety
conducted
gear.
-Education of the labour force
on the importance of sanitation


Impacts
and possible health effects and
how to protect themselves.
-Training of at least one
employee on first aid skills.
-Having fire extinguishers and
training the labour force on how
to use them in case of fire
emergencies.
-Have dust suppressants to
reduce impact of dust, which
can pose health effects
OPERATION PHASE
-Sensitize farmers on smart
agriculture practices such as
river bank conservation and soil -Water quality in
conservation streams, springs and NIB in
-Water quality
-Educate farmers on pesticide rivers in the area is collaboration with
reports Operation
Water pollution contamination dangers and Maintained IWUA, WARMA, 100,000
-Sensitization phase
conservation of water bodies -Farmers sensitized on Ministry of
reports
-Manage fertilizer programs so water resource Agriculture
as to minimize nutrients conservation
available for detachment and
transport
-Maintain the Environmental
Flows (EF) as per the WARMA -Continued or -WARMA reports
guidelines enhanced downstream -NEMA state of the NIB in Entire
Reduced
-Responsive dam operations processes e.g. critical Environment collaboration with Operation 200,000 p.a
downstream flows
that mimic the pre-dam flows so species continue to reports WARMA phase
as to maintain the downstream thrive
ecosystem processes
-sensitize the water users on
Entire
Increased water conservation issues -minimal or zero NIB
-WARMA reports Operation 200,000
demand -Reduce seepage losses increase in water loss IWUA
phase
associated with canals and


Impacts
laterals by lining them,
-Provide adequate drainage

within the farms
-Regular maintenance of the
Project Entire
channels Zero or minimal Soil analysis
Salanization Implementation Operation 100,000p.a
-Regular monitoring and soil salanization reports
Commitee phase
analysis to manage potential
problems
-Capacity building on irrigation

water management Project Entire
No of farmers trained
Waterlogging -Construction of proper Training records Implementation Operation 100,000
on water management
drainage system Commitee phase
Project
-selective felling of trees
No of trees planted Implementation Entire
-Agroforestry practices NEMA/KFS
Devegetation and maintained per Committee in Operation 150,000 p.a
-Tree planting activities in public records
annum collaboration with phase
and open spaces
NEMA, KFS
-Construction of soil
conservation structures Project
Zero or minimal Entire
-Promotion of agroforestry Soil conservation Implementation
Soil erosion increase in soil Operation 50,000 p.a
activities reports Committee
erosion phase
-Rehabilitation of degraded
areas
-Integrated pest management
Project
-Training and awareness Entire
Pest and No of new incidences Implementation
programmes Agriculture reports Operation 100,000 p.a
diseases of pest and diseases Committee/
-Intensified extension services phase
MOA
-Effective dam operations No. of flood incidences Project Entire
Flood Occurrence -Conservation of the riparian that are attributed to -WARMA reports Implementation Operation 200,000p.a
zones the proposed dam Committee/ phase


Impacts
-Planting trees along the WARMA
riparian zones
-Awareness creation
-Community
involvement/partnership
initiatives
-Equip health centres with

facilities and drugs Project
No. of cases of Entire
Water borne -Provide treated nets to the Implementation
waterborne diseases Health records Operation 200,000
diseases affected communities Committee
reported phase
-Sensitization of the community MOPHS
on prevention of these diseases
- Capacity building on
sustainable use of Project
-No of farmers trained Entire
Occupational agrochemicals -Health and Implementation
on agrochemical use Operation 100,000
Health and Safety -Adoption of integrated pest and agriculture records Committee/
-Reported incidences phase
disease control MOA, MOPHS
-Intensified extension services

14.10 Conclusion and Recommendations on ESIA
In view of the above findings, it can be concluded that the importance of the proposed
Lessos/Keben multipurpose dam to the national development and realization of vision 2030
and in line with the Nandi County Development Plan cannot be overemphasized. From the
ESIA perspective, the following have been concluded.
 The project has overwhelming support from key stakeholders and the community in the
project area.
 The project is in line with the existing county plans within the various sectors of water,
environment, land and general development
 The project seeks to address a priority problem in Nandi county and hence its
implementation is critical to the livelihood improvement of the target community
 The proposed project like other development projects will have both positive and negative
impacts to the environment.
 All the NEGATIVE impacts of the projects can be mitigated as indicated in the
Environmental and Social Management Plan (ESMP)
 The proposed project will not compromise the well-being of the community, ecology or any
other conditions.
 The proposed project is a viable venture that should be given due support. Considering
the fact that there will be minimal negative impacts to the environment and its potential to
contribute to the rise in economic status of the area residents who will benefit from it.
 The proponent will collaborate with key stakeholders in environment, forest, water, health
and agriculture among others to ensure successful implementation and monitoring of
mitigation measures
 The proponent has agreed to adhere to the laid down laws and procedures of NEMA in
setting up the projects. Its successful implementation will contribute to the economic
growth of the country in regards to poverty eradication as well as reducing the water use
and demand conflicts.

15 CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
15.1 Conclusions
According to project proponents the main aim of the project was to provide domestic and
irrigation water supply. The irrigation component aimed at providing an alternative means of
livelihood for purposes of environmental conservation and preservation of the dam catchment.
In view of the above and in line with the TOR for the consultancy services; two project
components have been studied in consultations with the project stakeholders and views of
target beneficiaries highly considered in the proposed dam and irrigation developments.
On social aspects, socio-economic survey findings indicate that 98% of the respondents
interviewed supported the domestic water supply component of the dam, while 93% of
respondents interviewed supported the Irrigation water supply component. This shows the
project has wide support and will thus be sustainable.
On technical aspects, Hydrology studies have shown that the selected dam on Mogobich
River has a catchment area of 11.7 km2 which can yield an annual average runoff of 6.75
MCM.
Dam studies on the other hand show that the selected dam has a maximum storage capacity
of 6.47MCM. This value is inclusive of the dead storage volume estimated based on a
conservative sediment yield value of 650 m3/km2/year; assuming a well conserved catchment.
This amount was allocated to the two project components where the domestic component was
allocated 1.17 MCM and 5.30 MCM allocated to irrigation (2.85 MCM in phase 1 and 2.45
MCM in phase 2).
Considering multipurpose use; hydropower estimates show that using both irrigation water and
environmental flows (0.56m3/s) to generate electric power, and allowing a 49m head loss from
the selected dam site, a Mini-Hydropower plant with a capacity of about 214 kW can be set
up without affecting irrigation command; however this would require a rock fill dam which is
more expensive. Thus the economic returns are minimal in view of the months of operation,
investment costs and the fluctuations in water levels in the reservoir.
Soil Studies in the irrigation area have shown that of the 5,420 ha delineated in 7 main
Irrigation blocks at the draft feasibility stage, 2,966 ha (57%) of the soils in the project area are
highly suitable; 1,938 ha (37%) are marginally suitable while only 336 ha (6%) are not suitable.
Thus based on soil studies; 4,904 ha gross potential area is suitable for irrigation.
Existing land use studies have also shown that of the 5,240 ha gross area delineated, 1,680
ha (32%) is cultivated; 1890ha (36%) is uncultivated/fallow land mainly used for grazing;
520ha (10%) is area under tea, while 1151 (22%) is dedicated to other land uses such as
institutions, shopping centres and infrastructure such as roads. Thus considering the cultivated
and the uncultivated land areas as the most potential net area, about 3750 ha can be
developed under irrigation.
In view of allocated water resources (5.3 MCM) and available land resources (3,750 ha); Two
irrigation development options; Option-A covering (888 ha) and Option-B covering (1,142 ha)
have been proposed based on the on-farm application method of sprinkler and Drip systems
respectively.

Agronomy studies on the project area have shown that productivity under the existing rain fed
agriculture can be further improved by increasing the cropping intensity to 200% through
introduction of irrigated agriculture. On the other hand, Irrigation Studies have shown that the
project area has a moisture availability ratio (r/Eo) of about 0.62; which falls within 0.50<
r/Eo<0.64 moisture availability zone No.3 and classified as semi-humid. This calls for
supplemental irrigation in the dry months of November, December, January and February.
In view of this, a preliminary agriculture development plan considering supplemental irrigation

has been formulated considering the following crops: Irish potato, Tomato, Spring onion,
Brinjals, Snow peas, Capsicum, Baby carrots, Sugar snaps, Tomato Spider plant, Solanum
(Managu), Kale ABE Chilli, Sugar snaps, French beans, French beans, Banana, Passion fruit,
Passion fruit, and Avocado.
In line with the proposed development options and preliminary agriculture development plan
(ADP), an irrigation development plan (IDP) has been formulated targeting two phases of
implementation. Phase 1 targets the area near the forest edge covering 500 ha for option A
and 643 ha for option B while phase 2 targets the remaining blocks covering 388 ha in option
A and 499 ha in option B. In total the two options A and B target net areas of 888 ha and 1142
ha respectively.
The project development costs for the combined dam and irrigation infrastructure for the
proposed development options A & B are Ksh 3,756,392,101 and Ksh 4,105,116,399
respectively.
The financial viability of the proposed project development options considering both domestic
water supply and irrigation components are as presented in the table 15-1 below.
Table 15-1: Project Financial Viability Results
Development Option Financial Analysis

Viability (Base Case) FNPV FIRR BCR
Option A (888 ha) 1,179,163,224 15.52% 1.13
Option B (1142 ha) 1,051,712,771 15.02% 1.08
From the financial results, option A returned the most favourable results with a FNPV of Ksh.
1.18 billion and FIRR of 15.5%.
Organization and management aspects, studies show that 2,576 members have already
enlisted for the irrigation project and have initiated the process of registering as an IWUA.
The project does not have major negative environmental and social impacts; moreover an
Environmental and Social Management Plan (ESMP) has been proposed to mitigate the
identified negative impacts.

15.2 Recommendations
In line with the above findings and conclusions, the consultant recommends the following:
 The Selected Dam site No.2 to be considered for proposed domestic water supply and
irrigation developments at the Detailed Design Stage.
 Irrigation project to be implemented in two phases with Phase 1 targeting the 500ha
stipulated area in the TOR and targeting irrigation units K-1, K-3 and S-1 along the
forest edge as envisioned by the project proponents.
 The irrigation area to be expanded in Phase 2 to cover the maximum potential area of
1142 ha covering either or all of the remaining blocks depending on the prioritization
from the stakeholders and in a bid to create the desired impact as envisioned by the
county government and the expanded irrigation programme under the NIB.
 Based on the limited level of experience on irrigated agriculture among the
beneficiaries, sprinkler irrigation system under development Option A; to be adopted
for on farm water application in the initial 10 years of the implementation period.
 Owing to its high investment cost and advanced level of technology, Drip irrigation
system Under Option B; to be adopted for replacement of the infield component once
the farmers have gained enough experience and identified appropriate markets for
their products.
 The construction of the 2 other identified dams to be explored further as they would be
beneficial in meeting the proposed ultimate domestic water demand in the year 2038
as well as further expansion of the irrigation area.
 The proposed options are both financially viable and either can be considered for
implementation.
15.3 Planned Activities for the next stage
The following activities have been planned for the next stage of the project.
 Holding of Consultative Workshop No.3;

 Selection of the final project development option for detailed design;
 Initiate the detailed designs, slope stability analysis, dam detailed design drawings
 Investigate and analyse the material borrow areas by trial pitting on the already
identified borrow areas, laboratory testing of the proposed construction materials.
 Detailing of the irrigation layouts for selected final option;
 Draft Detailed Designs for dam and irrigation components;
 Preparation of Draft Detailed Engineers Cost Estimates;
 Establishment of farmers IWUA;
 Environmental and Social Impact Assessments;
 Financial and Economic analysis of the final development option;
 Preparation and submission of Draft Detailed Design Report.
 Preparation and Submission of Final Pre-Qualification Document;
 Preparation and Submission of Draft Tender Documents;
 Preparation and Submission of Final ESIA Report.

APPENDIX 1 REFERENCES AND BIBLIOGRAPHY
1. Economic Survey Report Highlights, April 2014

2. County Government of Nandi, County Integrated Development Plan 2013-2017, August 2013.
3. Identification of a multipurpose water resource projects in the Yala Basin River, BRL
Ingenierie and Hydrophil Orgut, NBI Investment Program NELSAP in 2012;
4. Sochoi Cheboror Ngeny Forest & Water Association, Draft Preliminary Design Report by GEO
Top Surveyors and contractors in 2010;
5. Keben Dam Draft Preliminary Design Report by Eng. Moses Orot Agumba, 2010;
6. Kenya Population and Housing Census Report, 2009.
7. GOK, Topographical Maps of Kenya scale 1:50,000 sheet no.103-4 NORTH TINDERET
8. USBR, Design of Small Dams, USBR, 2005
9. Chow V.T, Open Channel Hydraulics, Ven Te chow, 1959
10. Suresh R. Soil and Water Conservation engineering, Standard Publishers Distributors, New
Delhi, 2005
11. Phocaides A, Hand Book of Pressurized Irrigation Technique, FAO, Rome, 2001
12. FAO, Irrigation and Drainage Paper no 56, FAO, Rome, 1998
13. FAO, Irrigation and Drainage Paper no 24, FAO, Rome, 1974
14. FAO, Irrigation Manual Modules 3,4 8 and 9,FAO, Harare, 2002
15. JAETZOLD, SCHMIDT; 1982; Farm management handbook of Kenya, Natural conditions and
farm management information; vol. ii/A west Kenya, and vol. ii / B, Rift valley and Central
Kenya, Ministry of Agriculture Nairobi.
16. Mean Annual Rainfall Map of East Africa, East Africa meteorological Department, 1966.
17. Studies of potential Evaporation in Kenya, Woodhead, 1968.
18. Geology of the Nandi Area, Ministry of commerce and Industry, Geological Survey of Kenya,
McCall, 1958.
19. McCuen R.H. 1998. Hydrologic Analysis and design, second edition, Prentice Hall
20. Chow, Maidment and Mays, 1998. Applied Hydrology; McGraw-Hill.
21. Fiddes, TRRL East African model, TRRL, supplementary Report 259.
22. Mowd, Rainfall Frequency Atlas of Kenya, 1978.
23. Fiddes, Area Reduction Factors for East Africa, TRRL supplementary Report 259, 1977.
24. Lumb, Probable maximum precipitation (PMP) in East Africa for durations up to 24 hours, East
African Meteorological Department, Technical Memorandum No. 16,1971
25. Obasi and Nimira, Statistical Estimation of the maximum Probable Daily Rainfall in Kenya
using the maximum likelihood, TRRL supplementary Report 259, 1974.
26. Mowd ( JICA), National Water Master Plan, Sect oral Report B, Hydrology, 1992
27. The Aftercare Study on National Water Masterplan, Jica, July 1998
28. GOK, Geology of the Kapsabet-Plateau, Degree sheet 34, S.W. Quarter; D.J. Jennings, 1964.
29. Amollo, J. (2007). East Africa Rift System, Seismic Activity, Ground Deformation and Tsunami
Hazard Assessment in Kenya Coast. Kenya Meteorological Department.
http://www.seis.nagoya-u.ac.jp/kimata/jica/actionplan09/Joseph.pdf
30. MSSP. (2009). National Policy for Disaster Management in Kenya. Government of Kenya
Ministry of State for Special Programmes (MSSP). http://www.ifrc.org/docs/idrl/1058EN.pdf
31. MSSP and NDOC. (2009). National Disaster Response Plan 2009. Republic of Kenya Ministry
of State for Special Programmes (MSSP) and Ministry of Provincial Administration and
Internal Security - National Disaster Operation Centre (NDOC).
http://www.ifrc.org/docs/idrl/857EN.pdf
32. Ngunjiri, C. (2007). Tsunami and Seismic Activities in Kenya. Kenya Meteorological
Department. http://www.seis.nagoya-u.ac.jp/kimata/jica/ngunjiri.pdf
33. OCHA. (2007). Earthquake Risk in Africa: Modified Mercalli Scale. United Nations Office for
the Coordination of Humanitarian affairs (OCHA) Regional Office for Central and East Africa.
http://www.preventionweb.net/files/7483_OCHAROCEAEarthquakesv2071219.pdf
34. WHO. (2010). Kenya: Seismic Hazard Distribution Map. WHO. http://www.who-
eatlas.org/africa/images/map/kenya/ken-seismic.pdf
35. French, Richard H.1985. Open-Channel Hydraulics, McGraw –Hill, Singapore, 1994
Short-cut design of small hydroelectric plants N.G. Voros*, C.T. Kiranoudis, Z.B. Maroulis

Vol I - Feasibility Study Report - Compressed

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Vol I - Feasibility Study Report - Compressed

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Vol I - Feasibility Study Report - Compressed

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

CONSULTANCY SERVICES FOR FEASIBILITY STUDY DETAILED

DESIGN AND PREPARATION OF TENDER DOCUMENTS FOR

CONTRACT NO: NIB/T/055/2013-2014

FINAL FEASIBILITY STUDY REPORT

VOL I: MAIN REPORT

Agricom, Integrated Partnership Consultants JV

FINAL FEASIBILITY STUDY REPORT

Chapter Description Page

1.1 Authority of the Report 1-1

1.2 Report Structure 1-1

1.3 Project Background 1-2

1.4 Lessos/Keben Dam and Irrigation Project 1-4

1.5 Project Objective 1-8

1.6 Objective and Scope of the consultancy Services 1-8

1.7 Expected Outputs and Reporting 1-9

1.8 Progress 1-10

1.9 Project Organisation and Management 1-11

1.10 Acknowledgements 1-13

2 REVIEW OF THE AGRICULTURE SECTOR 2-1

2.1 Kenya‟s Agricultural Sector 2-1

2.2 Kenya‟s Agricultural Sub Sectors 2-2

2.3 Kenya‟s Vision 2030 priority areas 2-2

2.4 Irrigation and Drainage Sector 2-3

2.5 National Irrigation Board 2-4

2.6 Expanded Irrigation programme (EIP) 2-4

Agricom, Intergrated Partnership Consultants JV i January 2015

3 PROJECT AREA CHARACTERISTICS 3-1

3.1 Location and Extents 3-1

3.2 Administration 3-1

3.3 Road Network 3-1

3.4 Potential Irrigation Areas 3-5

3.5 Delineated Irrigation Blocks 3-5

3.6 Topography and Drainage 3-8

3.7 Climate 3-10

3.8 Soils and suitability for irrigation 3-14

3.9 Existing Land use 3-21

3.10 Vegetation and Wildlife 3-24

4 EXISTING SOCIO-ECONOMIC CONDITIONS 4-1

4.1 Irrigation Area Socio-Economic Conditions 4-1

Agricom, Intergrated Partnership Consultants JV ii January 2015

4.1.14 Gender Issues 4-39

4.2 Domestic Water Supply Area Socio-Economic Conditions 4-52

5 HYDROLOGY AND WATER RESOURCES STUDY 5-1

5.1 Introduction 5-1

5.2 Hydrology 5-14

5.3 Sedimentation 5-25

5.4 Water Rights (Water Demand) 5-25

6 DAM STUDIES 6-1

6.1 Introduction 6-1

6.2 Topographic Survey 6-1

Agricom, Intergrated Partnership Consultants JV iii January 2015

6.3 Dam sites selection and axis optimization 6-2

6.4 Selected Dam site description and axis optimization 6-4

6.5 Water Balance Studies 6-8

6.6 Geology and Geotechnical Studies 6-9

6.7 Dam instrumentation 6-15

7 EXISTING AGRICULTURE 7-1

7.1 Introduction 7-1

7.2 Existing Crops 7-1